¨
|
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
|
OR
|
|
ý
|
ANNUAL
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 200
9
|
|
OR
|
|
¨
|
TRANSITION
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
For
the transition period from _________________ to
_________________
|
|
OR
|
|
¨
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
Date of event requiring this shell
company report
.........................................
|
Title
of each class
|
Name
of each exchange on which registered
|
|
Ordinary Shares, par
value NIS 0.01 per share
|
New
York Stock Exchange (
“
NYSE
”
)
|
Page
|
||
PART
I
|
||
Item
1.
|
Identity
of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
|
5
|
Item
2.
|
Offer
Statistics and Expected Timetable
|
5
|
Item
3.
|
Key
Information
|
5
|
Item
4.
|
Information
on the Company
|
29
|
Item
4A
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
70
|
Item
5.
|
Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects
|
70
|
Item
6.
|
Directors,
Senior Management and Employees
|
93
|
Item
7.
|
Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
|
110
|
Item
8.
|
Financial
Information
|
115
|
Item
9.
|
The
Offer and Listing
|
120
|
Item
10.
|
Additional
Information
|
123
|
Item
11.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
136
|
Item
12.
|
Description
of Securities Other than Equity Securities
|
137
|
PART
II
|
||
Item
13.
|
Defaults,
Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
|
137
|
Item
14.
|
Material
Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of
Proceeds
|
138
|
Item
15.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
138
|
Item
16A.
|
Audit
Committee Financial Expert
|
139
|
Item
16B.
|
Code
of Ethics
|
139
|
Item
16C.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
139
|
Item
16D.
|
Exemptions
from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
|
140
|
Item
16E.
|
Purchases
of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers
|
140
|
Item
16F.
|
Change
In Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
|
140
|
Item
16G.
|
Corporate
Governance
|
140
|
PART
III
|
||
Item
17.
|
Financial
Statements
|
142
|
Item
18.
|
Financial
Statements
|
142
|
Item
19.
|
Exhibits
|
142
|
Financial
Statements
|
F-1
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
|||||||
(In
NIS millions, except per share data)
|
||||||||
Income
Statement Data:
In
accordance with Israeli GAAP
|
||||||||
Revenues
|
5,114 | 5,622 | ||||||
Cost
of revenues
|
* 3,081 | * 3,273 | ||||||
Selling
and marketing expenses
|
623 | 656 | ||||||
General
and administrative expenses
|
656 | 659 | ||||||
Other
(income) expenses, net
|
* 13 | * 6 | ||||||
Operating
income
|
741 | 1,028 | ||||||
Financing
income (expense), net
|
24 | (155 | ) | |||||
Income
tax
|
* 234 | * 314 | ||||||
Net
income
|
531 | 559 | ||||||
Basic
earnings per share
|
* 5.44 | * 5.73 | ||||||
Diluted
earnings per share
|
* 5.44 | * 5.73 | ||||||
Weighted
average ordinary shares used in calculation of basic earnings per
share
|
97,500,000 | 97,500,000 | ||||||
Weighted
average ordinary shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per
share
|
97,500,000 | 97,500,000 | ||||||
U.S. GAAP Data
(1)
:
|
||||||||
Net
income
|
491 | 494 | ||||||
Basic
earnings per share
|
5.04 | 5.07 | ||||||
Diluted
earnings per share
|
5.04 | 5.07 | ||||||
Other
Data:
|
||||||||
EBITDA(2)
|
1,643 | 1,864 | ||||||
Capital
expenditures
|
747 | 521 | ||||||
Dividends
declared per share
|
34.87 | 4.41 | ||||||
Net
cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
1,272 | 1,477 | ||||||
Net
cash provided (used) in investing activities
|
(619 | ) | (633 | ) | ||||
Net
cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
1,114 | (2,560 | ) | |||||
Subscribers
(in thousands) (3)
|
2,603 | 2,884 | ||||||
Period
churn rate(4)
|
15.0 | % | 16.8 | % | ||||
ARPU
(in NIS)(5)
|
151 | 149 |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
2007* | 2008* |
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions, except per share data)
|
(In
US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
Income
Statement Data:
In
accordance with IFRS
|
||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | 1,717 | ||||||||||||
Cost
of revenues
|
3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 | 883 | ||||||||||||
Selling
and marketing expenses
|
685 | 701 | 716 | 189 | ||||||||||||
General
and administrative expenses
|
653 | 659 | 660 | 175 | ||||||||||||
Other
(income) expenses, net
|
3 | (29 | ) | 6 | 2 | |||||||||||
Operating
income
|
1,394 | 1,690 | 1,768 | 468 | ||||||||||||
Financing
income (expense), net
|
(147 | ) | (310 | ) | (219 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||||
Income
tax
|
328 | 391 | 367 | 97 | ||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 313 | ||||||||||||
Basic
earnings per share
|
9.42 | 10.12 | 12.01 | 3.18 | ||||||||||||
Diluted
earnings per share
|
9.34 | 9.96 | 11.90 | 3.15 | ||||||||||||
Weighted
average ordinary shares used in calculation of basic earnings per
share
|
97,500,000 | 97,721,339 | 98,432,757 | |||||||||||||
Weighted
average ordinary shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per
share
|
98,441,260 | 99,279,924 | 99,306,714 | |||||||||||||
Other
Data:
|
||||||||||||||||
EBITDA(2)
|
2,187 | 2,482 | 2,529 | 670 | ||||||||||||
Capital
expenditures
|
651 | 633 | 663 | 176 | ||||||||||||
Dividends
declared per share
|
13.90 | 11.23 | 11.91 | 3.15 | ||||||||||||
Net
cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
1,820 | 1,763 | 2,088 | 553 | ||||||||||||
Net
cash provided (used) in investing activities
|
(560 | ) | (546 | ) | (782 | ) | (207 | ) | ||||||||
Net
cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
(405 | ) | (1,853 | ) | (678 | ) | (180 | ) | ||||||||
Subscribers
(in thousands) (3)
|
3,073 | 3,187 | 3,292 | |||||||||||||
Period
churn rate(4)
|
16.3 | % | 18.9 | % | 19.6 | % | ||||||||||
ARPU
(in NIS)(5)
|
150 | 149 | 144 | 38 |
As
at December 31,
|
||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
|||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||
Balance
Sheet Data:
In
accordance with Israeli GAAP
|
||||||||
Cash
|
1,772 | 56 | ||||||
Working
capital
|
1,909 | 237 | ||||||
Total
assets
|
* 7,361 | * 5,323 | ||||||
Shareholders’
equity
|
* 3,897 | * 597 | ||||||
U.S. GAAP Data
(2)
:
|
||||||||
Total
assets
|
11,100 | 8,998 | ||||||
Shareholders’
equity
|
4,490 | 4,134 |
As
at December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
2007*
|
2008*
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
(In
US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
Balance
Sheet Data:
In
accordance with IFRS
|
||||||||||||||||
Cash
|
911 | 275 | 903 | 239 | ||||||||||||
Working
capital
|
716 | 461 | 1,254 | 332 | ||||||||||||
Total
assets
|
6,294 | 5,488 | 6,379 | 1,690 | ||||||||||||
Shareholders’
equity
|
881 | 390 | 374 | 99 |
*
Retrospective application due to accounting policy change in 2009
regarding Subscriber Acquisition and Retention
Costs.
|
(1)
|
Following
the Company's adoption of IFRS, as issued by the IASB, the Company is no
longer required to reconcile its financial statements prepared in
accordance with IFRS to U.S. GAAP. Therefore, certain items in accordance
with U.S. GAAP are presented only for the years 2005 and 2006. Under
U.S. GAAP, DIC’s acquisition of our shares in 2005 is treated as a
purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities,
leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by
decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S.
GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC
debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance
the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased
financial expense under U.S. GAAP.
|
(2)
|
EBITDA
is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income
(expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation
and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental
performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating
performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by
backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital
structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our
significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or
companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) the
age of, and depreciation expenses associated with fixed
assets. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a
substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash
flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our
profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account
our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital
expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts
that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition,
EBITDA, as presented in this annual report, may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences
in the way that these measures are
calculated.
|
|
The
following is a reconciliation of net income to
EBITDA:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
|||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||
In
accordance with Israeli GAAP
|
||||||||
Net
income
|
531 | 559 | ||||||
Financing
expense (income), net
|
(24 | ) | 155 | |||||
Other
expenses (income), net
|
13 | 6 | ||||||
Income
taxes
|
234 | 314 | ||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
889 | 830 | ||||||
EBITDA
|
1,643 | 1,864 |
Year
Ended December 31
|
||||||||||||||||
2007*
|
2008*
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
(In
US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||
In
accordance with IFRS
|
||||||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 313 | ||||||||||||
Financing
expense (income), net
|
147 | 310 | 219 | 58 | ||||||||||||
Other
expenses (income), net
|
3 | (29 | ) | 6 | 2 | |||||||||||
Income
taxes
|
328 | 391 | 367 | 97 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
790 | 821 | 755 | 200 | ||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
2,187 | 2,482 | 2,529 | 670 |
(3)
|
Subscriber
data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a
three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we
deducted subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no
revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both
our post-paid and pre-paid subscribers. Commencing July 1, 2006, we
adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, since many
subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before
the end of six months. We have not restated our prior
subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The
six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the
methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This
change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported
subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and
affected our other key performance indicators
accordingly.
|
(4)
|
Churn
rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent
deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of
subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary
permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their
arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary
permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of
our services.
|
(5)
|
Average
monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues
from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers
during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in
the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included
even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the
users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are
included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated
by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues
from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent
recurring revenues generated by cellular subscribers, but revenues from
sales of handsets, repair services and transmission and landline services
are not. We and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key
performance indicator of a cellular operator, because it is the closest
meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an
average subscriber.
|
|
We
have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods
presented:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
|
(In
US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
5,114 | 5,622 | 6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | 1,717 | ||||||||||||||||||
less revenues from equipment
sales
|
565 | 636 | 635 | 745 | 751 | 199 | ||||||||||||||||||
less other
revenues*
|
38 | 61 | 93 | 135 | 162 | 43 | ||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
4,511 | 4,925 | 5,322 | 5,537 | 5,570 | 1,475 | ||||||||||||||||||
Average
number of subscribers
|
2,489,453 | 2,757,133 | 2,955,855 | 3,105,022 | 3,215,492 | 3,215,492 | ||||||||||||||||||
Months
during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||
ARPU
(in NIS, per month)**
|
151 | 149 | 150 | 149 | 144 | 38 |
|
**
|
ARPU
for 2006 was restated to reflect the full impact of the change in the
methodology of calculating our subscriber base implemented in July 2006,
to allow comparison with 2007. If our methodology of calculating our
subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, ARPU for the year ended
December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 would have been
NIS 153, for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have been NIS 152 and
for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have been NIS
148.
|
Month
|
High
(NIS)
|
Low
(NIS)
|
||||||
September
2009
|
3.807 | 3.729 | ||||||
October
2009
|
3.780 | 3.690 | ||||||
November
2009
|
3.826 | 3.741 | ||||||
December
2009
|
3.815 | 3.772 | ||||||
January
2010
|
3.765 | 3.667 | ||||||
February
2010
|
3.796 | 3.704 |
Year
|
Average
(NIS)
|
|||
2005
|
4.503 | |||
2006
|
4.442 | |||
2007
|
4.085 | |||
2008
|
3.568 | |||
2009
|
3.927 |
|
·
|
further
reduce interconnect tariffs, as the gradual reduction of interconnect
tariffs from March 2005 to March 2008, which was imposed by the Ministry
of Communications, led to a decrease in our revenues and any additional
reduction, if decided upon, is expected to have an additional adverse
effect on our results of operations, the extent of which will depend on
the level of reduction and our ability to compensate for lost revenues.
The Ministry of Communications is examining interconnect fees and is
expected to conduct a hearing on the matter in the near future. Further,
following the recent Ministry of Communications decision to change the
pricing mechanism of cellular originated international calls, effective
July 30, 2010, whereby the cellular operator will be entitled only to
interconnect fees, any reduction of interconnect tariffs would effect our
revenues from cellular originated international calls as well. See "Item
4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview – Government
Regulations – Tariff Supervision" for additional details.
|
|
·
|
reduce
other tariffs, including roaming tariffs, or otherwise intervene in the
pricing policies for our products and services, including by requiring us
to offer a "limited credit" service to our post-paid customers. See "Item
4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview – Government
Regulations – Tariff Supervision" for additional
details;
|
|
·
|
increase
the number of competitors in the cellular market, including by awarding
cellular licenses to additional UMTS operators and Mirs with certain
benefits and leniencies not available to existing cellular operators,
providing mobile virtual network operators, or MVNO, licenses, WiMAX
licenses and/or licenses for the use of our network by competing
technologies, such as Voice Over Broadband over cellular, or VOBoC; limit
our ability to compete, including by limiting our ability to develop our
network, by preferring new and/or small competitors in the allocation of
new frequencies, including those designated to the 4
th
generation of cellular services. See "Item 4. Information on the Company –
B. Business Overview" under "Competition" and under "Government
Regulations – Mobile Virtual Network Operator" for additional details
;
|
|
·
|
impose
new safety or health-related
requirements;
|
|
·
|
impose
additional restrictions or requirements with respect to the construction
and operation of cell sites;
|
|
·
|
impose
restrictions on the provision of content and data services, including by
preventing differentiation among the services provided, based on
usage;
|
|
·
|
impose
restrictions on the provision of services or products we currently provide
or regulate or otherwise intervene with the terms under which we provide
them to our subscribers;
|
|
·
|
impose
restrictions on the provision of cellular internet services, including by
preventing cellular operators from providing ISP services and mobile
internet access as a bundle;
|
|
·
|
limit
or otherwise intervene with the services or products that we may
sell;
|
|
·
|
set
higher service standards; or
|
|
·
|
impose
additional restrictions or requirements on the usage, operation or
maintenance of databases or a stricter policy with respect to privacy
protection.
|
|
·
|
Pelephone’s
offering of certain services jointly with its parent company, Bezeq, the
incumbent landline operator; although Bezeq and Pelephone may not
currently offer integrated or combined packages of cellular and landline
telephone and other telecommunication services, the Ministry of
Communications has stated that once Bezeq’s share of the
Israeli landline telephone market falls below 85%, it would be permitted
to offer certain services jointly with its subsidiaries, provided that a
similar bundle is made available by a competitor of Bezeq (such as a
landline and cellular bundle) and subject to each of the services in
Bezeq's bundle being available for sale separately. In February 2010 the
Ministry of Communications determined that Bezeq's market share as of
December 2009 is 75.7% in the private sector and 83.9% in the business
sector.
|
|
·
|
the
entry into the Israeli cellular market by additional operators or MVNOs,
could increase competition and thus may have material adverse affect on
our revenues. Regulations necessary for the issuance of an MVNO license,
came into effect in January 2010, and entities wishing to obtain an MVNO
license may now file an application for an MVNO license with the Ministry
of Communications. Further, in October 2009, general principles for an
additional UMTS spectrum tender, expected to be published during the first
half of 2010, were published by the Ministry of Communications and the
|
Israeli
Treasury Ministry joint tender committee. These principles include a
regulatory change intended to alleviate entry barriers and shorten the
time frame for countrywide cellular service provision by a new entrant or
by an existing operator wishing to upgrade its network, by
allowing national roaming or regulating compulsory site sharing; the
Ministry of Communications is expected to conduct a hearing on those
regulatory changes during 2010;. See "Item 4. Information on the Company –
B. Business Overview" under "Competition" and under "Government
Regulations – Mobile Virtual Network Operator" for additional
details;
|
|
·
|
the
expansion of the "Open Garden" content provision offerings, as it will
transform the cellular operator, previously the provider of content to its
subscribers, into one of many content providers competing to provide
content to the operator's own subscribers; The Open Garden international
trend is facilitated by technological changes allowing high speed internet
surfing and supporting handsets and the entry of international media
providers and handsets manufacturers into the cellular content provision
market. Further, expansion of arrangements such as that
introduced by Apple, in which subscribers can purchase content only
through their handset manufacturer's store, could adversely effect our
content revenues
.
See "Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview" under
"Competition".
|
|
·
|
new
initiatives and combinations of services following the recent acquisitions
in the Israeli communication market, as it will allow some of the players
to offer quadruple and even quintuple service bundles to existing
customers in each of their previously separated platforms as well to new
customers, such as the Mirs – Hot combination, when the acquisition of
Mirs is completed. For details see "Item 4. Information on The Company
-Business Overview - The Telecommunications Industry in Israel - Cellular
Services".
|
|
·
|
the
launch of a UMTS network by Mirs as it would strengthen Mirs's ability to
compete in the provision of inbound and outbound roaming services as well
as improve its competitive position in the market; under the general
principles for an additional UMTS spectrum tender, Mirs will be the only
existing cellular operator allowed to participate in the
tender;
|
|
·
|
a
proposed amendment to the Israeli Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 1988,
including: (1) giving the Director General of the Israeli Antitrust
Authority the power to determine that certain entities in a specific
market act as oligopoly, based on the existence of conditions for
effective competition (or lack thereof) in the relevant market rather than
on the actual lack (or low level) of competition; (2) giving the Director
General of the Antitrust Authority the power to distinguish
between an oligopoly and a monopoly allowing the Director General to give
instructions to all or some of the participants of an oligopolic market,
in order, among others, to maintain or increase the competition level
among the participants, including the authority to issue orders to remove
or to ease entry or transfer barriers, to cease a participant's activity,
or otherwise regulate the activities of such oligopoly. If the Director
General decides that the Israeli cellular market is oligopolistic, the
Director General may take measures which could limit our freedom to manage
our
|
business, increase the competitive pressures that we face and adversely affect our results of operations; |
|
·
|
the
entry into the cellular market of mobile WiMAX technology (by a new
entrant) or landline WiMAX technology (as it will enlarge coverage by
cordless landline networks); the Ministry of Communications published a
WiMAX policy on March 1, 2009 and is expected to publish a landline WiMAX
frequencies tender in
2010;and
|
|
·
|
the
entry into the communications market of operators of competing
technologies, which may be granted a license to use the cellular networks,
such as VOBoC; To date, the Ministry of Communications has granted three
trial licenses for VOBoC and demanded cellular operators to provide the
VOBoC customers with service equal to the operator's own data customers,
following which it is expected to conduct a hearing regarding VOBoC policy
and licenses.
|
|
·
|
our
founding shareholder, Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., or DIC (or its
transferee or transferees, if approved in advance by the Ministry of
Communications as “founding shareholders”), must own at least 26% of each
of our means of control;
|
|
·
|
Israeli
citizens and residents among our founding shareholders (or their approved
transferees) must own at least 20% of our outstanding share capital and
each of our other means of control (DIC has agreed to comply with this
requirement);
|
|
·
|
a
majority of our directors must be Israeli citizens and
residents;
|
|
·
|
at
least 20% of our directors must be appointed by Israeli citizens and
residents among our founding shareholders;
and
|
|
·
|
we
are required to have a committee of our Board of Directors that deals with
matters relating to state security, which must be comprised of at least
four directors (including an external director) having the requisite
security clearance by Israel’s General Security
Service.
|
|
·
|
increasing
our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or business conditions,
including increases in the Israeli Consumer Prices Index, or
CPI;
|
|
·
|
limiting
our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our industry
and the economy in general;
|
|
·
|
requiring
us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to
service our debt, thus reducing the funds available for operations and
future business development; and
|
|
·
|
limiting
our ability to obtain additional financing to operate, develop and expand
our business.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||
Subscribers
(end of period) (in thousands)(1)
|
2,603 | 2,884 | 3,073 | 3,187 | 3,292 | |||||||||||||||
Revenues
(in NIS millions)
|
5,114 | 5,622 | 6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 |
(1)
|
Subscriber
data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a
three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we
deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no
revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both
the post-paid and pre-paid subscribers. Commencing July 1,
2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base
since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active
again before the end of six months. We have not restated our prior
subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The
six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the
methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This
change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported
subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and
affected our other key performance indicators
accordingly.
|
Population
(millions, at end of year)
|
7.5 | |||
GDP
($ billions) (1)
|
192 | |||
GDP
per capita ($ 000) (1)
|
26 | |||
Exports
of goods & services ($ billions) (1)
|
67 | |||
CPI
change
|
3. 9 | % | ||
Long-term
local currency sovereign credit rating by S&P
|
A(Stable)
|
|||
Unemployment
rate (yearly average)
|
7.7 | % |
December
31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||
Total
subscribers (millions)
|
7.8 | 8.4 | 9.0 | 9.2 | 9.5 | |||||||||||||||
Cellular
penetration (%)
|
112 | 118 | 124 | 124 | 127 |
1986
|
Bezeq
and Motorola create a joint venture called “Pelephone”, which becomes
Israel's first cellular operator. Pelephone launches N-AMPS
services
|
1994
|
Cellcom
awarded a license and launches TDMA services
|
1997
|
Cellcom
introduces first pre-paid plan to the market
|
1998
|
Partner
awarded a license and launches GSM services
|
1998
|
Pelephone
launches CDMA services
|
2001
|
Ministry
of Communications allocates additional 2G and 3G cellular frequencies for
existing cellular operators and for the licensing of a new
operator
|
2001
|
MIRS
becomes Israel's fourth cellular operator with iDEN
services
|
2002
|
Cellcom
launches GSM/GPRS services
|
2003
|
Cellcom
launches EDGE services
|
2004
|
Partner
launches UMTS services
Pelephone
launches EVDO services
|
2006
|
Cellcom
launches full scale UMTS/HSDPA services
|
2007
|
Partner
launches HSDPA services
|
2008
|
Cellcom
launches HSUPA services
|
2009
|
Pelephone
launches UMTS/HSPA services
|
|
·
|
Combination of leading market
position and strong operational momentum.
In 2009, we maintained
our market-leading position, as reflected in our subscriber base, revenues
from services, EBITDA and EBITDA margin growth, leveraging a series of
brand, customer service and content initiatives, as well as -cost
efficiencies initiatives regarding essential operational processes within
our company.
|
|
·
|
Strong and distinctive own
brand.
Our established brand enjoys strong recognition in
Israel. We consider the enhancement of our image among
|
consumers
a top priority and continue to invest substantial resources to maintain
Cellcom as a local cellular company with a warm personal
touch. Our focus on music and music-related content services,
which was broadened in 2009, to encompass versatile mobile media formats,
such as music, games, video and data services under one marketing
umbrella - "Cellcom Media", is our leading marketing
theme, corresponding to our growing focus on content and data service
growth .
|
|
·
|
Transmission infrastructure
and landline services
. We have an advanced fiber-optic
transmission infrastructure that consists of approximately 1,500
kilometers of inland fiber-optic cable, which, together with our
complementary microwave-based infrastructure, connects the majority of our
cell sites and provides for substantially all of our backhaul
services. Our transmission infrastructure significantly reduces
our operational reliance on Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator in
Israel, while also saving us substantial infrastructure-leasing cash
costs. As our transmission network has transmission and data capacity in
excess of our own backhaul needs, and covers the majority of Israel’s
business parks, we offer transmission and data services to business
customers and telecommunications providers. In addition, since July 2006,
following the receipt of a landline transmission, data and telephony
services license, we offer landline telephony services and as of February
2008, additional advanced landline services through our NGN system, to
selected landline business
customers.
|
|
·
|
Strategic relationship with
one of Israel’s leading business groups
. Our ultimate
parent company, IDB, is one of the largest business groups in
Israel. We enjoy access, through our management services
agreement, to the senior management of the IDB group, who are some of the
most experienced managers in Israel. These managers, including
veterans of the Israeli telecommunications market, provide us with
financial, managerial and strategic
guidance.
|
|
·
|
Strong management
team
. Since DIC acquired control of us in September
2005, we have put in place a team of seasoned managers with significant
experience and solid track records in previous managerial
positions. Our Chairman, Mr. Ami Erel, is a veteran of the
Israeli communications market and previously served as the chief executive
officer of Bezeq. Our chief executive officer, Mr. Amos
Shapira, has been chief executive officer of Kimberly-Clark’s Israeli
subsidiary and of El Al Airlines, where he was credited with its
successful restructuring and improvements in customer
service. Our newly appointed chief financial officer, Mr. Heen,
has held a variety of positions within our finance division, most recently
as head of our economic department, responsible for our budget, financial
analysis, cost accounting and control over our performance. Our
VP Marketing, Mr. Adi Cohen had been marketing manager of Shufersal,
Israel's largest retail chain, and previously, Partner's marketing
manager. Under the leadership of Messrs. Erel, Shapira, Heen and Cohen, we
have demonstrated significant improvements in our operating results and
believe that we are well positioned to continue this trend and to execute
our business strategy.
|
|
·
|
Strong cash flow
generation
. We have a proven track record of strong financial
performance and profitability with cash operating margins. As a result, we
have been able to invest in our business and deploy advanced network
technology so that we can offer advanced services and applications, as
well as distribute dividends to our
shareholders.
|
|
·
|
Focus on core business and
synergetic complementary business.
We remain focused on our primary
source of business, mobile communications and value added services over
our advanced cellular network, while continuing to develop new
complementary business, which we identify to be both cost synergetic to
our core business and provide direct contribution to our business, such as
the landline services to the business community, provided over our
fiber-optic cables and microwave links. We believe that our steadfast
focus on our core competencies is one of the main factors for our market
leading position and intend to identify and track opportunities as they
arise, with a goal of continuing to generate long term
growth.
|
|
·
|
Maximize customer
satisfaction, retention and growth
. Our growth strategy is focused
on retaining our subscribers, expanding the selection of services and
products we offer to our subscribers and tailoring offers to our
customers' needs, in order to enhance customer satisfaction and increase
average revenues per user. We strive to be proactive at every service
interaction with our customers, to offer a service which is as clear,
simple and methodical as possible and to continually improve and enhance
the flexibility of our customer service. In addition to providing quality
customer service, we also strive to retain our subscribers and attract new
subscribers by offering them advanced handsets, handset upgrades,
attractive calling plans and value-added
services.
|
|
·
|
Grow and develop our Internet,
content and data services
. The usage of cellular content
and data services in Israel is currently relatively low compared to
western European countries, attributed to Israel launching 3G services two
years after its European peers. We launched our UMTS network in 2006, over
a year after our competitors. Since then we experienced a significant
growth in content and value added services. . As of December
31, 2009 approximately 997,000 of our subscribers are 3G subscribers,
mostly post paid. We believe that the "Open Garden" approach to content,
offers significant growth potential for content and data revenues and are
constantly looking out for new opportunities to maximize our advantages as
an operator, and to maintain and further develop our share in the “Open
Garden” content and data evolving market (for additional details regarding
the “Open Garden” see “Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business
Overview" under "Competition”)
.
We intend to continue
to invest in the improvement and upgrade of our high speed UMTS/HSPA
network, mainly to enhance its capacity and increase its speed, in order
to permit higher-quality and higher-speed multimedia content
transmission.
|
|
·
|
Further develop and strengthen
the Cellcom brand
. External market surveys that we have
commissioned indicate that brand recognition is an important factor in
subscriber selection of, and loyalty to, a cellular
operator. Due to our extensive efforts in the past few years,
we believe that we have established the Cellcom brand as one of the most
recognized and respected consumer brands in Israel. We plan to
continually enhance our brand through maintaining our high network
quality, the provision of innovative products and services, quality
customer service and investments in advertising and promotional campaigns.
We believe these enhancements are key to maintaining our competitive
advantage, differentiating our services from those of our competitors and
establishing and maintaining a successful relationship with our
subscribers.
|
|
·
|
Optimize our cost
structure.
We intend to continue our efforts to control
costs so that we can improve profitability while also improving the
quality of our services. In addition, having already built our
own fiber-optic and microwave infrastructure, reduces our operating costs,
as our network maintenance costs and microwave spectrum fees are lower
than the lease costs to rent backhaul capacity from Bezeq. In 2009 we
continued our focus on cost efficiencies and identifying further
opportunities to manage our costs without reducing the quality of our
service, such as introducing our new internet site, which provides a cost
efficient alternative channel to the traditional customer care and sales
channels, further reducing our reliance on Bezeq
and continuing the change of handsets repair
process.
|
|
·
|
Capitalize on our existing
infrastructure to selectively provide landline telephony services
.
Our approximately 1,500 kilometer inland fiber-optic network and our
microwave infrastructure provide us with the ability to offer
cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions. We hold a license to
operate a landline service in Israel and, since July 2006, we offer our
landline telephony service to selected businesses. As of February 2008, we
offer additional value added landline services to selected businesses,
through our NGN system, such as toll free number dialing, call forward and
fax to mail, IP CENTREX services, ADSL and Transmission internet
connectivity services, which will enable us to penetrate the residential
sector as well, should we choose to do
so.
|
|
·
|
Our
principal service is basic cellular telephony. In addition we offer many
other services with enhancements and additional features to our basic
cellular telephony service. These services include voice mail, cellular
fax, call waiting, call forwarding, caller identification, conference
calling, “Talk 2” (two handsets sharing the same number, thus allowing our
subscribers to own both a handset and a car phone), additional number
service (enables our subscribers to add a second phone number to their
handset) and collect call service (a self-developed service protected by
our U.S. patent).
|
|
·
|
We
also offer both an outbound roaming service to our subscribers when
traveling outside of Israel and an inbound roaming to visitors to Israel
who can “roam” into our network. Roaming allows cellular subscribers,
while using their own cell phone number (and handset, in most cases) and
being billed by their provider, to place and receive calls and text
messages while in the coverage area of a network to which they do not
subscribe. Where available, subscribers can also benefit from other
cellular services such as advanced data and content
services. As of December 31, 2009, we had commercial roaming
relationships with 552 operators in 177 countries based on the standard
agreements of the GSM organization (an umbrella organization in which all
the cellular operators operating with GSM technology are
members). This enables our subscribers to enjoy our services in
almost the entire world. Most of our GSM subscribers who use
these roaming services abroad can use their own handset and others can
borrow or rent, depending upon the period of time, a suitable handset from
us. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, we had 3G roaming
arrangements with 171 of these operators, enabling our 3G
roamers
|
to participate in video calls and use high-speed data, video and audio content services in 79 countries. |
|
·
|
In addition to basic cellular
telephony services, we offer many value-added services. Value-added
services are important to our business as they enable us to differentiate
ourselves from our competitors, strengthen our brand and increase
subscriber usage, ARPU and subscriber satisfaction. We offer those
services that we believe are likely to be popular with subscribers and
benefit our business. Some of the value-added services that we
offer are available only to subscribers who have supporting handset models
and some are offered only to business subscribers. The principal advanced
value-added services that we currently offer, some of which are exclusive
to us, are:
|
|
·
|
marketing
and branding campaigns aimed at enhancing market leadership, perceived
value, brand recognition and loyalty among our existing and potential
subscriber base;
|
|
·
|
investing
significant resources in improving customer service and retention, as well
as supporting information technology
systems;
|
|
·
|
introducing
innovative value-added services and identifying popular niches among
various subscriber groups;
|
|
·
|
investing
in improving our network technology to ensure our ability to offer quality
services and advanced services, both cellular and landline
services;
|
|
·
|
using
innovative sales campaigns for attracting new subscribers by offering
subsidies on handsets to new subscribers ;
and
|
|
·
|
offering
attractive calling plans to subscribers, adapted to their needs and
preferences;
|
|
·
|
identifying
new opportunities to maximize our advantages as an operator, in order to
expand our share in the "Open Garden" market
place.
|
|
·
|
The
license may be modified, cancelled, conditioned or restricted by the
Ministry of Communications in certain instances, including: if required to
ensure the level of services we provide; if a breach of a material term of
the license occurs; if DIC (or a transferee or transferees, if approved by
the Ministry of Communications), in its capacity as our founding
shareholder, holds, directly or indirectly, less than 26% of our means of
control; if our founding shareholders who are Israeli citizens and
residents hold, directly or indirectly, less than 20% of our
means of control (DIC, as founding shareholder, has undertaken to comply
with this condition); if at least 20% of our directors are not appointed
by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders or
if less than a majority of our directors are Israeli citizens and
residents; if any of our managers or directors is convicted of a crime of
moral turpitude and continues to serve; if we commit an act or omission
that adversely affects or limits competition in the cellular
communications market; or if we and our 10% or greater shareholders fail
to maintain combined shareholders’ equity of at least $200
million. For the purpose of the license, “means of control” is
defined as voting rights, the right
|
to appoint a director or general manager, the right to participate in distributions, or the right to participate in distributions upon liquidation; |
|
·
|
It
is prohibited to acquire (alone or together with relatives or with other
parties who collaborate on a regular basis) or transfer our shares,
directly or indirectly (including by way of creating a pledge which if
foreclosed, will result in the transfer of shares), in one transaction or
a series of transactions, if such acquisition or transfer will result in a
holding or transfer of 10% or more of any of our means of control, or to
transfer any of our means of control if as a result of such transfer,
control over our company will be transferred from one party to another,
without the prior approval of the Ministry of
Communications. For the purpose of the license, “control” is
defined as the direct or indirect ability to direct our operations whether
this ability arises from our articles of association, from written or oral
agreement or from holding any means of control or otherwise, other than
from holding the position of director or
officer;
|
|
·
|
It
is prohibited for any of our office holders or anyone holding more than 5%
of our means of control, to hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of
the means of control in Bezeq or another cellular operator in Israel, or,
for any of the foregoing to serve as an office holder of one of our
competitors, subject to certain exceptions requiring the prior approval of
the Ministry of Communications;
|
|
·
|
We,
our office holders or interested parties may not be parties to any
arrangement whatsoever with Bezeq or another cellular operator that is
intended or is likely to restrict or harm competition in the field of
cellular services, cellular handsets or other cellular
services. For the purpose of the license, an “interested party”
is defined as a 5% or greater holder of any means of
control;
|
|
·
|
We
are subject to the guidelines of Israel’s General Security Services, which
may include requirements that certain office holders and holders of
certain other positions be Israeli citizens and residents with security
clearance. For example, our Board of Directors is required to appoint a
committee to deal with matters concerning state security. Only directors
who have the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security
Services may be members of this committee. In addition, the
Minister of Communications is entitled under our license to appoint a
state employee with security clearance to act as an observer in all
meetings of our Board of Directors and its
committees;
|
|
·
|
During
the entire period of operation under the license, we are required to have
agreements with a manufacturer of cellular network equipment which must
include, among other things, a know-how agreement and an agreement
guaranteeing the supply of spare parts for our network equipment for a
period of at least seven years;
|
|
·
|
We
are required to interconnect our network to other public
telecommunications networks in Israel, on equal terms and without
discrimination, in order to enable subscribers of all operators to
communicate with one another;
|
|
·
|
We
may not give preference in providing infrastructure services to a license
holder that is an affiliated company over other license holders, whether
in payment for services, conditions or availability of services or in any
other manner, other than in specific circumstances and subject to the
approval of the Ministry of
Communications;
|
|
·
|
The
license sets forth the general types of payments that we may collect from
our subscribers, the general mechanisms for setting tariffs, providing
cellular services related benefits, limitations on raising tariffs (for
non-business subscribers under obligation to purchase our services for a
predefined period, during such period), and on the duration of a
non-business subscriber's obligation to purchase our services, the reports
that we must submit to the Ministry of Communications and the obligation
to provide notice to our customers and the Ministry of Communications
prior to changing tariffs. The Ministry of Communications is authorized to
intervene in setting tariffs in certain
instances;
|
|
·
|
The
license requires us to maintain a minimum standard of customer service,
including, among other things, establishing call centers and service
centers, maintaining a certain service level of our network, collecting
payments pursuant to a certain procedure, protecting the privacy of
subscribers and obtaining an explicit request from our subscribers to
provide services, whether by us or by third parties, as a precondition to
providing and charging for such
services;
|
|
·
|
The
license or any part thereof may not be transferred, pledged or encumbered
without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. The license
also sets forth restrictions on the sale, lease or pledge of any assets
used for implementing the license;
|
|
·
|
We
are required to obtain insurance coverage for our cellular
activities. In addition, the license imposes statutory
liability for any loss or damage caused to a third party as a result of
establishing, sustaining, maintaining or operating our cellular network.
We have further undertaken to indemnify the State of Israel for any
monetary obligation imposed on the State of Israel in the event of such
loss or damage. For the purpose of guaranteeing our obligations
under the license, we have deposited a bank guarantee in the amount of $10
million with the Ministry of Communications, which may be forfeited in the
event that we violate the terms of our
license.
|
|
·
|
building
permits from the local planning and building committee or the local
licensing authority (if no exemption is
available);
|
|
·
|
approvals
for construction and operation from the Commissioner of Environmental
Radiation of the Ministry of Environmental
Protection;
|
|
·
|
permits
from the Civil Aviation Authority (in most
cases);
|
|
·
|
permits
from the Israel Defense Forces (in certain cases);
and
|
|
·
|
other
specific permits necessary where applicable, such as for cell sites on
water towers or agricultural land.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
|||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||
Decrease
in purchase of handsets
|
(77 | ) | (76 | ) | ||||
Increase
in amortization expense
|
15 | 70 | ||||||
Increase
in operating income
|
62 | 6 | ||||||
Increase
in income tax
|
18 | 2 | ||||||
Increase
in net income
|
44 | 4 | ||||||
Increase
in basic and diluted earnings per share (in NIS)
|
0.45 | 0.04 | ||||||
Increase
in EBITDA
|
77 | 76 |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change**
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007* | 2008* |
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
Subscribers
at end of period(1) (in thousands)
|
3,073 | 3,187 | 3,292 | 3.7 | % | 3.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Period
churn rate(1)(2)
|
16.3 | % | 18.9 | % | 19.6 | % |
2.6pp
|
0.7pp
|
||||||||||||
Average
monthly usage per subscriber (MOU) (in minutes)(1)(3)
|
322 | 329 | 331 | 2.2 | % | 0.6 | % | |||||||||||||
Average
monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) (1)(4) (in NIS)
|
150 | 149 | 144 | (0.7 | %) | (3.4 | %) | |||||||||||||
Operating
income (in NIS millions)
|
1,394 | 1,690 | 1,768 | 21.2 | % | 4.6 | % | |||||||||||||
Net
income (in NIS millions)
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 7.6 | % | 19.5 | % | |||||||||||||
EBITDA(5)
(in NIS millions)
|
2,187 | 2,482 | 2,529 | 13.5 | % | 1.9 | % | |||||||||||||
Operating
income margin(6)
|
23.0 | % | 26.3 | % | 27.3 | % |
3.3
|
pp |
1.0
|
pp | ||||||||||
EBITDA
margin(7)
|
36.1 | % | 38.7 | % | 39.0 | % |
2.6
|
pp |
0.3
|
pp | ||||||||||
*
|
Retrospective
application due to accounting policy change regarding Subscriber
Acquisition and Retention Costs.
|
**
|
pp
denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by
subtracting the 2007 measure from the 2008 measure and the 2008 measure
from the 2009 measure,
respectively.
|
(1)
|
Subscriber
data refer to active subscribers. Commencing in 2006, we use a six-month
method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct
subscribers from our subscriber base after six months of no revenue
generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the
post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. The six-month method is, to
the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other
cellular providers in Israel.
|
(2)
|
Churn
rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent
deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of
subscribers at the beginning of such period. Involuntary
permanent deactivations relate to subscribers
|
who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services. |
(3)
|
Average
monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the
total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other
networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number
of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results
for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the
period. Following the regulatory requirement to change the basic airtime
charging unit from twelve-seconds to one-second units commencing January
1, 2009, MOU for 2007 and 2008 has been adjusted to the same
per-one second unit basis to enable a comparison. MOU for 2007 and 2008
based on the former charging units were 348 and 350 minutes,
respectively.
|
(4)
|
Average
monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues
from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers
during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in
the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included
even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the
users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are
included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated
by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues
from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent
recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of
handsets, repair services and transmission services are
not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance
indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful
measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average
subscriber.
|
|
We
have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods
presented:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
(In
NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
|
||||||||||||
Revenues
|
6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | |||||||||
less revenues from equipment
sales
|
635 | 745 | 751 | |||||||||
less other revenues*
|
93 | 135 | 162 | |||||||||
Revenues
used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
5,322 | 5,537 | 5,570 | |||||||||
Average
number of subscribers
|
2,955,855 | 3,105,022 | 3,215,492 | |||||||||
Months
during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | |||||||||
ARPU
(in NIS, per month)
|
150 | 149 | 144 |
(5)
|
EBITDA
is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income
(expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation
and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental
performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating
performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by
backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital
structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our
recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on
periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating
losses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed
assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and the impact of purchase
accounting (affecting depreciation and amortization
expense). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a
substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash
flow data prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP as a measure of our
profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account
our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital
expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts
that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as
presented in this annual report, may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these
measures are calculated.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2007* | 2008* |
2009
|
||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | |||||||||
Financing
expenses, net
|
147 | 310 | 219 | |||||||||
Income
taxes
|
328 | 391 | 367 | |||||||||
Operating
income
|
1,394 | 1,690 | 1,768 | |||||||||
Other
expenses (income), net
|
3 | (29 | ) | 6 | ||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
790 | 821 | 755 | |||||||||
EBITDA
|
2,187 | 2,482 | 2,529 |
(6)
|
Operating
income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total
revenues for each of the applicable
periods.
|
(7)
|
EBITDA
margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of
the applicable periods.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
Revenues
|
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||
Cost
of revenues
|
54.8 | % | 52.9 | % | 51.4 | % | ||||||
Gross
profit
|
45.2 | % | 47.1 | % | 48.6 | % | ||||||
Selling
and marketing expenses
|
11.3 | % | 10.9 | % | 11.0 | % | ||||||
General
and administrative expenses
|
10.8 | % | 10.3 | % | 10.2 | % | ||||||
Other
(income) expenses, net
|
0.1 | % | (0.4 | %) | 0.1 | % | ||||||
Operating
income
|
23.0 | % | 26.3 | % | 27.3 | % | ||||||
Financial
expenses, net
|
2.4 | % | 4.8 | % | 3.4 | % | ||||||
Income
before taxes
|
20.6 | % | 21.5 | % | 23.9 | % | ||||||
Income
tax
|
5.4 | % | 6.1 | % | 5.7 | % | ||||||
Net
income
|
15.2 | % | 15.4 | % | 18.2 | % |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | 6.1 | % | 1.0 | % |
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS
in millions)
|
(NIS
in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Voice
services:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outgoing
air time*
|
2,861 | 47.3 | % | 2,878 | 44.8 | % | 2,806 | 43.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Incoming
air time
|
1,188 | 19.7 | % | 1,169 | 18.2 | % | 1,176 | 18.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Roaming
|
424 | 7.0 | % | 423 | 6.6 | % | 340 | 5.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
voice services
|
4,473 | 74.0 | % | 4,470 | 69.6 | % | 4,322 | 66.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Content
and value added services**
|
492 | 8.1 | % | 674 | 10.5 | % | 882 | 13.6 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other
services***
|
450 | 7.4 | % | 528 | 8.3 | % | 528 | 8.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
services
|
5,415 | 89.5 | % | 5,672 | 88.4 | % | 5,732 | 88.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Handsets
and accessories
|
635 | 10.5 | % | 745 | 11.6 | % | 751 | 11.6 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
6,050 | 100.0 | % | 6,417 | 100.0 | % | 6,483 | 100.0 | % |
*
|
Including air time packages and
interconnect.
|
**
|
Consists
of content services, text messages and data
services.
|
***
|
Consists
of fixed monthly subscription fees, extended warranty fees, land-line
services and others.
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS
in millions)
|
(NIS
in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Individual
|
4,377 | 72.3 | % | 4,626 | 72.1 | % | 4,775 | 73.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Business*
|
1,524 | 25.2 | % | 1,654 | 25.8 | % | 1,622 | 25.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
149 | 2.5 | % | 137 | 2.1 | % | 86 | 1.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
6,050 | 100.0 | % | 6,417 | 100.0 | % | 6,483 | 100.0 | % |
*
|
Consists
of revenues from inbound roaming services and other
services.
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
%
of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS
in millions)
|
(NIS
in millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-paid
|
729 | 12.0 | % | 696 | 10.9 | % | 657 | 10.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Post-paid
|
5,172 | 85.5 | % | 5,584 | 87.0 | % | 5,741 | 88.6 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
149 | 2.5 | % | 137 | 2.1 | % | 86 | 1.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
6,050 | 100.0 | % | 6,417 | 100.0 | % | 6,483 | 100.0 | % |
|
*
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other
services.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007*
|
2008* |
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost
of revenues-services
|
2,592 | 2,641 | 2,643 | 1.9 | % | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||||
Cost
of revenues-equipment
|
723 | 755 | 690 | 4.3 | % | (8.6 | %) | |||||||||||||
Total
cost of revenues
|
3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 | 2.4 | % | (1.9 | %) | |||||||||||||
Gross
profit
|
2,735 | 3,021 | 3,150 | 10.5 | % | 4.3 | % |
*
Retrospective application due to accounting policy change regarding
Subscriber Acquisition and Retention Costs.
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing
expenses
|
685 | 701 | 716 | 2.3 | % | 2.1 | % | |||||||||||||
General and administrative
expenses
|
653 | 659 | 660 | 0.9 | % | 0.2 | % | |||||||||||||
Total
|
1,338 | 1,360 | 1,376 | 1.6 | % | 1.2 | % |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
|||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
|||||||||||||
Other
income (expenses), net
|
(3 | ) | 29 | (6 | ) |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||
Financing
expenses
|
(287 | ) | (393 | ) | (370 | ) | ||||||
Financing
income
|
140 | 83 | 151 | |||||||||
Financing
expenses, net
|
(147 | ) | (310 | ) | (219 | ) |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Income
tax
|
328 | 391 | 367 | 19.2 | % | (6.1 | %) | |||||||||||||
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
2008
vs. 2007
|
2009
vs. 2008
|
||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 7.6 | % | 19.5 | % |
Total
|
2010
|
2011- 2013 | 2014-2015 |
2016
and Beyond
|
||||||||||||||||
Long-term
debt obligations (including interest)(1)
|
5,706 | 566 | 2,123 | 1,580 | 1,437 | |||||||||||||||
Operating
lease obligations
|
643 | 215 | 327 | 101 | — | |||||||||||||||
Purchase
obligations
|
441 | 194 | 247 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
6,790 | 975 | 2,697 | 1,681 | 1,437 |
|
(1)
|
Interest
does not include (a) payments that could be required under our
interest-rate swap agreements; such payments will depend upon changes in
interest rates and could vary significantly, or (b) any increase in
interest that would be required based on increases in the Israeli
CPI.
|
|
·
|
cash
flows attributed to the asset
group;
|
|
·
|
future
cash flows for the asset group, including estimates of residual values,
which incorporate our views of growth rates for the related business and
anticipated future economic conditions;
and
|
|
·
|
period
of time over which the assets will be held and
used.
|
Name
|
Age
|
Position
|
Ami
Erel (2), (3)
|
62
|
Chairman
of the Board
|
Nochi
Dankner (3)
|
55
|
Director
|
Isaac
Manor
|
68
|
Director
|
Shay
Livnat (2), (3)
|
51
|
Director
|
Raanan
Cohen (2), (4)
|
42
|
Director
|
Avraham
Bigger
|
63
|
Director
|
Rafi
Bisker (2) (4)
|
58
|
Director
|
Shlomo
Waxe (1), (2), (4)
|
63
|
Independent
Director
|
Haim
Gavrieli
|
39
|
Director
|
Ari
Bronshtein (2)
|
40
|
Director
|
Tal
Raz
|
48
|
Director
*
|
Joseph
Barnea (1), (2), (3), (4)
|
74
|
Independent
/ External Director
|
Ronit
Baytel (1)
|
42
|
Independent
/ External Director
|
Amos
Shapira
|
60
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
Yaacov
Heen
|
40
|
Chief
Financial Officer*
|
Adi
Cohen
|
44
|
Vice
President of Marketing
|
|
*
Tal Raz served as our Chief Financial Officer until September 20, 2009 and
has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 21 2009.
Yaacov Heen was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer as of September
21, 2009.
|
|
(1)
Member of our Audit Committee.
|
|
(2)
Member of our Analysis Committee.
|
|
(3)
Member of our Option Committee.
|
|
(4)
Member of our Security Committee.
|
|
·
|
an
employment relationship;
|
|
·
|
a
business or professional relationship maintained on a regular
basis;
|
|
·
|
control;
and
|
|
·
|
service
as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company
prior to its initial public offering if such director was appointed in
order to serve as an external director following the
offering.
|
|
·
|
at
least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted at the
meeting vote in favor of the election of the external director;
or
|
|
·
|
the
total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the
election of the external director does not exceed 1% of the aggregate
voting rights in the company.
|
|
·
|
information
on the appropriateness of a given action brought for his or her approval
or performed by virtue of his or her position;
and
|
|
·
|
all
other important information pertaining to these
actions.
|
|
·
|
refrain
from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties
in the company and his or her other duties or personal
affairs;
|
|
·
|
refrain
from any activity that is competitive with the
company;
|
|
·
|
refrain
from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a
personal gain for himself or herself or others;
and
|
|
·
|
disclose
to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s
affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her
position as an office holder.
|
|
·
|
other
than in the ordinary course of
business;
|
|
·
|
that
is not on market terms; or
|
|
·
|
that
is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets
or liabilities.
|
|
·
|
at
least one-third of the shareholders who have no personal interest in
approving the transaction and who vote on the matter vote in favor of the
transaction; or
|
|
·
|
the
shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote
against the transaction do not represent more than 1% of the voting rights
in the company.
|
|
·
|
an
amendment to the articles of
association;
|
|
·
|
an
increase in the company’s authorized share
capital;
|
|
·
|
a
merger; and
|
|
·
|
approval
of related party transactions that require shareholders
approval.
|
|
·
|
the
securities issued amount to 20% or more of the company’s outstanding
voting rights before the issuance;
|
|
·
|
some
or all of the consideration is other than cash or listed securities or the
transaction is not on market terms;
and
|
|
·
|
the
transaction will increase the relative holdings of a shareholder that
holds 5% or more of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting
rights or that will cause any person to become, as a result of the
issuance, a holder of more than 5% of the company’s outstanding share
capital or voting rights.
|
Number
of Full-Time Equivalent Positions
|
||||||||||||
Unit
|
December
2007**
|
December
200
8
***
|
December
2009 ***
|
|||||||||
Management
and headquarters
|
34 | 35 | 34 | |||||||||
Human
resources
|
46 | 49 | 54 | |||||||||
Marketing
|
74 | 73 | 80 | |||||||||
Customers*
|
3,709 | 3,310 | 3452 | |||||||||
Finance
|
113 | 121 | 133 | |||||||||
Technologies
|
654 | 718 | 679 | |||||||||
Total
|
4,630 | 4,306 | 4432 |
*
|
Includes
the customer facing units: business customers, sales and services,
operations and supply chain.
|
**
|
Including
approximately 30 higher cost temporary workers, most of whom
belonged to the Technologies unit at
December 2007.
|
***
|
Including
150 and 118 employees previously engaged through subcontractors, mainly in
the Technologies and Supply chain units during 2008
and 2009 respectively.
|
Shares
Beneficially Owned
|
||||||||
Name
of Beneficial Owner
|
Number
|
Percent
|
||||||
Discount
Investment Corporation Ltd.*
|
51,450,000 | 52.02 | % | |||||
Directors
and executive officers as a group (24 persons)**
|
51,580,658 | 52.16 | % |
*
|
DIC,
a public Israeli company traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, is a
majority-owned subsidiary of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., or IDB
Development. Includes 23,661,645 ordinary shares held by DIC directly,
24,375,855 ordinary shares held by two wholly-owned subsidiaries of DIC
(namely, PEC Israel Economic Corporation, a Maine corporation, and DIC
Communication and Technology Ltd., an Israeli company) and 3,412,500
ordinary shares, representing approximately 3.45% of our issued and
outstanding shares, held by two shareholders whose voting rights are
vested in DIC. Does not include 125,658 ordinary shares (representing
approximately 0.13% of our issued and outstanding shares) held as of
December 31, 2009 by indirect subsidiaries of IDB Development for their
own account and 1,947,420 ordinary shares (representing approximately
1.97% of our issued and outstanding shares) held as of that date for
members of the public through, among others, provident funds, mutual
funds, pension funds, exchange traded funds, insurance policies
and
unaffiliated third-party client accounts
, which are managed by such
subsidiaries.
|
|
·
|
Ganden
Holdings Ltd., or Ganden, a private Israeli company controlled by Nochi
Dankner (who is also the Chairman of the boards of directors of IDB, IDB
Development and DIC and one of our directors) and his sister Shelly
Bergman, held as of December 31, 2009, directly and through a wholly-owned
subsidiary, approximately 55.26% of the outstanding shares of
IDB;
|
|
·
|
Shelly
Bergman, through a wholly-owned company, held as of December 31, 2009
approximately 4.23% of the outstanding shares of
IDB;
|
|
·
|
Avraham
Livnat Ltd., or Livnat, a private company controlled by Avraham Livnat
(one of whose sons, Zvi Livnat, is a director and Executive Vice President
of IDB, a director and Deputy Chairman of the board of directors of IDB
Development and a director of DIC, and another son, Shay Livnat, is one of
our directors and a director of IDB Development) held as of December 31,
2009, directly and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, approximately 13.43%
of the outstanding shares of IDB;
and
|
|
·
|
Manor
Holdings BA Ltd., or Manor, a private company controlled by Ruth Manor
(whose husband, Isaac Manor, is one of our directors, a director and
Deputy Chairman of the board of directors of IDB, and a director of IDB
Development and DIC, and their son Dori Manor is a director of IDB, IDB
Development and DIC) held as of December 31, 2009, directly and through a
majority-owned subsidiary, approximately 13.42% of the outstanding shares
of IDB.
|
**
|
Includes
the
51,450,000
ordinary shares held, directly or indirectly, by DIC and
125,658
ordinary shares
held by indirect subsidiaries of IDB Development, for their own account,
which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Nochi Dankner by virtue of
his control of IDB. Does not include an aggregate of
1,947,420 of our ordinary shares held, as of December 31, 2009,
by members of the public through, among others, provident funds, mutual
funds, pension funds, exchange traded funds, insurance policies and
unaffiliated third-party client accounts, which are managed by
indirect subsidiaries of IDB Development. Each of our directors
who is affiliated with IDB or DIC disclaims beneficial ownership of such
shares. Also includes5,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the
exercise of stock options that are exercisable on, or within 60 days
following December 31,2009.
|
High
|
Low
|
|||||||||
NIS
|
NIS
|
|||||||||
Annually
|
||||||||||
2007
|
106.5 | 75.8 | ||||||||
2008
|
103.6 | 70.0 | ||||||||
2009
|
124.1 | 71.5 | ||||||||
Quarterly
|
||||||||||
2007* | ||||||||||
Third
Quarter
|
88.2 | 75.8 | ||||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
106.5 | 76.0 | ||||||||
2008
|
||||||||||
First
Quarter
|
100.5 | 82.7 | ||||||||
Second
Quarter
|
101.8 | 90.7 | ||||||||
Third
Quarter
|
103.6 | 85.9 | ||||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
95.0 | 70.0 | ||||||||
2009
|
||||||||||
First
Quarter
|
83.3 | 71.5 | ||||||||
Second
Quarter
|
101.1 | 80.5 | ||||||||
Third
Quarter
|
113.8 | 96.1 | ||||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
124.1 | 107.9 | ||||||||
Monthly
|
||||||||||
2008
|
||||||||||
September
|
97.7 | 85.9 | ||||||||
October
|
94.9 | 85.1 | ||||||||
November
|
95.0 | 74.7 | ||||||||
December
|
81.6 | 70.0 | ||||||||
2009
|
||||||||||
September
|
113.8 | 105.0 | ||||||||
October
|
115.7 | 109.6 | ||||||||
November
|
119.7 | 107.9 | ||||||||
December
|
124.1 | 117.2 | ||||||||
2010
|
||||||||||
January
|
123.5 | 117.3 | ||||||||
February
|
128.0
|
118.9
|
High
$
|
Low
$
|
|||||||
Annually
|
||||||||
2007
|
26.28 | 12.95 | ||||||
2008
|
30.62 | 18.18 | ||||||
2009
|
32.87 | 17.82 | ||||||
Quarterly
|
||||||||
2007
|
||||||||
First
Quarter
|
14.16 | 12.98 | ||||||
Second
Quarter
|
19.52 | 12.95 | ||||||
Third
Quarter
|
19.64 | 17.41 | ||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
26.28 | 18.12 | ||||||
2008
|
||||||||
First
Quarter
|
26.83 | 22.31 | ||||||
Second
Quarter
|
30.04 | 24.58 | ||||||
Third
Quarter
|
30.62 | 24.61 | ||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
26.16 | 18.18 | ||||||
2009
|
||||||||
First
Quarter
|
20.16 | 17.82 | ||||||
Second
Quarter
|
25.58 | 19.37 | ||||||
Third
Quarter
|
30.65 | 24.66 | ||||||
Fourth
Quarter
|
32.87 | 28.49 | ||||||
Monthly
|
||||||||
2008
|
||||||||
September
|
26.91 | 24.61 | ||||||
October
|
26.16 | 22.81 | ||||||
November
|
24.56 | 19.43 | ||||||
December
|
20.83 | 18.18 | ||||||
2009
|
||||||||
September
|
30.65 | 27.87 | ||||||
October
|
31.51 | 29.27 | ||||||
November
|
31.48 | 28.49 | ||||||
December
|
32.87 | 31.33 | ||||||
2010
|
||||||||
January
|
33.37 | 31.92 | ||||||
February
|
34.25
|
31.99
|
|
·
|
a
breach of his or her duty of care to us or to another
person;
|
|
·
|
a
breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us, provided that the office
holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that his
or her act would not prejudice our
interests;
|
|
·
|
a
financial liability imposed upon him or her in favor of another person
concerning an act performed in the capacity as an office
holder.
|
|
·
|
a
financial liability imposed on or incurred by an office holder in favor of
another person by any judgment, including a settlement or an arbitrator’s
award approved by a court concerning an act performed in his or her
capacity as an office holder. Such indemnification may be approved (i)
after the liability has been incurred or (ii) in advance, provided that
the undertaking is limited to types of events which our Board of Directors
deems to be foreseeable in light of our actual operations at the time of
the undertaking and limited to an amount or criterion determined by our
Board of Directors to be reasonable under the circumstances, and further
provided that such events and amounts or criteria are set forth in the
undertaking to indemnify;
|
|
·
|
reasonable
litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the office
holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against
him or her by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or
proceeding concluded without the filing of an indictment against him or
her and either (A) concluded without the imposition of any financial
liability in lieu of criminal proceedings or (B) concluded with the
imposition of a financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings but
relates to a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal
intent; and
|
|
·
|
reasonable
litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office
holder or charged to him or her by a court, in proceedings instituted by
us or on our behalf or by another person, or in a criminal indictment from
which he or she was acquitted, or a criminal indictment in which he or she
was convicted for a criminal offense that does not require proof of
intent, in each case relating to an act performed in his or her capacity
as an office holder.
|
|
·
|
a
breach by the office holder of his or her duty of loyalty unless, with
respect to insurance coverage or indemnification, the office holder acted
in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not
prejudice the company;
|
|
·
|
a
breach by the office holder of his or her duty of care if the breach was
done intentionally or recklessly;
|
|
·
|
any
act or omission done with the intent to derive an illegal personal
benefit; or
|
|
·
|
any
fine or penalty levied against the office
holder.
|
|
·
|
a
citizen or resident of the United
States;
|
|
·
|
a
corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political
subdivision thereof; or
|
|
·
|
an
estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source.
|
As
of December 31
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Par
Value
|
Fair
Value
|
Par
Value
|
Fair
Value
|
Par
Value
|
Fair
Value
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In
NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
contracts on exchange rate
(mainly
US$– NIS)
|
537 | (28 | ) | 763 | 23 | 586 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Forward
contracts on Israeli CPI rate
|
1,800 | 24 | 1,850 | (1 | ) | 1,700 | 51 | |||||||||||||||||
Options
on the exchange rate
(mainly
US$– NIS)
|
530 | 1 | 1,226 | 5 | 868 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Compounded
foreign currency and interest swap
|
792 | (61 | ) | 320 | (12 | ) | 240 | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||
3,659 | (64 | ) | 4,159 | 15 | 3,394 | 38 |
|
·
|
an
increase of 0.1% of the Israeli CPI would result in an increase
of approximately NIS 3.7 million in our financial
expenses;
|
|
·
|
a
devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar of 1.0% would increase our
financial expenses by approximately NIS 1.6
million.
|
·
|
Pertain
to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company;
|
·
|
Provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and
|
·
|
Provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use of disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
|
2008
|
2009
|
|||||||
(NIS
in thousands)
|
||||||||
Audit Fees
|
2,635 | 2,445 | ||||||
Audit-Related
Fees
|
– | – | ||||||
Tax Fees
|
98 | 90 | ||||||
Total
|
2,733 | 2,535 |
Exhibit
Number
|
Description
|
|
1.1
|
Articles
of Association and Memorandum of Association
†
|
|
2.1
|
Form
of Ordinary Share Certificate
†
|
|
4.1
|
Series
A Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an addendum dated February 27,
2006 between Cellcom and Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.
†
|
|
4.1.1
|
Series
A Debentures Trustee Replacement Agreement dated June 11, 2009.
*
|
|
4.2
|
Series
B Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an addendum dated February 27,
2006 between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
†
|
|
4.3
|
Series
C Indenture dated September 20, 2007, between Cellcom and Aurora Fidelity
Trust Ltd.
††
|
|
4.3.1
|
Series
C Debentures Trustee Replacement Agreement dated June 11, 2009.
*
|
|
4.4
|
Series
D Indenture dated September 20, 2007, between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust
(1975) Ltd.
††
|
|
4.5
|
Series
E Indenture dated March 31, 2009, between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust
(1975) Ltd.*
|
|
4.6
|
Amended
2006 Share Incentive Plan
††
|
|
4.7
|
Registration
Rights Agreement dated March 15, 2006 among Cellcom, Goldman Sachs
International, DIC, DIC Communication and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel
Economic Corporation
†
|
|
4.8
|
Amended
Non-Exclusive General License for the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone
Services in the Cellular Method dated June 27, 1994
*
|
|
8.1
|
Subsidiaries
of the Registrant
†
|
|
12.1
|
Certification
of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a), as
adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act *
|
|
12.2
|
Certification
of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a), as
adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act *
|
|
13.1
|
Certification
of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*
|
|
15
|
Consent
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *
|
*
|
Filed
herewith.
|
†
|
Incorporated
by reference to our registration statement on Form F-1 (registration no.
333-140030) filed with the SEC on January 17,
2007.
|
††
|
Incorporated by reference to our annual report on
Form 20-F for the year 2007 filed with the SEC on March 18,
2008.
|
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
||
By:
|
/s/ Amos Shapira | |
Name:
|
Amos
Shapira
|
|
Title:
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
December
31
*
2007
|
December
31
*
2008
|
December
31
2009
|
Convenience
translation
|
|||||||||||||||||
Note
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
US$
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
6 | 911 | 275 | 903 | 239 | |||||||||||||||
Current
investments, including derivatives
|
**44 | **68 | 272 | 72 | ||||||||||||||||
Trade
receivables
|
7 | 1,385 | 1,478 | 1,579 | 418 | |||||||||||||||
Other
receivables
|
7 | **52 | **44 | 63 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
Inventory
|
8 | 245 | 119 | 149 | 39 | |||||||||||||||
Total
current assets
|
2,637 | 1,984 | 2,966 | 786 | ||||||||||||||||
Trade
and other receivables
|
7 | 575 | 602 | 606 | 161 | |||||||||||||||
Property,
plant and equipment, net
|
9 | 2,335 | 2,159 | 2,096 | 555 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible
assets, net
|
10 | 747 | 743 | 711 | 188 | |||||||||||||||
Total
non- current assets
|
3,657 | 3,504 | 3,413 | 904 | ||||||||||||||||
Total
assets
|
6,294 | 5,488 | 6,379 | 1,690 | ||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Short
term borrowings
|
14 | 353 | 329 | 350 | 93 | |||||||||||||||
Trade
payables and accrued expenses
|
11 | 953 | 677 | 806 | 214 | |||||||||||||||
Current
tax liabilities
|
140 | 85 | 67 | 18 | ||||||||||||||||
Provisions
|
12 | 91 | 47 | 84 | 22 | |||||||||||||||
Other
current liabilities, including derivatives
|
13 | 384 | 385 | 405 | 107 | |||||||||||||||
Total
current liabilities
|
1,921 | 1,523 | 1,712 | 454 | ||||||||||||||||
Long-
term borrowings
|
14 | 343 | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
14 | 2,983 | 3,401 | 4,185 | 1,109 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions
|
12 | 14 | 17 | 16 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Other
long-term liabilities
|
3 | 1 | 1 | - | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred
taxes
|
25 | 149 | 156 | 91 | 24 | |||||||||||||||
Total
non- current liabilities
|
3,492 | 3,575 | 4,293 | 1,137 | ||||||||||||||||
Total
liabilities
|
5,413 | 5,098 | 6,005 | 1,591 | ||||||||||||||||
Shareholders’
equity
|
16 | |||||||||||||||||||
Share
capital
|
1 | 1 | 1 | - | ||||||||||||||||
Cash
flow hedge reserve
|
(33 | ) | (11 | ) | (23 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Retained
earnings
|
913 | 400 | 396 | 105 | ||||||||||||||||
Total
shareholders’ equity
|
881 | 390 | 374 | 99 | ||||||||||||||||
Total
liabilities and shareholders’ equity
|
6,294 | 5,488 | 6,379 | 1,690 |
Convenience
translation
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Year
ended December 31
|
Year
ended
December
31
|
|||||||||||||||||||
*2007
|
*2008
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||||||
Note
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
US$
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
19 | 6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | 1,717 | |||||||||||||||
Cost
of revenues
|
20 | 3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 | 883 | |||||||||||||||
Gross
profit
|
2,735 | 3,021 | 3,150 | 834 | ||||||||||||||||
Selling
and marketing expenses
|
21 | 685 | 701 | 716 | 189 | |||||||||||||||
General
and administrative expenses
|
22 | 653 | 659 | 660 | 175 | |||||||||||||||
Other
(income) expenses, net
|
23 | 3 | (29 | ) | 6 | 2 | ||||||||||||||
Operating
income
|
1,394 | 1,690 | 1,768 | 468 | ||||||||||||||||
Financing
income
|
140 | 83 | 151 | 40 | ||||||||||||||||
Financing
expenses
|
(287 | ) | (393 | ) | (370 | ) | (98 | ) | ||||||||||||
Financing
expenses, net
|
24 | (147 | ) | (310 | ) | (219 | ) | (58 | ) | |||||||||||
Income
before income tax
|
1,247 | 1,380 | 1,549 | 410 | ||||||||||||||||
Income
tax
|
25 | 328 | 391 | 367 | 97 | |||||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 313 | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings
per share
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic
earnings per share in NIS
|
16 | 9.42 | 10.12 | 12.01 | 3.18 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted
earnings per share in NIS
|
16 | 9.34 | 9.96 | 11.90 | 3.15 |
Convenience
translation
|
||||||||||||||||
Year
ended December 31
|
Year
ended
December
31
|
|||||||||||||||
*2007
|
*2008
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
US$
millions
|
|||||||||||||
Net
change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to profit and
loss
|
27 | 44 | (14 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
Changes
in fair value of cash flows hedges
|
(28 | ) | (10 | ) | (2 | ) | - | |||||||||
Income
tax on other comprehensive income
|
(8 | ) | (12 | ) | 4 | 1 | ||||||||||
Other
comprehensive income, net of income tax
|
(9 | ) | 22 | (12 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||
Net
income for the year
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 313 | ||||||||||||
Total
comprehensive income for the year
|
910 | 1,011 | 1,170 | 310 |
Share
capital amount
|
Cash
flow hedge reserve
|
Retained
earnings
|
Total
|
Convenience
trans
la
tion into U.S. dollar
(Note
2D)
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
US$
millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance
as of January 1, 2007
|
1 | (24 | ) | 620 | 597 | 158 | ||||||||||||||
Comprehensive
income for the year *
|
- | (9 | ) | 919 | 910 | 241 | ||||||||||||||
Share
based payments
|
- | - | 29 | 29 | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend paid
|
- | - | (655 | ) | (655 | ) | (174 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance
as of December 31, 2007
|
1 | (33 | ) | 913 | 881 | 233 | ||||||||||||||
Comprehensive
income for the year *
|
- | 22 | 989 | 1,011 | 268 | |||||||||||||||
Share
based payments
|
- | - | 28 | 28 | 7 | |||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend paid
|
- | - | (1,530 | ) | (1,530 | ) | (405 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance
as of December 31, 2008
|
1 | (11 | ) | 400 | 390 | 103 | ||||||||||||||
Comprehensive
income for the year *
|
- | (12 | ) | 1,182 | 1,170 | 310 | ||||||||||||||
Share
based payments
|
- | - | 1 | 1 | - | |||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend paid
|
- | - | (1,187 | ) | (1,187 | ) | (314 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance
as of December 31, 2009
|
1 | (23 | ) | 396 | 374 | 99 |
Convenience
translation
|
||||||||||||||||
Year
ended December 31
|
Year
ended
December
31
|
|||||||||||||||
*2007
|
*2008
|
2009
|
2009
|
|||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
US$
millions
|
|||||||||||||
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
||||||||||||||||
Net
income
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | 313 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments
for:
|
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation
and Amortization
|
790 | 821 | 755 | 200 | ||||||||||||
Share
based payments
|
29 | 28 | 1 | - | ||||||||||||
Reversal
of provision allowance
|
(10 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Capital
gain on sale of land
|
- | (9 | ) | - | - | |||||||||||
Loss
(gain) on sale of assets
|
4 | (9 | ) | 6 | 2 | |||||||||||
Income
tax expense
|
328 | 391 | 367 | 97 | ||||||||||||
Financing
expenses, net
|
147 | 310 | 219 | 58 | ||||||||||||
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||
Changes
in inventories
|
(191 | ) | 36 | (105 | ) | (28 | ) | |||||||||
Changes
in trade receivables (including long-term amounts)
|
(99 | ) | (117 | ) | (69 | ) | (18 | ) | ||||||||
Changes
in other receivables (including long-term amounts)
|
(24 | ) | (34 | ) | 2 | 1 | ||||||||||
Changes
in trade payables and accrued expenses
|
188 | (271 | ) | 152 | 41 | |||||||||||
Changes
in other liabilities (including long-term amounts)
|
92 | 99 | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds
(Payments) for derivative hedging contracts, net
|
(24 | ) | (38 | ) | 21 | 5 | ||||||||||
Proceeds
(payments) for other derivative contracts, net
|
(16 | ) | 18 | 8 | 2 | |||||||||||
Income
tax paid
|
(313 | ) | (451 | ) | (447 | ) | (119 | ) | ||||||||
Net
cash from operating activities
|
1,820 | 1,763 | 2,088 | 553 | ||||||||||||
Cash
flows from investing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
Acquisition
of property, plant, and equipment
|
(466 | ) | (429 | ) | (404 | ) | (107 | ) | ||||||||
Acquisition
of intangible assets
|
(97 | ) | (175 | ) | (173 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||||
Change
in current investments, net
|
- | - | (212 | ) | (56 | ) | ||||||||||
Payments
for derivative hedging contracts, net
|
(12 | ) | (17 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||
Proceeds
from sales of property, plant and equipment
|
4 | 19 | 2 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Interest
received
|
23 | 17 | 5 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Proceed
from sale of long term assets
|
(12 | ) | 39 | - | - | |||||||||||
Net
cash used in investing activities
|
(560 | ) | (546 | ) | (782 | ) | (207 | ) | ||||||||
Cash
flows from financing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
Proceeds
from (payment for) derivative contracts, net
|
(10 | ) | 31 | 33 | 9 | |||||||||||
Proceeds
from short term borrowings
|
- | - | 8 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Repayments
of long-term loans from banks
|
(645 | ) | (648 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||
Repayments
of debentures
|
- | (125 | ) | (332 | ) | (88 | ) | |||||||||
Proceeds
from issuance of debentures, net of issuance costs
|
1,066 | 589 | 989 | 261 | ||||||||||||
Dividend
paid
|
(639 | ) | (1,525 | ) | (1,186 | ) | (314 | ) | ||||||||
Interest
paid
|
(177 | ) | (175 | ) | (190 | ) | (50 | ) | ||||||||
Net
cash used in financing activities
|
(405 | ) | (1,853 | ) | (678 | ) | (180 | ) | ||||||||
Changes
in cash and cash equivalents
|
855 | (636 | ) | 628 | 166 | |||||||||||
Balance
of cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
|
56 | 911 | 275 | 73 | ||||||||||||
Balance
of cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
911 | 275 | 903 | 239 |
A.
|
Statement
of compliance
|
B.
|
Functional
and presentation currency
|
C.
|
Basis
of measurement
|
D.
|
Convenience
translation into U.S. dollars (“dollars” or
“$”)
|
E.
|
Use
of estimates and judgments
|
F.
|
Change
in classification
|
G.
|
Newly
adopted accounting standards
|
H.
|
Change
in accounting policy
|
December
31,
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Intangible
assets, net prior to the accounting policy change
|
685 | 675 | 648 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
62 | 68 | 63 | |||||||||
Intangible
assets,net after retrospective application
|
747 | 743 | 711 | |||||||||
Current
tax liabilities prior to the accounting policy change
|
122 | 65 | 48 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
18 | 20 | 19 | |||||||||
Current
tax liabilities after retrospective application
|
140 | 85 | 67 | |||||||||
Retained
earnings prior to the accounting policy change
|
869 | 352 | 352 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
44 | 48 | 44 | |||||||||
Retained
earnings after retrospective application
|
913 | 400 | 396 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Cost
of revenues prior to the accounting policy change
|
3,377 | 3,402 | 3,328 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
(62 | ) | (6 | ) | 5 | |||||||
Cost
of revenues after retrospective application
|
3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 | |||||||||
Income
tax prior to the accounting policy change
|
310 | 389 | 368 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
18 | 2 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Income
tax after retrospective application
|
328 | 391 | 367 | |||||||||
Net
income prior to the accounting policy change
|
875 | 985 | 1,186 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
44 | 4 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Net
income for the period after retrospective application
|
919 | 989 | 1,182 | |||||||||
Basic
earnings (loss) per share (in NIS) prior to the accounting policy
change
|
8.97 | 10.08 | 12.05 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
0.45 | 0.04 | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||
Basic
earnings (loss) per share (in NIS) after retrospective
application
|
9.42 | 10.12 | 12.01 | |||||||||
Diluted
earnings (loss) per share (in NIS) prior to the accounting policy
change
|
8.89 | 9.92 | 11.94 | |||||||||
Effect
of retrospective application
|
0.45 | 0.04 | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||
Diluted
earnings (loss) per share (in NIS ) after retrospective
application
|
9.34 | 9.96 | 11.90 |
(3)
|
The
accounting policy change had a zero net effect on the cash flows from
operating activities, and no effect on cash flows used in investing and
financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009.
|
A.
|
Basis
of consolidation
|
B.
|
Foreign
currency transactions
|
C.
|
Financial
instruments
|
1.
|
Non
derivative financial instruments
|
C.
|
Financial
instruments (cont'd)
|
2.
|
Derivative
financial instruments
|
3.
|
Financial
instruments linked to the Israeli CPI that are not measured at fair
value.
|
4.
|
Share
capital
|
D.
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
%
|
||||
Network
and transmission equipment
|
5-20 | |||
Control
and testing equipment
|
15-25 | |||
Vehicles
|
15 | |||
Computers
and hardware
|
15-33 | |||
Furniture
and office equipment
|
6-15 |
E.
|
Intangible
assets
|
(1)
|
Intangible
assets are stated at cost, including direct costs necessary to prepare the
asset for its intended use. A group of similar intangible assets are
measured at cost net of accumulated amortization and accumulated
impairment losses.
|
(2)
|
Certain
direct and indirect development costs associated with internally developed
information system software, and payroll costs for employees devoting time
to the software projects, incurred during the application development
stage, are capitalized. The costs are amortized using the
straight-
|
E.
|
Intangible
assets (cont'd)
|
(3)
|
Deferred
expenses in respect of commissions and handset subsidies regarding the
acquisition of new subscribers are recognized as intangible assets, if the
costs can be measured reliably, incremental to the contract and directly
attributable to obtaining a specific subscriber. If the costs do not meet
the aforementioned criteria, they are recognized immediately as
expenses.
See
also note
2H
regarding change in accounting
policy.
|
(4)
|
Amortization
is calculated using the straight-line method. If the intangible assets
consist of several components with different estimated useful lives, the
individual significant components are amortized over their individual
useful lives. The annual amortization rates are as
follows:
|
%
|
||||
Licenses
|
5-6
|
(mainly
6%)
|
||
Information
systems
|
25
|
|||
Software
|
25
|
F.
|
Inventory
|
G.
|
Impairment
|
|
1.
|
Financial
assets
|
|
2.
|
Property,
plant and equipment and intangible
assets
|
G.
|
Impairment
(cont'd)
|
|
2.
|
Property,
plant and equipment and intangible assets
(cont'd)
|
H.
|
Employee
benefits
|
|
1.
|
Post
employment benefits
|
|
2.
|
Short
term benefits
|
|
3.
|
Share
based payments
|
I.
|
Provisions
|
J.
|
Revenue
|
K.
|
Lease
payments
|
L.
|
Finance
income and expenses
|
M.
|
Income
tax
|
N.
|
Earnings
per share
|
O.
|
Advertising
expenses
|
P.
|
New
standards and interpretations not yet
adopted
|
|
1.
|
IFRS
9,
Financial
Instruments
(hereinafter – the Standard). This standard is the
first part of a comprehensive project to replace IAS 39
Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement
(hereinafter – IAS 39) and it replaces
the requirements included in IAS 39 regarding the classification and
measurement of financial assets. In accordance with the Standard, there
are two principal categories for measuring financial assets: amortized
cost and fair value, with the basis of classification for debt instruments
being the entity’s business model for managing financial assets and the
contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. In
accordance with the Standard, an investment in a debt instrument will be
measured at amortized cost if the objective of the entity’s business model
is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and the
contractual terms give rise, on specific dates, to cash flows that are
solely payments of principal and interest. All other financial assets are
measured at fair value through profit or loss. Furthermore, embedded
derivatives are no longer separated from hybrid contracts that have a
financial asset host. Instead, the entire hybrid contract is assessed for
classification using the principles above. In addition, investments in
equity instruments are measured at fair value with changes in fair value
being recognized in profit or loss. Nevertheless, the Standard allows an
entity on the initial recognition of an equity instrument not held for
trading, to elect irrevocably to present fair value changes in the equity
instrument in other comprehensive income where no amount so recognized is
ever classified to profit or loss at a later date. Dividends on equity
instruments measured through other comprehensive income are recognized in
profit or loss unless they clearly constitute a return on an initial
investment. The Standard removes financial liabilities from its
scope.
|
|
2.
|
IFRS
3 Business Combinations and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial
Statements, revised (hereinafter - the Standards). The main revisions to
the new Standards are: a revised definition of business and business
combinations, a change in the measurement method of carried forward items
in business combinations, providing two measurement options regarding
non-controlling rights, a change in the accounting treatment of
transaction costs, the accounting treatment regarding piece by piece
acquisitions, the allocation of comprehensive income between shareholders,
the accounting for acquisitions or sales of equity rights while
maintaining control as equity transactions, the accounting for
transactions that result in gain or loss of control in full fair value, so
that the subsequent holdings after the loss of control
are recognized through profit and loss, and the original
investment in obtaining control is also recognized in fair value through
profit and loss, and a broadening of disclosure requirements. The
Standards shall be applied on annual reporting periods beginning on, or
after, January 1, 2010. The principal revisions of these Standards shall
be applied prospectively, meaning in respect of transactions as from the
initial date of
implementation.
|
|
3.
|
Amendment
to IAS 17, Leases – Classification of leases of land and buildings
(hereinafter – the Amendment) – In accordance with the Amendment, a lease
of land does not have to be classified as an operating lease in every case
that ownership is not expected to pass to the lessee at the end of the
lease period. In accordance with the amended standard, a land lease is to
be examined according to the regular criteria for classifying a lease as a
finance lease or as an operating
lease.
|
A.
|
Trade
and other receivables
|
B.
|
Current
investments and derivatives
|
C.
|
Non-derivative
financial liabilities
|
D.
|
Share-
based payment transactions
|
D.
|
Share-
based payment transactions (cont'd)
|
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Bank
balances
|
10 | 18 | 28 | |||||||||
Call
deposits
|
901 | 257 | 875 | |||||||||
911 | 275 | 903 |
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Trade
Receivables
|
||||||||||||
Open
accounts
|
387 | 423 | 514 | |||||||||
Checks
and credit cards receivables
|
158 | 187 | 199 | |||||||||
Accrued
income
|
214 | 202 | 171 | |||||||||
Current
maturity of long-term receivables
|
626 | 666 | 695 | |||||||||
1,385 | 1,478 | 1,579 | ||||||||||
Other
Receivables
|
||||||||||||
Prepaid
expenses
|
49 | 43 | 50 | |||||||||
Other
|
3 | 1 | 13 | |||||||||
|
52 | 44 | 63 | |||||||||
Current
|
1,437 | 1,522 | 1,642 | |||||||||
Non-current
|
575 | 602 | 606 | |||||||||
2,012 | 2,124 | 2,248 |
|
A.
|
Composition
|
December
31,
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Handsets
|
195 | 83 | 110 | |||||||||
Accessories
|
18 | 13 | 15 | |||||||||
Spare
parts
|
32 | 23 | 24 | |||||||||
245 | 119 | 149 |
|
B.
|
Inventories
of handsets, accessories and spare-parts as at December 31, 2009, are
presented net of a provision for decline in value in the amount of NIS 1
million (December 31, 2007 and 2008 – NIS 2 million and NIS 6
million, respectively).
|
|
A.
|
Composition:
|
Network and
transmission
|
Control
and
testing
|
Vehicles
|
Computers
furniture
and
office
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
at January 1, 2007
|
7,454 | 261 | 16 | 1,173 | 176 | 9,080 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
324 | 23 | 2 | 63 | 15 | 427 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(33 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | (285 | ) | - | (321 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
7,745 | 283 | 16 | 951 | 191 | 9,186 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
291 | 27 | - | 66 | 15 | 399 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
*(2,364) | - | (2 | ) | (197 | ) | - | (2,563 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2008
|
5,672 | 310 | 14 | 820 | 206 | 7,022 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
296 | 32 | 19 | 55 | 10 | 412 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(41 | ) | - | (1 | ) | (12 | ) | - | (54 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2009
|
5,927 | 342 | 32 | 863 | 216 | 7,380 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated
Depreciation
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
at January 1, 2007
|
5,347 | 210 | 6 | 881 | 104 | 6,548 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation
for the year
|
473 | 18 | 2 | 108 | 15 | 616 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(28 | ) | - | (1 | ) | (284 | ) | - | (313 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
5,792 | 228 | 7 | 705 | 119 | 6,851 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation
for the year
|
444 | 16 | 2 | 87 | 16 | 565 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
*(2,356) | - | (2 | ) | (195 | ) | - | (2,553 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2008
|
3,880 | 244 | 7 | 597 | 135 | 4,863 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation
for the year
|
358 | 17 | 3 | 74 | 15 | 467 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(36 | ) | - | - | (10 | ) | - | (46 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2009
|
4,202 | 261 | 10 | 661 | 150 | 5,284 | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying
amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At
January 1, 2007
|
2,107 | 51 | 10 | 292 | 72 | 2,532 | ||||||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2007
|
1,953 | 55 | 9 | 246 | 72 | 2,335 | ||||||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2008
|
1,792 | 66 | 7 | 223 | 71 | 2,159 | ||||||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2009
|
1,725 | 81 | 22 | 202 | 66 | 2,096 |
|
*
|
In
2008, the Company wrote off certain network and transmission equipment
that was no longer in use.
|
|
A.
|
Composition:
|
Licenses
|
Information
Systems
|
Software
|
Deferred
Expenses*
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
at January 1, 2007
|
550 | 459 | 221 | 9 | 1,239 | |||||||||||||||
Additions
|
- | 87 | 38 | 98 | 223 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | (7 | ) | - | (9 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
550 | 539 | 259 | 98 | 1,446 | |||||||||||||||
Additions
|
- | 67 | 44 | 137 | 248 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2008
|
550 | 606 | 303 | 235 | 1,694 | |||||||||||||||
Additions
|
- | 78 | 33 | 140 | 251 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | - | - | (25 | ) | (25 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2009
|
550 | 684 | 336 | 350 | 1,920 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated
Amortization
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
at January 1, 2007
|
92 | 308 | 135 | 9 | 544 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization
for the year
|
39 | 73 | 42 | 17 | 171 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | (7 | ) | - | (9 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
131 | 374 | 177 | 17 | 699 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization
for the year
|
35 | 68 | 42 | 107 | 252 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2008
|
166 | 442 | 219 | 124 | 951 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization
for the year
|
31 | 70 | 41 | 141 | 283 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | - | - | (25 | ) | (25 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance
at December 31, 2009
|
197 | 512 | 260 | 240 | 1,209 | |||||||||||||||
Carrying
amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
At
January 1, 2007
|
458 | 151 | 86 | - | 695 | |||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2007
|
419 | 165 | 82 | 81 | 747 | |||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2008
|
384 | 164 | 84 | 111 | 743 | |||||||||||||||
At
December 31, 2009
|
353 | 172 | 76 | 110 | 711 |
Composition
|
||||||||||||
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Trade
payables
|
443 | 277 | 376 | |||||||||
Accrued
expenses
|
510 | 400 | 430 | |||||||||
953 | 677 | 806 |
Dismantling
and
restoring
|
Litigations
|
Other
legal
obligations
|
Other
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance
as at January 1, 2009
|
17 | 10 | 33 | 4 | 64 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions
made during the period
|
1 | 18 | 20 | - | 39 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions
reversed during the period
|
(1 | ) | - | (1 | ) | - | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
Unwind
of discount
|
(1 | ) | - | - | - | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance
as at December 31, 2009
|
16 | 28 | 52 | 4 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
Non-current
|
16 | - | - | - | 16 | |||||||||||||||
Current
|
- | 28 | 52 | 4 | 84 | |||||||||||||||
16 | 28 | 52 | 4 | 100 |
Composition
|
||||||||||||
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Employees
and related liabilities
|
126 | 121 | 142 | |||||||||
Government
institutions
|
34 | 45 | 37 | |||||||||
Accrued
expenses
|
91 | 118 | 156 | |||||||||
Deferred
revenue
|
39 | 47 | 48 | |||||||||
Derivative
financial instruments
|
94 | 54 | 22 | |||||||||
384 | 385 | 405 |
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Non-
current liabilities
|
||||||||||||
Secured
bank loans
|
343 | - | - | |||||||||
Debentures
|
2,983 | 3,401 | 4,185 | |||||||||
3,326 | 3,401 | 4,185 | ||||||||||
Current
liabilities
|
||||||||||||
Short
term borrowings
|
- | - | 8 | |||||||||
Current
maturities of secured bank loans
|
232 | - | - | |||||||||
Current
maturities of debentures
|
121 | 329 | 342 | |||||||||
353 | 329 | 350 |
December,
31 2007
|
December,
31 2008
|
December,
31 2009
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Currency
|
Nominal
interest rate
|
Year
of maturity
|
Face
value
|
carrying
amount
|
Face
value
|
carrying
amount
|
Face
value
|
carrying
amount
|
||||||||||
Short
term borrowings
|
ILS
|
PRIME
+ 2.5%
|
- | - | - | - | - | 8 | 8 | |||||||||
Secured
bank loan
|
ILS
|
TELBOR
+ 0.8%
|
2010
|
253 | 251 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||
Secured
bank loan
|
USD
|
LIBOR
+ 0.8%
|
2010
|
327 | 324 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||
Debentures
(Series A) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
ILS
|
5.00%
|
2012
|
1,065 | 1,090 | 947 | 1,012 | 710 | 789 | |||||||||
Debentures
(Series B) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
ILS
|
5.30%
|
2017
|
925 | 949 | 925 | 992 | 925 | 1,029 | |||||||||
Debentures
(Series C) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
ILS
|
4.60%
|
2013
|
245 | 243 | 326 | 341 | 254 | 275 | |||||||||
Debentures
(Series D) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
ILS
|
5.19%
|
2017
|
827 | 822 | 1,321 | 1,385 | 1,507 | 1,651 | |||||||||
Debentures
(Series E) - unlinked
|
ILS
|
6.25%
|
2017
|
- | - | - | - | 789 | 783 | |||||||||
Total
interest- bearing liabilities
|
3,642 | 3,679 | 3,519 | 3,730 | 4,193 | 4,535 |
|
A.
|
The
Company’s liability for severance pay for its Israeli employees is
calculated pursuant to Israeli severance pay law. The Company’s liability
is fully provided by monthly deposits with severance pay funds, insurance
policies and by an accrual. For the majority of the Company employees the
payments to the pension funds and insurance companies discharge the
Company’s obligation to the employees as required by the Severance Pay Law
in connection with Section 14. Accumulated amounts in the pension funds
and with the insurance companies are not under the control or
administration of the Company, and accordingly, neither those amounts nor
the corresponding accrual for severance pay are reflected in the balance
sheet, this plan for employees that are under section 14 is accounted for
as defined contribution plan. The obligation of the Company, under law and
labor agreements, for termination benefits to employees not covered by the
aforementioned pension or insurance plans is NIS 1 million, NIS 1 million
and NIS 3 million as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as
included in the consolidated statement of financial position, under other
long term liabilities. The calculation for this liability is based on
salary components that according to management estimation creates a
liability for severance pay.
|
|
B.
|
The
severance pay expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 were approximately NIS 32 million, NIS 29 million and NIS 28
million, respectively.
|
|
C.
|
In
January 2008, under an order issued by the Israeli Ministry of Industry,
Commerce and Labor, all Israeli employers are obligated to contribute to a
pension plan amounts equal to a certain percentage of the employee's
wages, for all employees, after a certain minimum period of employment.
The Company is complying with this obligation. Under the new order,
additional employees are entitled to contribution to a pension plan, which
shall increase gradually until 2013 and up to 5% of the employee’s wages,
with additional identical contribution for severance pay. The Company does
not expect that the new order will have a material impact on the financial
statements.
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
|
||||||||||||
On
issue at 1 January
|
975,000 | 975,047 | 983,493 | |||||||||
Exercise
of share options
|
47 | 8,446 | 5,464 | |||||||||
On
issue at 31 December
|
975,047 | 983,493 | 988,957 |
2009
|
||||
NIS
millions
|
||||
2.75
NIS per share paid in March 2009
|
270 | |||
3.36
NIS per share paid in June 2009
|
330 | |||
3.05
NIS per share paid in September 2009
|
300 | |||
2.90
NIS per share paid in December 2009
|
287 | |||
1,187 |
2008
|
||||
NIS
millions
|
||||
7.18
NIS per share paid in April 2008
|
700 | |||
2.65
NIS per share paid in June 2008
|
258 | |||
2.76
NIS per share paid in September 2008
|
270 | |||
3.07
NIS per share paid in November 2008
|
302 | |||
1,530 |
2007
|
||||
NIS
millions
|
||||
2.03
NIS per share paid in June, 2007
|
198 | |||
2.06
NIS per share paid in September, 2007
|
201 | |||
2.63
NIS per share paid in November, 2007
|
256 | |||
655 |
|
A.
|
In
September 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share based
incentive plan ("the plan") for employees, directors, consultants and
sub-contractors of the Company and the Company’s affiliates. The plan has
an initial pool of 2,500,000 shares over which options and restricted
stock units could be granted.
|
|
B.
|
In
October and November 2006, the Company granted options to purchase an
aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $12.60 per
share. Among those grants were options to purchase up to
450,000 ordinary shares granted to the Chairman of the Company’s Board of
Directors and an additional 450,000 options to the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer. The remainder of the option grants was made
to other Company senior employees. Options not exercised within 6 years of
the grant date, will expire.
|
|
C.
|
In
August 2008, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of
27,500 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $25 per share to senior
employees of the Company, under the terms of the Plan. As a result of a
dividend adjustment mechanism, the exercise price for these options was
adjusted to $20.36 per share as of December 31, 2009 ($23.43 as of
December 31, 2008).
|
|
D.
|
In
August 2009, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of
74,164 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $24.65 per share to senior
employees of the Company, under the terms of the plan. As a result of a
dividend adjustment mechanism, the exercise price for these options was
adjusted to $23.08 per share as of December 31,
2009.
|
Grant
date/employees entitled
|
Number
of
instruments
|
Vesting
conditions
|
Contractual
life
of
|
|||
Share
options granted at October-November 2006 to managers and senior
employees
|
2,414
|
Four
equal installments over four years of employment
|
6
years
|
|||
Share
options granted at March 2007 to senior employees
|
31
|
Four
equal installments over four years of employment
|
6
years
|
|||
Share
options granted at August 2008 to senior employees
|
27
|
Four
equal installments over four years of employment
|
6
years
|
|||
Share
options granted at August 2009 to senior employees
|
74
|
Four
equal installments over four years of employment
|
6
years
|
|
The
changes in the balance of the options were as
follows:
|
Weighted
average
|
Weighted
average
|
Weighted
average
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Number
of
|
of exercise
price
|
Number
of
|
of exercise
price
|
Number
of
|
of exercise
price
|
|||||||||||||||||||
options
|
(US
Dollars)
|
options
|
(US
Dollars)
|
options
|
(US
Dollars)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
as at January 1
|
2,414,143 | 10.93 | 2,396,896 | 10.93 | 1,274,863 | 6.86 | ||||||||||||||||||
Granted
during the year
|
30,786 | 10.93 | 27,500 | 24.09 | 74,164 | 23.86 | ||||||||||||||||||
Forfeited
during the year
|
(40,078 | ) | 12.02 | (4,125 | ) | 7.78 | (7,759 | ) | 5.59 | |||||||||||||||
Exercised
during the year
|
(7,955 | ) | 30.18 | (1,145,408 | ) | 7.29 | (636,594 | ) | 4.26 | |||||||||||||||
Total
options outstanding as at December 31
|
2,396,896 | 10.93 | 1,274,863 | 6.86 | 704,674 | 6.19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total
of exercisable options as at December 31
|
588,270 | 10.93 | 42,282 | 6.49 | 11,450 | 12.59 |
|
The
weighted average of the remaining contractual life of options outstanding
as at December 31, 2009, is 3 years and 2 months (as at December 31, 2008
– 3 years and 10 months, as at December 31, 2007 – 2 years and 10
months).
|
|
The
weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options
exercised in 2009 was $30.44 (2008 - $28.19, 2007 -
$29.17).
|
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
Fair value
of share options and assumptions:
|
||||||||||||
Fair
value at grant date
|
$5.76 | $11.76 | $8.82 | |||||||||
Fair value
assumptions:
|
||||||||||||
Share
price at grant date
|
$18.35 | $33.69 | $27.88 | |||||||||
Exercise
price
|
$12.6 | $25 | $24.65 | |||||||||
Expected
volatility (weighted average life)
|
26.69% | 24% | 30.28% | |||||||||
Option
life (expected weighted average life)
|
4.25
years
|
4
years
|
4.25
years
|
|||||||||
Risk
free interest rate
|
5.01% | 3.06% | 2.5% |
December
31
|
December
31
|
December
31
|
||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Trade
receivables including long term amounts
|
1,862 | 2,019 | 2,113 | |||||||||
Loans
and other receivables including long term amounts
|
59 | 50 | 72 | |||||||||
Investment
in debt securities
|
- | - | 212 | |||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
911 | 275 | 903 | |||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
5 | - | - | |||||||||
Forward
exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
15 | 41 | 6 | |||||||||
Forward
exchange contracts on CPI
|
24 | 27 | 54 | |||||||||
2,876 | 2,412 | 3,360 |
December
31
|
December
31
|
December
31
|
||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Receivable
from subscribers
|
1,734 | 1,970 | 2,069 | |||||||||
Receivables
from distributors and other operators
|
184 | 98 | 101 | |||||||||
Investment
in government debt securities
|
- | - | 146 | |||||||||
Investment
in institutional debt securities
|
- | - | 66 | |||||||||
Other
|
3 | 1 | 15 | |||||||||
1,921 | 2,069 | 2,397 |
Gross
|
Impairment
|
Gross
|
Impairment
|
Gross
|
Impairment
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Not
past due
|
1,814 | 10 | 1,888 | 18 | 2,172 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Past
due less than one year
|
114 | 33 | 180 | 46 | 251 | 75 | ||||||||||||||||||
Past
due more than one year
|
163 | 127 | 189 | 124 | 192 | 138 | ||||||||||||||||||
2,091 | 170 | 2,257 | 188 | 2,615 | 218 |
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Balance
at January 1
|
182 | 170 | 188 | |||||||||
Impairment
loss recognized
|
(28 | ) | (32 | ) | (64 | ) | ||||||
Additions
|
16 | 50 | 94 | |||||||||
Balance
at December 31
|
170 | 188 | 218 |
December 31, 200
9
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More
than
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash
flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5
years
|
5
years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
(4,683 | ) | (5,706 | ) | (566 | ) | (562 | ) | (676 | ) | (1,693 | ) | (2,209 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Trade
and other payables
|
(993 | ) | (993 | ) | (993 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
(5 | ) | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
(14 | ) | (14 | ) | (14 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange contracts on CPI
|
(3 | ) | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(5,698 | ) | (6,721 | ) | (1,581 | ) | (562 | ) | (676 | ) | (1,693 | ) | (2,209 | ) |
December
31, 2008
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More
than
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash
flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5
years
|
5
years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
(3,848 | ) | (4,749 | ) | (516 | ) | (500 | ) | (483 | ) | (1,105 | ) | (2,145 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Tr
ad
e and other
payables
|
(843 | ) | (843 | ) | (843 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (5 | ) | (7 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts on foreign
currencies
|
(14 | ) | (14 | ) | (14 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts on CPI
|
(28 | ) | (28 | ) | (28 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(4,745 | ) | (5,646 | ) | (1,406 | ) | (507 | ) | (483 | ) | (1,105 | ) | (2,145 | ) |
December
31, 2007
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More
than
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash
flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5
years
|
5
years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bank
loans
|
(577 | ) | (637 | ) | (270 | ) | (249 | ) | (118 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
(3,193 | ) | (4,048 | ) | (268 | ) | (446 | ) | (432 | ) | (819 | ) | (2,083 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Trade
and other
payables
|
(1,113 | ) | (1,113 | ) | (1,113 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Cross
currency
swaps
|
(66 | ) | (66 | ) | (26 | ) | (27 | ) | (13 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts on foreign currencies
|
(28 | ) | (28 | ) | (28 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(4,977 | ) | (5,892 | ) | (1,705 | ) | (722 | ) | (563 | ) | (819 | ) | (2,083 | ) |
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More
than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash
flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5
years
|
5
years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
14 | 14 | 14 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
12 | 12 | 12 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2007
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(27 | ) | (27 | ) | (27 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(27 | ) | (27 | ) | (27 | ) | - | - | - | - |
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More
than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash
flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5
years
|
5
years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
14 | 14 | 14 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
12 | 12 | 12 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2007
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward
exchange
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(27 | ) | (27 | ) | (17 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||
(27 | ) | (27 | ) | (17 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | (2 | ) |
December
31, 2007
|
December
31, 2008
|
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In
or linked
|
In
or linked
|
In
or linked
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
to
foreign
|
to
foreign
|
to
foreign
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
currencies
|
linked
|
currencies
|
linked
|
currencies
|
linked
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
(mainly
USD)
|
to
CPI
|
unlinked
|
(mainly
USD)
|
to
CPI
|
unlinked
|
(mainly
USD)
|
to
CPI
|
unlinked
|
||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current
assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
10 | - | 901 | 6 | - | 269 | 14 | - | 889 | |||||||||||||||||||
Current
investments, including derivatives
|
- | - | 44 | - | - | 68 | - | 141 | 131 | |||||||||||||||||||
Trade
receivables, net
|
- | - | 1,385 | - | - | 1,478 | - | - | 1,579 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other
receivables
|
- | 1 | 2 | - | 1 | - | - | - | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||
Non-
current assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term
receivables
|
- | 18 | 515 | - | 18 | 572 | - | 19 | 574 | |||||||||||||||||||
Current
liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term
borrowings
|
(131 | ) | (121 | ) | (101 | ) | - | (329 | ) | - | - | (342 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||
Trade
payables and accrued expenses
|
(193 | ) | - | (760 | ) | (108 | ) | - | (569 | ) | (160 | ) | - | (646 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other
current liabilities, including derivatives
|
(1 | ) | (89 | ) | (255 | ) | - | (118 | ) | (220 | ) | - | (156 | ) | (201 | ) | ||||||||||||
Non-
current liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term
loans from banks
|
(196 | ) | - | (147 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
- | (2,983 | ) | - | - | (3,401 | ) | - | - | (3,402 | ) | (783 | ) |
December
31
|
December
31
|
December
31
|
||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
CPI
(in points)
|
191.2 | 198.4 | 206.2 | |||||||||
Exchange
rate of US$ in NIS
|
3.846 | 3.802 | 3.775 | |||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
Change in
%
|
||||||||||||
CPI
|
3.4 | % | 3.8 | % | 3.9 | % | ||||||
Exchange
rate of US$ in NIS
|
(9.0 | %) | (1.1 | %) | (0.7 | %) |
Equity
|
Net
income
|
|||||||||||
Change
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
2.0 | % | (31 | ) | (31 | ) | ||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
1.0 | % | (15 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(1.0 | %) | 15 | 15 | ||||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(2.0 | %) | 31 | 31 | ||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
||||||||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
2.0 | % | (27 | ) | (27 | ) | ||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
1.0 | % | (14 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(1.0 | %) | 14 | 14 | ||||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(2.0 | %) | 27 | 27 | ||||||||
December
31, 2007
|
||||||||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
2.0 | % | (19 | ) | (19 | ) | ||||||
Increase
in the CPI of
|
1.0 | % | (9 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(1.0 | %) | 2 | 2 | ||||||||
Decrease
in the CPI of
|
(2.0 | %) | 3 | 3 |
Carrying
amount
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Fixed
rate instruments
|
||||||||||||
Financial
assets
|
8 | 8 | 195 | |||||||||
Financial
liabilities
|
(3,104 | ) | (3,730 | ) | (4,527 | ) | ||||||
(3,096 | ) | (3,722 | ) | (4,332 | ) | |||||||
Variable
rate instruments
|
||||||||||||
Financial
assets
|
911 | 275 | 927 | |||||||||
Financial
liabilities
|
(575 | ) | - | (8 | ) | |||||||
336 | 275 | 919 |
Equity
|
Profit
or loss
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1.0%
increase
|
1.0%
decrease
|
0.5%
increase
|
0.5%
decrease
|
1.0%
increase
|
1.0%
decrease
|
0.5%
increase
|
0.5%
decrease
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
Millions
|
NIS
Millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed
rate instruments
|
(5 | ) | 5 | (3 | ) | 3 | (5 | ) | 5 | (3 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
flow sensitivity (net)
|
(5 | ) | 5 | (3 | ) | 3 | (5 | ) | 5 | (3 | ) | 3 |
Equity
|
Profit
or loss
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1.0%
increase
|
1.0%
decrease
|
0.5%
increase
|
0.5%
decrease
|
1.0%
increase
|
1.0%
decrease
|
0.5%
increase
|
0.5%
decrease
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable
rate instruments
|
7 | (7 | ) | 3 | (3 | ) | 7 | (7 | ) | 3 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
flow sensitivity (net)
|
9 | (9 | ) | 4 | (4 | ) | 9 | (9 | ) | 4 | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable
rate instruments
|
2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
flow sensitivity (net)
|
4 | (4 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 4 | (4 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
December
31, 2007
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable
rate instruments
|
2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rate swaps
|
3 | (3 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 3 | (3 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
flow sensitivity (net)
|
5 | (5 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) | 5 | (5 | ) | 2 | (2 | ) |
December
31, 2007
|
December
31, 2008
|
December
31, 2009
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
rates
|
Interest
rates
|
Interest
rates
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
used
for
|
used
for
|
used
for
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying
|
Fair
|
determining
|
Carrying
|
Fair
|
determining
|
Carrying
|
Fair
|
determining
|
|||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
value
|
Fair
value
|
amount
|
value
|
Fair
value
|
amount
|
value
|
Fair
value
|
|||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current
assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
911 | 911 | 275 | 275 | 903 | 903 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Current
investments, Including derivatives
|
44 | 44 | 68 | 68 | 272 | 272 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trade
receivables, net
|
1,385 | 1,385 | 1,478 | 1,478 | 1,579 | 1,579 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other
receivables
|
3 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 13 | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-
current assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term
receivables
|
533 | 533 | 5.0 | % | 590 | 590 | 5.0 | % | 593 | 593 | 3.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Current
liabilities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term
borrowings
|
- | - | - | - | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Trade
payables and accrued expenses
|
(953 | ) | (953 | ) | (677 | ) | (677 | ) | (806 | ) | (806 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other
current liabilities, including derivatives
|
(254 | ) | (254 | ) | (220 | ) | (220 | ) | (201 | ) | (201 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Non-
current liabilities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term
loans from banks including current maturities and accrued
interest
|
(577 | ) | (577 | ) | 5.0% - 6.0 | % | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures
including current maturities and accrued interest
|
(3,193 | ) | (3,237 | ) | 3.3% - 4.7 | % | (3,848 | ) | (3,877 | ) | 3.9% - 4.6 | % | (4,683 | ) | (4,790 | ) | 0.66% - 3.40 | % | |||||||||
(2,101 | ) | (2,145 | ) | (2,333 | ) | (2,362 | ) | (2,338 | ) | (2,445 | ) |
December
31, 2009
|
||||||||||||||||
Level
1
|
Level
2
|
Level
3
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
|||||||||||||
Financial
assets at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Current
investments and debt securities
|
212 | - | - | 212 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | 60 | - | 60 | ||||||||||||
Total
assets
|
212 | 60 | - | 272 | ||||||||||||
Financial
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | (22 | ) | - | (22 | ) | ||||||||||
Total
liabilities
|
- | (22 | ) | - | (22 | ) |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Revenues
from handsets, net
|
635 | 745 | 751 | |||||||||
Revenues
from services
|
5,415 | 5,672 | 5,732 | |||||||||
6,050 | 6,417 | 6,483 | ||||||||||
Additional
information
|
||||||||||||
Revenues
from handsets on an installments basis
|
596 | 725 | 735 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
*2007
|
*2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
According
to source of income:
|
||||||||||||
Cost
of revenues from handsets
|
723 | 755 | 690 | |||||||||
Cost
of revenues from services
|
2,592 | 2,641 | 2,643 | |||||||||
3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 | ||||||||||
According
to its components:
|
||||||||||||
Purchase
of handsets
|
829 | 614 | 705 | |||||||||
Changes
in inventory
|
(113 | ) | 126 | (30 | ) | |||||||
Write-down
of inventory
|
7 | 15 | 15 | |||||||||
723 | 755 | 690 | ||||||||||
Rent
and related expenses
|
305 | 290 | 333 | |||||||||
Salaries
and related expenses
|
158 | 163 | 163 | |||||||||
Fees
to other operators and others
|
980 | 986 | 1,007 | |||||||||
Cost
of value added services
|
324 | 361 | 391 | |||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
547 | 571 | 489 | |||||||||
Royalties
and fees (see Note 27(1)b)
|
172 | 160 | 154 | |||||||||
Other
|
106 | 110 | 106 | |||||||||
2,592 | 2,641 | 2,643 | ||||||||||
3,315 | 3,396 | 3,333 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Salaries
and related expenses
|
286 | 321 | 333 | |||||||||
Commissions
|
124 | 85 | 96 | |||||||||
Advertising
and public relations
|
121 | 111 | 99 | |||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
7 | 41 | 65 | |||||||||
Other
|
147 | 143 | 123 | |||||||||
685 | 701 | 716 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Salaries
and related expenses
|
160 | 165 | 145 | |||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
236 | 210 | 200 | |||||||||
Rent
and maintenance
|
77 | 79 | 75 | |||||||||
Data
processing and professional services
|
67 | 59 | 56 | |||||||||
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
16 | 50 | 94 | |||||||||
Other
|
97 | 96 | 90 | |||||||||
653 | 659 | 660 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Capital
loss from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
4 | 1 | 6 | |||||||||
Other
|
11 | - | - | |||||||||
Other
expense
|
15 | 1 | 6 | |||||||||
Capital
gain from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
- | (10 | ) | - | ||||||||
Capital
gain from sale of land
|
- | (9 | ) | - | ||||||||
Other
|
(12 | ) | (11 | ) | - | |||||||
Other
income
|
(12 | ) | (30 | ) | - | |||||||
Net
other (income) expense recognized in profit and loss
|
3 | (29 | ) | 6 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Interest
income on bank deposits
|
23 | 10 | 15 | |||||||||
Interest
income on trade and other receivables
|
41 | 49 | 50 | |||||||||
Net
foreign exchange gain
|
67 | 21 | 5 | |||||||||
Net
change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit and
loss
|
- | 3 | 79 | |||||||||
Net
change in embedded derivatives
|
9 | - | 2 | |||||||||
Finance
income
|
140 | 83 | 151 | |||||||||
Interest
expenses on long term liabilities
|
(199 | ) | (206 | ) | (229 | ) | ||||||
Linkage
expenses to CPI on long term liabilities
|
(50 | ) | (161 | ) | (141 | ) | ||||||
Net
change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit and
loss
|
(38 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Net
change in embedded derivatives
|
- | (26 | ) | - | ||||||||
Finance
expense
|
(287 | ) | (393 | ) | (370 | ) | ||||||
Net
finance expense recognized in profit and loss
|
(147 | ) | (310 | ) | (219 | ) |
|
On
July 25, 2005 the Israeli Parliament passed the Law for the Amendment of
the Income Tax Ordinance (No. 147) – 2005, which provides, inter alia, for
a gradual reduction in the company tax rate to 25% as from the 2010 tax
year.
|
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Current
tax expense (income)
|
||||||||||||
Current
period
|
314 | 390 | 423 | |||||||||
Adjustments
for prior periods, net
|
- | - | 6 | |||||||||
Tax
expense relating to changes in accounting policy
|
18 | 2 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Total
current tax expenses
|
332 | 392 | 428 | |||||||||
Deferred
tax expense
|
||||||||||||
Creation
and reversal of temporary differences
|
(4 | ) | (1 | ) | (20 | ) | ||||||
Change
in tax rate
|
- | - | (41 | ) | ||||||||
Total
Deferred tax expense
|
(4 | ) | (1 | ) | (61 | ) | ||||||
Income
tax expense
|
328 | 391 | 367 |
C.
|
Reconciliation
between the theoretical tax on the pre-tax profit and the tax
expense:
|
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Profit
before taxes on income
|
1,247 | 1,380 | 1,549 | |||||||||
Primary
tax rate of the Company
|
29% | 27% | 26% | |||||||||
Tax
calculated according to the Company’s primary tax rate
|
362 | 373 | 403 | |||||||||
Additional
tax (tax saving) in respect of:
|
||||||||||||
Non-deductible
financial expenses
|
(56 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Non-deductible
expenses
|
13 | 13 | 3 | |||||||||
Effect
of change in deferred tax rate
|
- | - | (41 | ) | ||||||||
Taxes
in respect of previous years
|
- | - | 6 | |||||||||
Others
|
9 | 5 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Income
tax expenses
|
328 | 391 | 367 |
1.
|
Composition
|
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Property,
plant and equipment and intangible assets
|
(202 | ) | (203 | ) | (159 | ) | ||||||
Allowance
for doubtful debts
|
46 | 47 | 57 | |||||||||
Financial
instruments
|
8 | 4 | 8 | |||||||||
Other
|
(1 | ) | (4 | ) | 3 | |||||||
(149 | ) | (156 | ) | (91 | ) |
2.
|
Recognized
deferred tax assets and liabilities
|
Property,
Plant
and
|
Allowance
for
Doubtful
debts
|
Financial
instruments
|
Other
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance
of deferred tax asset (liability) as
at
January 1,
2007
|
(216 | ) | 53 | 10 | - | (153 | ) | |||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in profit or loss
|
14 | (7 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in equity
|
- | - | 1 | - | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Balance
of deferred tax asset (liability) as
at
December 31,
2007
|
(202 | ) | 46 | 8 | (1 | ) | (149 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in profit or loss
|
(1 | ) | 1 | 3 | (3 | ) | - | |||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in equity
|
- | - | (7 | ) | - | (7 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance
of deferred tax asset (liability) as
at
December 31,
2008
|
(203 | ) | 47 | 4 | (4 | ) | (156 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in profit or loss
|
44 | 10 | - | 7 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
Changes
recognized in equity
|
- | - | 4 | - | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Balance
of deferred tax asset (liability) as
at
December 31,
2009
|
(159 | ) | 57 | 8 | 3 | (91 | ) |
E.
|
Tax
assessments
|
F.
|
Court
ruling regarding deductibility for tax purposes of financing
expenses
|
F.
|
Court
ruling regarding deductibility for tax purposes of financing expenses
(cont’d)
|
December
31
2009
|
||||
NIS
millions
|
||||
Less
than one year
|
215 | |||
Between
one and five years
|
387 | |||
More
than five years
|
41 | |||
643 |
|
a.
|
Office
buildings and warehouses – there are lease agreements for periods of up to
5 years and eleven months.
|
|
b.
|
Switching
stations – there are lease agreements for switching station locations for
periods of up to 7 years.
|
|
c.
|
Cell
sites – there are lease agreements for cell sites for periods of up to 10
years and eleven months.
|
|
d.
|
Service
centers, retail stores and stands – there are lease agreements for service
and installation centers and stands for periods of up to 8 years and six
months.
|
|
e.
|
Transmission
services for cell sites and
switches.
|
|
f.
|
Motor
vehicles lease for a period of 3
years.
|
|
1.
|
The
Company has commitments regarding the license it was granted in 1994, most
of which are:
|
|
a.
|
Not
to pledge any of the assets used to execute the license without the
advance consent of the Ministry of
Communications.
|
|
b.
|
To
pay the State of Israel royalties equal to 2% of the Company’s revenues
generated from telecommunications services, less payments transferred to
other license holders for interconnect fees or roaming services, sale of
handsets and losses from bad debt. The rate of these royalties has
decreased in recent years, from 4.5% in 2002, to 4% in 2003, to 3.5% in
2004 and 2005, to 3% in 2006, to 2.5% in 2007, to 2% in 2008 and to 1.5%
in 2009. In 2010 and thereafter, the royalty rate will be
1%.
|
|
c.
|
The
Company’s shareholders’ joint equity, combined with the Company’s equity,
shall not amount to less than $200 million. Regarding this stipulation, a
shareholder holding less than 10% of the rights to the Company’s equity is
not taken into account.
|
|
2.
|
In
September 2005, the Company signed an agreement with Ericsson Israel Ltd.
according to which the Company will acquire a UMTS radio access network
and ancillary products and services. The Company is obligated to purchase
maintenance services for 5 years from the launch of the system (until
2011) and the Company has an option to purchase maintenance services for
20 years from the launch of the Systems (until 2026), including all the
required services for establishment and maintenance of the system
(including receipt of updates and upgrades for the system). The Company
agreed to purchase 60% of cell sites the Company purchases by September
2010 from Ericsson. The aggregate scope of the agreement is $27.5 million
payable over five years. Under the agreement the parties generally have
limited liability for direct damages of up to 40% of the value of the
agreement.
|
|
3.
|
Be’eri
Printers provides the Company’s printing supplies and invoices as well as
the distribution, packaging and delivery of invoices and other mail to the
postal service distribution centers. The Company entered into an agreement
with Be’eri Printers - Limited Partnership and with Be’eri Technologies
(1977) Ltd., or together Be’eri, for printing services in August 2003.
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase from
Be’eri a minimum monthly quantity of production and distribution services
which may be reduced if the Company modifies its printed invoice delivery
policy. The agreement is valid until December
2010.
|
|
4.
|
In
2009, the Company has entered into a contract with Apple Sales
International, for the purchase and distribution of iPhone handsets in
Israel. In the contract, the Company has committed to purchase a minimum
quantity of handsets during a period of three years, which is expected to
represent a significant portion of the Company's expected handset purchase
amount over that period. The total amount of the purchases will
depend on the prices of the handsets purchase price at the time of
purchase.
|
|
5.
|
As
at December 31, 2009, the Company has commitments to purchase equipment
for the communications’ network and cellular telephone equipment, at an
amount estimated at
NIS 441 million.
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities
|
1.
|
In
September 2000, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s
subscribers in connection with VAT charges in respect of insurance
premiums and the provision of insurance services that were allegedly
provided not in accordance with the law. In February 2006, the motion for
certification as a class action was denied. In March 2006, an appeal was
filed with the Supreme Court challenging the dismissal. In December 2008,
the appeal was partially allowed and the claim was returned for further
consideration by the District Court of certain issues determined by the
Supreme Court. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount
claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 402
million.
|
2.
|
In
August 2001, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s
subscribers in connection with the Company's outgoing call tariffs on the
‘Talkman’ (pre-paid) plan and the collection of a distribution fee for
‘Talkman’ calling cards. In June 2004, the motion for certification as a
class action was denied. In September 2004, this decision was appealed to
the Israeli Supreme Court. In July 2007, pursuant to the appeal, the
Israeli Supreme Court granted a petition filed by both parties with mutual
consent, in light of the Israeli Class Action Law, 2006, to resubmit the
purported class action lawsuit for consideration in the District Court of
Tel Aviv-Jaffa. If the claim is certified as a class action, the amount
claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 135 million. In
January 2010, subsequent to the balance sheet date, the District Court
accepted the Company's defense of limitations for the period prior to
March 1999. The Company cannot quantify which portion of the claim was
dismissed following that decision.
|
3.
|
In
December 2002, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company and another cellular operator in the District Court of
Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with the Company’s incoming call tariff to
subscribers of other operators when calling the Company’s subscribers
during the period prior to the regulation of interconnect fees. In
December 2008, the motion for certification as a class action was
dismissed with prejudice. In January 2009, an appeal was filed with the
Supreme Court challenging the dismissal. If the lawsuit is certified as a
class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiffs to be NIS
1.6 billion.
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities (cont’d)
|
4.
|
In
April 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against two other
cellular operators and the Company with the District Court of
Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with the Company’s incoming SMS tariff to
subscribers of other operators when sending SMS messages to the Company’s
subscribers during the period before the regulation of SMS interconnect
fees. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is
estimated by the plaintiffs to be NIS 90 million, without specifying the
amount claimed from the Company
individually.
|
5.
|
In
August 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa (and later transferred to
the District Court of Central Region) by one of the Company’s subscribers
in connection with the Company's method of rounding the rates of calls,
the Company's method of linking rates of calls to the consumer price index
and an alleged unlawful approval of a certain rate that was approved by
the Ministry of Communications in 1996. In March 2006, the plaintiff filed
an amended statement of its claim, following the amendment to the Consumer
Protection Law in December 2005, to which the Company has replied. If the
lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by
the plaintiff to be NIS 150 million. In August 2009, during preliminary
proceedings, the court rejected the claim against the alleged unlawful
approval granted by the Ministry of Communications. The Company cannot
quantify which portion of the amount claimed is represented by this aspect
of the lawsuit.
|
6.
|
In
August 2006, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company (and two other cellular operators) in the District Court of
Tel-Aviv–Jaffa, by plaintiffs alleging to be subscribers of the
defendants, in connection with sums allegedly unlawfully charged for a
segment of a call that was not actually carried out. If the lawsuit is
certified as a class action, the total amount claimed is estimated by the
plaintiffs to exceed NIS 100 million, without specifying the amount
claimed from the Company.
|
7.
|
In
November 2006, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company, a third party that had provided services to customers of the
Company (“the Supplier”) and other parties allegedly related to the
Supplier, in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by a subscriber of the
Company. The lawsuit is in connection with sums allegedly charged by the
Company in respect of content services of the Supplier without the
subscriber’s consent. The request to certify the lawsuit as a class action
was approved in March 2009, and the claim will be tried as a class action.
The total amount claimed from the Company, the Supplier and other parties
is estimated by the plaintiffs as approximately NIS 18 million, in
addition to another NIS 10 million for mental anguish. In August 2009, the
plaintiff, the Company and two content companies submitted an agreed
request to the District Court to approve a settlement by which the two
content companies will be joined as defendants and will return the amount
charged (adjusted to changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index for July
2006) in respect of the content services provided by the Supplier, to the
Company's subscribers. The Company will guarantee the return of the
charges by the content companies. The return sum (before index
differences) is estimated to be approximately NIS 2.35 million. Additional
18.5% of the sum returned, will be paid as a fee to the plaintiff and
plaintiff's counsel. The court appointed an expert to verify the return
amount. The settlement awaits the court's
approval.
|
8.
|
In
February 2007, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company (and 2 other cellular operators) in the District Court of Tel-Aviv
by plaintiffs alleging to be subscribers of the three defendants, in
connection with amounts that were allegedly overcharged in breach of the
cellular operators’ licenses, based on charge units larger than the charge
units the defendants
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities (cont’d)
|
9.
|
In
May 2007, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
in the District Court of Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, by two plaintiffs alleging to be
subscribers of the Company in connection with allegations that the
Company, unlawfully and in violation of its license, raised its tariffs in
pricing plans that include a commitment to purchase certain services for a
fixed period. In December 2009, the purported class action was dismissed
with prejudice, with plaintiffs' consent. Had the claim been certified as
a class action, the amount claimed was estimated by the plaintiffs to be
approximately NIS 875
million.
|
10.
|
In
November 2007, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Central Region, by a plaintiff alleging
to be a subscriber of the Company in connection with allegations that the
Company charged its subscribers for content services without obtaining
their specific consent in a manner which complies with the provisions of
its general license. In April 2009, the motion for certification as a
class action was dismissed without prejudice and the lawsuit was dismissed
with prejudice, at the plaintiffs' request. Had the lawsuit been certified
as a class action, the amount claimed was estimated by the plaintiff to be
NIS 432 million.
|
11.
|
In
December 2007, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company (and two other cellular operators) in the District Court of Tel
Aviv, by plaintiffs alleging to be residing next to cell sites of the
defendants which the plaintiffs claim were built in violation of the law.
The plaintiffs allege that the defendants have created environmental
hazards by unlawfully building cell sites and therefore demand that the
defendants compensate the public for damages (other than personal damages,
such as depreciation of property and/or health related damages which are
excluded from the purported class action), demolish existing unlawfully
built cell sites and refrain from unlawfully building new cell sites. If
the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the compensation claimed from
the defendants (without any allocation of this amount among the
defendants) is estimated by the plaintiffs to be NIS 1
billion.
|
12.
|
In
December 2007, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Central Region, by plaintiffs claiming to
be the subscribers of the Company, in connection with sums the Company
allegedly overcharged, when the Company raised its tariffs in certain
calling plans. If the lawsuit is recognized as a class action, the amount
claimed is estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 44 million.
In May 2009, following the Company notifying the court it had detected a
charging malfunction and had fully repaid the amounts wrongfully charged
to the subscribers (in a non significant amount), the court appointed an
expert to verify that a full repayment was made by the
Company.
|
13.
|
In
February 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Central Region, by plaintiffs claiming to
be subscribers of the Company, in connection with amounts the Company
allegedly overcharged, when the Company raised its tariffs for
SMS
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities (cont’d)
|
14.
|
In
March 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
in the District Court of Central Region, by plaintiffs alleging to be the
Company's subscribers in connection with allegations that the Company has
unlawfully charged its' subscribers for providing them with call details
records. In August 2009, the motion to certify the lawsuit as a class
action was approved and the claim will be tried as a class action in
relation to an allegation that the Company breached the agreements with
its subscribers by charging them for the service it previously provided
free of charge, without obtaining their consent. The Company appealed the
decision and requested to halt proceedings until the appeal is decided.
The total amount claimed from the Company is estimated by the plaintiffs
to be approximately NIS 440
million.
|
15.
|
In
April 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
in the District Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa, by plaintiffs alleging to be
subscribers of the Company in connection with allegations that the Company
overcharged certain subscribers entitled to rebates under their agreement
with the Company, by miscalculating the rebate. If the lawsuit is
certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the
plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 100
million.
|
16.
|
In
May 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
and two other cellular operators in the District Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa,
by plaintiffs alleging to be subscribers of the defendants in connection
with allegations that the defendants have unlawfully charged their
subscribers for certain failed calls attempts made by the subscribers,
while abroad. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total
amount claimed from all three defendants is estimated by the plaintiffs to
be approximately NIS 50 million, without specifying the amount attributed
to the Company.
|
17.
|
In
July 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
in the District Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa, by a plaintiff alleging to be a
subscriber of the Company in connection with allegations that the Company
misleads and overcharges certain subscribers, in relation to airtime
packages. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount
claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be approximately NIS 72
million.
|
18.
|
In
July 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company
in the District Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa, by a plaintiff alleging to be a
subscriber of the Company in connection with allegations that the Company
misleads and unlawfully charges its subscribers for a certain automatic
call completion service, even if not used. If the lawsuit is certified as
a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be
approximately NIS 179 million.
|
19.
|
In
March 2009, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company, its chief executive officer and some of its directors, in the
District Court of Central Region, by a plaintiff alleging to be a
subscriber of the Company in connection with allegations that the Company
unlawfully sent its subscribers commercial messages. On June 2009, with
the consent of the
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities (cont’d)
|
20.
|
In
May 2009, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company,
in the District Court of Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, by a plaintiff alleging to be a
subscriber of the Company, in connection with allegations that the Company
has misled its subscribers whose calling plan includes certain reduced
tariff calls, by failing to specify certain limitations on reduced tariff
calls. The plaintiff did not specify the amount claimed if the lawsuit is
certified as a class action.
|
21.
|
In
May 2009, a purported class action was filed against the Company in the
District Court of Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, by two plaintiffs alleging to be the
Company's subscribers, in connection with allegations that the Company
unlawfully charged its subscribers for cellular internet "surfing
packages" without obtaining their consent. In November 2009, the motion
for certification as a class action was dismissed without prejudice and
the lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice, at the plaintiffs' request. Had
the lawsuit been certified as a class action, the total amount claimed
from the Company was estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS
1.2 billion. A similar purported class action for a total amount of
approximately NIS 15 million, filed against the Company in August 2008 was
dismissed in July 2009, at the plaintiff's
request.
|
22.
|
In
August 2009, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company, another cellular operator and a third party, in the District
Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by a plaintiff alleging to be a subscriber of the
Company and the other cellular operator, in connection with sums allegedly
charged by the Company and the other cellular operator in respect of SMS
messages sent to the subscribers by the third party without the
subscriber's consent. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the
total amount claimed from the defendants is estimated by the plaintiff to
be approximately NIS 33 million, without specifying the amount claimed
from each defendant, of which approximately NIS 16.5 million is attributed
to the Company.
|
23.
|
In
August 2009, a purported class action was filed against the Company,
another cellular operator and two content providers, in the District Court
of Central Region, by two plaintiffs alleging to be subscribers of the
cellular operators, in connection with sums allegedly charged by the
defendants in respect of content services the subscribers allegedly did
not order or which did not comply with certain legal requirements. If the
lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed from the
defendants is estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 347
million, of which approximately NIS 119 million is attributed to the
Company.
|
24.
|
In
November 2009, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company, two other cellular operators and the Minister of Communications,
in the District Court of Jerusalem, by four plaintiffs alleging to be
subscribers of the two other cellular operators in connection with an
allegation that the defendant cellular operators unlawfully discriminated
against non orthodox customers by offering them less favorable prices and
terms. In February 2010, subsequent to the reporting date, the motion for
certification as a class action was dismissed
in limine
. Had the
lawsuit been certified as a class action, the total amount claimed was
estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 900 million, without
specifying the amount attributed to the Company
individually.
|
|
A.
|
Contingent
liabilities (cont’d)
|
25.
|
In
December 2009, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the
Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, by a plaintiff alleging
to be a subscriber of the Company. in connection with allegations that the
Company unlawfully included commercial content in internet pages viewed by
its subscribers, through cellular "surfing" and unlawfully charged them
for such surfing. The plaintiff did not make an estimate of the total
amount claimed, if the lawsuit is certified as a class
action.
|
26.
|
The
Company was served with a number of purported class actions and other
lawsuits by different plaintiffs and for different claims. If the
purported class actions are certified as class actions, the aggregate
amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 38
million.
|
27.
|
A
dispute exists between the Company and the Israeli Ministry of
Communications with respect to the payment of fees for its use of the GSM
and UMTS frequencies. The amount in dispute as at December 31, 2009, is
approximately NIS 73 million (including interest and CPI linkage
differences). Until a final decision on this matter, the Company has
deposited approximately half of the principal of this amount with the
Ministry of Communications. The Company has applied to the courts
regarding this issue. In November 2009, the matter was brought before the
Supreme Court and the parties have accepted the court's recommendation
to attempt to reach an agreed solution outside the court. The
parties did not reach an agreement and are awaiting the court's ruling on
the matter.
|
28.
|
In
April 2005, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court
of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company's former dealers and importers for
the amount of NIS 28 million (reduced for court fee purposes from
approximately NIS 38 million), alleging that the Company breached an
agreement between the parties. The company rejects all claims made by the
plaintiff against the Company.
|
29.
|
In
December 2007, the Company was served with a petition filed with the
Israeli High Court of Justice against the Israeli Minister of
Communications and another cellular operator, seeking to retroactively
apply the amendment to cellular operators' general license, effected
September 2007, which prevents the Company from offering subscribers
calling plans using airtime charging units other than the basic airtime
charging unit, or alternatively, to retroactively cancel any charges which
may be imposed on subscribers when transferring, before the lapse of a
predetermined period, to calling plans based on the basic airtime charging
unit. The Company and one other cellular operator were joined as formal
respondents. The court has instructed only the Ministry of Communications
to submit its response. In its response, the Ministry of Communications
opposes the petition.
|
30.
|
In
January 2007, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in an arbitration
proceeding for the amount of approximately NIS 35 million by a company
that purchased cellular services from the Company in order to sell the
services to its customers, alleging, among other things, that the Company
has breached agreements between the parties and making claims concerning
the
|
|
a.
|
To
the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License) – U.S.
$10 million.
|
|
b.
|
To
the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License for
Cellcom Fixed Line Communication L. P.) - NIS 10
million.
|
|
c.
|
To
suppliers and government institutions – NIS 16
million.
|
December
31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Current
assets
|
- | 74 | 3 | |||||||||
Current
liabilities
|
- | 8 | 7 | |||||||||
Long-term
liability – debentures
|
142 | 255 | 286 |
|
B.
|
Transactions
with related and interested parties executed in the ordinary course of
business at regular commercial
terms:
|
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Income:
|
||||||||||||
Revenues
from services
|
16 | 14 | 32 | |||||||||
Expenses:
|
||||||||||||
Cost
of revenue
|
38 | 61 | 77 | |||||||||
Other
|
4 | 15 | 16 |
Year
ended December 31
|
||||||||||||
2007
|
2008
|
2009
|
||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
||||||||||
Short-term
employee benefits
|
6 | 6 | 5 | |||||||||
Share-based
payments
|
11 | 10 | - | |||||||||
17 | 16 | 5 |
|
D.
|
An
agreement with DIC
|
|
E.
|
An
agreements with Netvision 013 Barak
|
1.
|
On
February 4, 2010, subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Israeli
parliament enacted the Law for Amendment of the Income Tax Ordinance No.
174 – temporary order for the tax years 2007, 2008 and 2009 (hereafter:
"Amendment 174"). Amendment 174 provides that Israeli Accounting Standard
No.29 – "Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards" will not
be applied for the purpose of determining the Income for the Tax purposes
for the years detailed, even if applied in the Financial Statements. The
Amendment had no material impact on the Company's financial
statements.
|
2.
|
In
January 2010, we entered an agreement with one of our dealers, to purchase
its dealership operation. The transaction will be concluded during 2010,
provided certain precedent conditions are met. The transaction is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
WHEREAS
|
on
December 21, 2005 the Company and
Aurora Fidelity Trust
Ltd.
(hereinafter, “
Aurora
”) signed a deed
of trust (which was amended on February 27, 2006) (hereinafter, the “
Deed of Trust
”)
according to which Aurora was appointed as trustee for the holders of
debentures (Series A) of the Company which were listed for trading on the
Tel Aviv Stock Exchange under a prospectus published by the Company on
February 27, 2006 (hereinafter, the “
Debentures
” or the
“
Series
”);
and
|
WHEREAS
|
on
August 5, 2008 Aurora notified the Company of its resignation from its
office as trustee for the holders of the Debentures due to a possible
suspected conflict of interests;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
the
Company approached Reznik Paz Nevo with a request to serve as trustee for
the holders of the Debentures and Reznik Paz Nevo agreed to assume the
position as trustee for the aforesaid Series, as stated in the letter of
consent dated February 1, 2009 which it provided the Company;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
Reznik
Paz Nevo declares that there is no legal prevention, including under the
Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the guidelines of the Securities Authority
issued thereunder, to its serving as trustee for the Series;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
the
general meeting of the holders of the Debentures which took place on
February 24, 2009 duly approved the appointment of
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
WHEREAS
|
on
May 15, 2009 the Court approved the notice of resignation of Aurora from
its office as trustee for the holders of the Debentures, and the
appointment of Reznik Paz Nevo as trustee for the holders of the
Debentures in lieu of Aurora.
|
1.
|
The
Company declares that immediately prior to the date of execution of this
Agreement it provided Reznik Paz Nevo a true and accurate copy of the Deed
of Trust, inclusive of amendments and all its
schedules.
|
2.
|
The
Company declares that immediately prior to the date of execution of this
Agreement:
|
|
2.1
|
To
its best knowledge it is in compliance with all its undertakings under the
Deed of Trust;
|
|
2.2
|
It
is not aware of the existence of any cause for immediate repayment or a
substantial suspicion that a cause for immediate repayment will exist in
respect of the Deed of Trust and/or
Debentures;
|
|
2.3
|
There
are no legal proceedings whatsoever pending against the Company in
connection with the Debentures and/or the Deed of Trust and that the
Company did not receive any demand or claim whatsoever in connection with
the above.
|
3.
|
Immediately
prior to the date of execution of this Agreement the Company performed all
the payments which it was required to have paid to the holders of the
Debentures under the Deed of Trust and
Debenture.
|
4.
|
It
is agreed that from May 15, 2009 (the “
Effective Date
”) Reznik
Paz Nevo shall supersede Aurora in respect of the office of trustee under
the Deed of Trust, so that from the Effective Date, Reznik Paz Nevo shall
be deemed trustee for the Series of Debentures under the Deed of Trust for
all intents and purposes. Reznik Paz Nevo assumes all the obligations and
rights under the Deed of Trust from the Effective Date, so that the
“Trustee”, as defined in the Deed of Trust, shall be from the Effective
Date - Reznik Paz Nevo.
|
5.
|
It
should be emphasized that except as set forth in this Amendment to the
Deed of Trust, there is no further change to the provisions of the Deed of
Trust (inclusive of its schedules) and the Debenture, which shall continue
to remain in effect without change, except
mutatis
mutandis
.
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
6.
|
The
provisions of this amendment to the Deed of Trust shall constitute an
integral part of the Deed of Trust.
|
( -
)
____________________
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
( -
)
____________________
Reznik
Paz Nevo Trusts Ltd.
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
WHEREAS
|
on
September 20, 2007 the Company and
Aurora Fidelity Trust
Ltd.
(hereinafter, “
Aurora
”) signed a deed
of trust (hereinafter, the “
Deed of Trust
”)
according to which Aurora was appointed as trustee for the holders of
debentures (Series C) of the Company which were listed for trading on the
Tel Aviv Stock Exchange under a prospectus published by the Company on
September 23, 2007 (hereinafter, the “
Debentures
” or the
“
Series
”);
and
|
WHEREAS
|
on
August 5, 2008 Aurora notified the Company of its resignation from its
office as trustee for the holders of the Debentures due to a possible
suspected conflict of interests;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
the
Company approached Reznik Paz Nevo with a request to serve as trustee for
the holders of the Debentures and Reznik Paz Nevo agreed to assume the
position as trustee for the aforesaid Series, as stated in the letter of
consent dated February 1, 2009 which it provided the Company;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
Reznik
Paz Nevo declares that there is no legal prevention, including under the
Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the guidelines of the Securities Authority
issued thereunder, to its serving as trustee for the Series;
and
|
WHEREAS
|
the
general meeting of the holders of the Debentures which took place on
February 17, 2009 duly approved the appointment of
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
WHEREAS
|
on
May 15, 2009 the Court approved the notice of resignation of Aurora from
its office as trustee for the holders of the Debentures, and the
appointment of Reznik Paz Nevo as trustee for the holders of the
Debentures in lieu of Aurora.
|
1.
|
The
Company declares that immediately prior to the date of execution of this
Agreement it provided Reznik Paz Nevo a true and accurate copy of the Deed
of Trust, inclusive of amendments and all its
schedules.
|
2.
|
The
Company declares that immediately prior to the date of execution of this
Agreement:
|
|
2.1
|
To
its best knowledge it is in compliance with all its undertakings under the
Deed of Trust;
|
|
2.2
|
It
is not aware of the existence of any cause for immediate repayment or a
substantial suspicion that a cause entitling a demand for immediate
repayment will exist in respect of the Deed of Trust and/or
Debentures;
|
|
2.3
|
There
are no legal proceedings whatsoever pending against the Company in
connection with the Debentures and/or the Deed of Trust and that the
Company did not receive any demand or claim whatsoever in connection with
the above.
|
3.
|
Immediately
prior to the date of execution of this Agreement the Company performed all
the payments which it was required to have paid to the holders of the
Debentures under the Deed of Trust and
Debenture.
|
4.
|
It
is agreed that from May 15, 2009 (the “
Effective Date
”) Reznik
Paz Nevo shall supersede Aurora in respect of the office of trustee under
the Deed of Trust, so that from the Effective Date, Reznik Paz Nevo shall
be deemed trustee for the Series of Debentures under the Deed of Trust for
all intents and purposes. Reznik Paz Nevo assumes all the obligations and
rights under the Deed of Trust from the Effective Date, so that the
“Trustee”, as defined in the Deed of Trust, shall be from the Effective
Date - Reznik Paz Nevo.
|
5.
|
It
should be emphasized that except as set forth in this Amendment to the
Deed of Trust, there is no further change to the provisions of the Deed of
Trust
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
6.
|
The
provisions of this amendment to the Deed of Trust shall constitute an
integral part of the Deed of Trust.
|
( -
)
____________________
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
( -
)
____________________
Reznik
Paz Nevo Trusts Ltd.
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Whereas:
|
The
board of the Company decided, on March 30, 2009, to publish a Shelf
Prospectus under which the Company may, inter alia, issue series of
Debentures that would be titled series E through I and series 1
through 2, in the manner described in this Deed of
Trust;
|
Whereas:
|
The
Trustee is a limited shares company that has been incorporated and
registered in Israel according to the Companies Ordinance, whose principal
goal is to engage in Trust; and
|
Whereas:
|
The
Trustee has declared that there is no impediment in accordance with the
Securities Law 5728 – 1968 or any other law to its entering into an
engagement with the Company pursuant to this Deed of Trust, and that it
fulfills all of the requirements and conditions for competency stated in
the Securities Law to serve as a trustee for the issue of the Debentures
covered by the Prospectus; and
|
Whereas:
|
The
Company has requested that the Trustee serve as the trustee for the
Debenture Holders, and the Trustee has agreed thereto, subject to the
terms of this Deed of Trust;
|
1. | Preamble, interpretation and definitions | |
1.1
|
The
preamble to this Deed of Trust and the appendices attached hereto
constitute a
|
material and integral part hereof | ||
1.2
|
The
division of this Deed and Trust into sections and the titling of the
sections are for the sake of convenience and as references only and may
not be used for construction purposes.
|
|
1.3
|
The
provisions hereof in plural apply to singular and vice versa; the
provisions hereof in masculine gender apply to feminine and vice versa,
and all statements regarding natural persons also refer to corporations,
wherever this Deed does not implicitly and/or explicitly state otherwise
and/or if the content of context of the statements does not necessitate
otherwise.
|
|
1.4
|
The
provisions of this Deed of Trust shall apply specifically to each of the
series of Debentures (as defined below) and the Debentures in each of the
series shall be hereinafter referred to as
“the Debentures”
, all -
unless otherwise stated or implied by the
context.
|
“This Deed”
or the
“
Deed of
Trust”
|
–
|
This
Deed of Trust, including the appendices attached hereto, which constitute
an integral part hereof;
|
|
The “Prospectus”
or the
“
Shelf
Prospectus”
|
–
|
The
shelf prospectus of the Company that will be published,
inter alia
, for the
Debentures;
|
|
The “Shelf Offer Report”
or
the
“Offer
Report”
|
–
|
The
shelf offer reports that will be published under the Shelf Prospectus, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 23A(f) of the Securities
Law, 5728 – 1968, wherein all the details that are specific to such offer
will be completed, including the composition of the offered units, under
the provisions of any law and in accordance with the Code and guidelines
of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, prevailing at such
time;
|
|
“The
Series of Debentures”
|
–
|
Series
that would be titled series E through I and/or series 1 through 2 of
debentures, registered to name, the terms of each would be determined in
accordance with the Debenture Certificate of that series and the Initial
Offer Report of the debentures in that series, as shall be issued from
time to
|
time by the Company at its sole discretion; | |||
The
“Trustee”
|
–
|
Hermetic
Trust (1975) Ltd. and/or any party serving from time to time as a trustee
of the Debenture Holders pursuant to this deed;
|
|
“Register”
|
–
|
Register
of the Debenture Holders as stated in Section 26
hereof;
|
|
The “Debenture Holders”
and/or
the “
Debenture
Owners
”
|
–
|
Anyone
holding the Debentures;
|
|
The
“Debenture Certificate”
|
–
|
A
Debenture certificate whose form appears
as
the first addendum
to this deed;
|
|
The “Law”
or the
“Securities
Law”
|
–
|
The
Securities Law, 5728 – 1968 and the regulations thereby, as effective from
time to time;
|
|
“Business day”
or
“Banking Business
Day”
|
–
|
A
day on which most of the banks in Israel are open for conducting
transactions;
|
|
“Principal”
|
–
|
The
outstanding par value of the Debentures in the relevant
series;
|
|
The
“Consumer Price Index” (“Index”)
|
–
|
The
price index known by the name of "the Consumer Price Index", which
includes fruit and vegetables, as published by the Central Bureau of
Statistics and Economic Research, as shall be composed from time to time,
including that index even if published by another official body or
institute, and including any official index that replaces it, whether
composed of the same data as the existing index or not. If it is replaced
by another index that is published by such a body or institute, and that
body or institute did not determine the ratio between it and the index
thus replaced, the ratio will be determined by the Central Bureau of
Statistics, and in the case of such a ratio not being determined, it will
be determined by the Trustee for the relevant series, following
consultation with economic
|
experts of his choice; | |||
The “Known Index”
on a
given date
|
–
|
The
last known index;
|
|
The
“Basic Index”
|
–
|
The
index known on a given date, which would be published in the Offer Report
under which any series of debentures is initially
offered;
|
|
The
“Payment Index”
|
–
|
The
consumer price index known on the date of making any payment on the
account of the principal and/or the interest.
The
Initial Offer Report of the debentures in the relevant series, which are
linked to the Index, will specify whether the principal and/or the
interest of the debentures is secured (i.e. in the event that the known
index on the date scheduled for the relevant payment is less than the
basic index, the payment index shall be the basic index) or unsecured
(i.e. the payment index shall be the known index on the date scheduled for
the relevant payment, even if this index is less than the basic
index);
|
|
“Trade
Day”
|
–
|
A
day on which transactions are executed on the Stock
Exchange;
|
|
The
“Stock Exchange”
|
–
|
The
Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.;
|
|
“Meeting”
|
–
|
A
meeting of the Debenture Holders, including a class
meeting;
|
|
“Class
Meeting”
|
–
|
A
meeting of the Debenture Holders, who have an interest that is materially
different from the interest of other Debenture Holders on the matter that
is being discussed in the meeting;
|
|
“The
Nominee Company”
|
–
|
The
Israel Discount Bank Nominees Ltd.
|
|
“Foreign
Currency”
|
–
|
Not
more than one currency per each series of debentures, as shall be
specified in the Initial Offer Report of the
|
Debentures in the relevant Series; | |||
“Foreign
Currency Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
representative exchange rate of the foreign currency published by the Bank
of Israel, or any official exchange rate of the foreign currency in
relation to Israeli currency that shall supersede the aforesaid
representative exchange rate and that shall be applicable at such time
with respect to government bonds that are linked to the exchange rate of
the foreign currency;
|
|
The “Known Exchange
Rate”
on any date
|
–
|
The
latest exchange rate determined by the Bank of Israel prior to such date.
However, during a period in which the Bank of Israel does not customarily
determine a representative exchange rate, the known exchange rate shall be
the rate most recently determined by the Minister of Finance together with
the Governor of the Bank of Israel for government bonds that are linked to
the exchange rate of the foreign currency.
|
|
The
“Basic Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
known exchange rate on a given date, which shall be determined in the
Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in the relevant
Series;
|
|
The
“Payment Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
known exchange rate on the actual date of payment;
|
|
“Prime Interest Rate”
on
any given date
|
–
|
The
interest rate derived from the average of the basic debit interest rate
offered at such date by the four (4) major banks in
Israel.
|
|
“Telbor Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
Tel
Aviv Interbank Offered Rate - The interest rate for interbank loans, which
is calculated based on interest bids submitted by several banks in Israel,
for a period that shall be determined in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debentures in the relevant Series, and that appears on the Reuters data
distribution system on Mondays through Thursdays at 13:00 or shortly
thereafter and on Fridays at 12:00 or shortly thereafter or on any other
source of information that shall be specified in the Initial Offer Report
of the Debentures in the relevant
Series.
|
“Libor Interest Rate”
on
any given date
|
–
|
The
interest rate offered on such date on the interbank market in London for
dollar deposits for a period that shall be determined in the Initial Offer
Report of the Debentures in the relevant Series (week, month, six months
etc.), as quoted at 11:00 London time or shortly thereafter on the Libor01
Page published by the Reuters News Agency or, if this Page is replaced, as
quoted at such time or shortly thereafter on the replacement
page.
|
|
“Euribor Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
Euro
Interbank Offered Rate - The interest rate offered on such date on the
interbank market for euro deposits for a period that shall be determined
in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in the relevant Series, as
quoted at 11:00 London time or shortly thereafter on the Euribor01 Page
published by the Reuters News Agency or, if this Page is replaced, as
quoted at such time or shortly thereafter on the replacement page, or on
any other source of information that shall be specified in the Initial
Offer Report of the Debentures in the relevant Series.
|
|
The “Basic Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
The
Libor or the Telbor or the Euribor or the Prime or any other basic
interest rate that may be selected by the Company, as shall be determined
in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in the relevant
Series.
|
2. | Issuance of the Debentures and the Applicability of the Deed of Trust | ||
2.1
|
The
Company shall be entitled to issue:
|
||
2.1.1
|
Up
to 5 series of Debentures (series E through I), each with a par value of
up to NIS 2,000,000,000, registered to name and repayable (principal)
in a number of installments that shall not fall below one and shall not
exceed ten (10) annual installments, or that shall not fall below one and
shall not exceed twenty (20) semi-annual installments that shall be
consecutive and equal (with the exception of the first or the last
installment, that may be set at a different rate) and shall be payable in
each of the years, all as shall be specified in the Offer Report under
which each of the Series of Debentures (
“The Debentures Series E
through I”
) is initially offered. The linkage basis (or the absence
thereof) and the type of interest (or the absence thereof) applicable to
the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series that
is issued will be specified
|
in the Offer Report under which the aforesaid Debentures are initially offered. For details of the linkage bases of the Debentures in Series E through I allowed by the Shelf Prospectus and for details of the types of interest allowed by the Shelf Prospectus, see Sections 3 and 4 to the terms listed in the overleaf, respectively. The interest rate that shall be applicable to the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series that may be issued under the Shelf Prospectus, or the margin above or below the basic interest that shall be applicable to the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series, as appropriate, will be specified in the Offer Report under which these Debentures are initially offered, or will be determined in a bid pursuant to which the Debentures would be initially offered. The interest, if any, on the principal of the Debentures in Series E through I will be payable every year in one annual installment or in two semi-annual installments or in four quarterly installments, all as shall be stipulated in the Offer Report under which these Debentures are initially offered. The dates and the number of the principal payments, the linkage basis (or the absence thereof), the type of interest, the interest rate or the manner of its determination and the dates of payment of the interest (or the absence of interest) with respect to the Debentures in Series E through I, as shall be specified in the Offer Report under which each of the aforesaid Series of Debentures is initially offered, will be determined by the Company shortly before the initial offering of the Debentures in the relevant Series. As to the Company’s right for the early redemption of the Debentures in Series E through I, see Section 6 to this Deed. | |||
2.1.2
|
Up
to 2 series of Debentures (series 1 through 2), each with a par value of
up to NIS 2,000,000,000, registered to name and repayable (principal)
in a number of installments that shall not fall below one and shall not
exceed ten (10) annual installments, or that shall not fall below one and
shall not exceed twenty (20) semi-annual installments that shall be
consecutive and equal (with the exception of the first or the last
installment, that may be set at a different rate) and shall be payable in
each of the years, all as shall be specified in the Offer Report under
which each of the Series of Debentures (
“The Debentures Series 1
through 2”
) is initially offered. The linkage basis (or the absence
thereof) and the type of interest (or the absence thereof) applicable to
the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series that
is issued will be specified in the Offer Report under which the aforesaid
Debentures are initially offered. For details of the linkage bases of the
Debentures in Series 1 through 2 allowed by the Shelf Prospectus and for
details of the types of interest allowed by the Shelf Prospectus, see
Sections 3 and 4 to the terms listed in the
overleaf,
|
respectively. The interest rate that shall be applicable to the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series that may be issued under the Shelf Prospectus, or the margin above or below the basic interest that shall be applicable to the principal of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series, as appropriate, will be specified in the Offer Report under which these Debentures are initially offered, or will be determined in a bid pursuant to which the Debentures would be initially offered. The interest, if any, on the principal of the Debentures in Series 1 through 2 will be payable every year in one annual installment or in two semi-annual installments or in four quarterly installments, all as shall be stipulated in the Offer Report under which these Debentures are initially offered. The dates and the number of the principal payments, the linkage basis (or the absence thereof), the type of interest, the interest rate or the manner of its determination and the dates of payment of the interest (or the absence of interest) with respect to the Debentures in Series 1 through 2, as shall be specified in the Offer Report under which each of the aforesaid Series of Debentures is initially offered, will be determined by the Company shortly before the initial offering of the Debentures in the relevant Series. The Debentures in Series 1 through 2 shall be convertible into ordinary shares of the Company existing at the date of publication of the Initial Offer Report for each of the aforesaid series, at any day on which trade is held on the Stock Exchange, commencing on the day on which these Debentures are listed for trade on the Stock Exchange until a few days prior to the end of the term of the Debentures in that series, with the exception of a number of days preceding the determinant date for partial redemption in accordance with the guidelines of the Stock Exchange on the date of the Initial Offer Report for each of the aforesaid series, until the date on which the redemption is executed, this at a rate of conversion that shall not fall below the par value of the ordinary shares of the Company on the date of the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in Series 1 though 2, subject to adjustments as described in Section 5.3 of the terms listed in the overleaf, all in the manner and under the conditions that shall be stipulated in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in each of the aforementioned series, in accordance with the details determined in this respect by the Company shortly before the initial offering of the Debentures in the relevant series. As to the Company’s right for the early redemption of the Debentures in Series 1 through 2, see Section 6 to this Deed. | |||
2.1.3
|
In
the event that, subsequent to the date of the initial offering of the
Debentures in the aforesaid series, these Series of Debentures are
expanded by the Company, the Holders of Debentures in those series that
are issued in the
|
framework of the expansion of the series will not be entitled to receive a payment on account of the interest on the Debentures in respect of interest periods that had ended prior to their issuance by the Company as aforesaid, and/or to receive payment on account of the principal and/or interest in respect of said Debentures, that had been paid by the Company prior to their issuance as aforesaid. | |||
2.2
|
The Company intends to publish a Shelf Prospectus not later than April 30, 2009, under which the Company shall be entitled to issue the Debentures to the public by way of Shelf Offer Reports (this section does not derogate from the Company’s right to offer Debentures under other Prospectuses and/or private placements, or in any other way under any law). | ||
2.3
|
It is clarified that if, on the date of publication of any Offer Report the Trustee serves as trustee for another Series of Debentures of the Company and/or the Offer Report relates to more than one Series of Debentures, the possibility of the Trustee acting as Trustee for the additional Series of Debentures would be considered in light of the directives of the Securities Authority and/or the laws in force at such time. If another Trustee is appointed for any Series of Debentures as a result of the aforesaid, the details of such Trustee will be published in the framework of the relevant Offer Report. |
3. | Terms of the Issuance; Self-Purchase | |
3.1
|
The
Company shall issue the Debentures according to the conditions specified
in the Prospectus and in the Offer Report under which the Debentures are
initially offered.
|
|
3.2
|
The
Company reserves the right to purchase at any time, within or without the
Stock Exchange, Debentures at any price of its choosing, without prejudice
to the obligation of repayment of the Debentures remaining in circulation
as specified above. The Debentures that will be purchased by the Company
will be cancelled and delisted from trade on the Stock Exchange, and the
Company will not be allowed to re-issue them. If the purchase of the
Debentures by the Company is carried out as part of the trade on the Stock
Exchange, the Company will apply to the Stock Exchange Clearing House to
withdraw the relevant Debentures.
|
|
3.3
|
A
subsidiary of the Company and/or the controlling share Holder and/or
companies under the control of the controllers of the controlling share
Holder of the Company (
“Affiliated Company”
)
are allowed to purchase and/or sell from time to time within or without
the Stock Exchange, including by way of issuance by the Company,
Debentures at any price of their choosing and sell them accordingly. The
Debentures thus held by the Affiliated Company will be considered as an
asset of the Affiliated Company, and if they are listed for trading, they
will not be delisted from trade on the Stock
Exchange.
|
On
the matter of holding Meetings of Holders of Debentures, the provisions of
Section 2.19 of the second addendum to this Deed will
apply.
|
||
3.4
|
The
Company is allowed, at any
time and from time
to time, without needing the consent of the Debenture Holders or the
Trustee, to issue, including to an Affiliated Company, Debentures of a
different type and/or of different series and/or other Debentures
securities, whether secured or unsecured, whether granting a right of
conversion into shares of the Company or not granting such right, whether
by public offering pursuant to a prospectus, by private placement, by a
Shelf Offer Report or otherwise, under terms of redemption, interest,
linkage, discounting, repayment rate in the case of liquidation and other
conditions, as the Company sees fit, whether they are preferable to the
terms of the Debentures issued pursuant to the prospectus, equal to them
or inferior to them.
|
|
3.5
|
Without
derogating from the foregoing, the Company is allowed, at any time and
from time to time, without needing the consent of the Debenture Holders or
the Trustee of each of the series, to issue, including to an Affiliated
Company, additional Debentures from the Series offered under the Shelf
Prospectus. The additional Debentures that will be issued, to the extent
issued, including their conditions and resulting rights, will be identical
and as the existing Debentures in the same series, and will together
constitute one series for all purposes (it is clarified that in the case
of such issuance, the offerees to which additional Debentures will be
issued will not be entitled to payment of principal and/or interest whose
determinant payment date preceded the issuing date). The provisions of the
Deed of Trust of the relevant series will apply to these additional
Debentures. The Company will publish an immediate report on such an
issuance of additional Debentures and will apply to the Stock Exchange in
an application to list these additional for trading these additional
Debentures therein. In the case of expansion of the series of the
Debentures as above, the fee of the Trustee shall be increased in
proportion to the increase of the size of the series.
|
|
The
Company shall inform the Trustee and the Debenture Holders of the issue of
these additional Debentures.
|
||
This
right of the Company does not exempt the Trustee from examining such an
issuance, to the extent that such a duty is imposed on the Trustee by law,
and it does not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and of the Meeting
of the Debenture Holders according to the Deed of Trust, including their
right to make the Debentures immediately repayable as stated in
Section 16 of the terms listed in the overleaf.
|
||
3.6
|
The
Company reserves the right to allocate the Debentures following an
expansion of the series at a different discount rate (higher or lower)
than the discount rate of the Debentures then in circulation (including
due to issuance at a price that reflects a
|
different discount rate). The discounted allocation of the Debentures originating from expansion of the series of the Debentures at a rate exceeding the discount rate established for the Debentures before the expansion may adversely affect the state of the Debenture Holders. | ||
3.7
|
The
provisions of this Section 3 above itself do not bind the Company or the
Debenture Holders to purchase Debentures or sell the Debentures in their
possession.
|
|
3.8
|
Wherever
the rules of the Stock Exchange apply or will apply to any action
according to this Deed of Trust, they will have preference over the
provisions hereof, and the dates of such an action will be determined in
accordance with the rules of the Stock
Exchange.
|
4. | Undertakings of the Company | |
4.1
|
The
Company undertakes hereby towards the Debenture Holders, through the
Trustee, to pay, on the dates set thereto, all of the sums of the
principal, the interest and the linkage differences that will be payable
pursuant to the terms of the Debentures, and fulfill all of the other
conditions and undertakings imposed thereupon pursuant to the terms of the
Debentures and this Deed.
|
|
4.2
|
The
Company hereby warrants that the capital raised that it will hold until
the date of their use according to the designation of the issuance
remuneration as stated in the relevant Shelf Offer Report, will be
deposited and invested by the Company as it deems fit, as long as each
investment is made in solid channels, including, but not limited to, an
interest-bearing monetary deposit, a foreign currency deposit, Debentures
with a rating of not less than BBB-, and so on. For this purpose, an
investment in shares or basket certificates whose base asset is shares or
share indices or options in the Maof or the purchase or writing of
positions in derivatives, will not be considered as an investment in solid
channels.
|
5.
|
Securing of the Debentures | |
5.1
|
The
Debentures may or may not be secured by collateral, any pledge or
otherwise. Information concerning the Debentures’ securing mechanism, if
secured by collateral, any pledge or otherwise, will be provided in the
Initial Shelf Offer Report for each of the relevant Series of
Debentures.
|
|
5.2
|
Unless
otherwise stated in the Initial Shelf Offer Report for each of the
relevant Series of Debentures, the Company shall be allowed to pledge its
assets, in part or in full, by any pledge and in any way, including to any
third party, without the need for any consent from the Trustee and/or the
Debenture Holders in any of the Series. Additionally, the Company will be
allowed to sell, lease, assign, deliver or transfer in any other way its
assets, in part or in full, in any way, for benefit of any third party,
|
without the need for any consent of the Trustee and/or the Debenture Holders in any of the Series. | ||
5.3
|
For
the removal of doubt, it is clarified that the Trustee has no duty to
examine, and in fact the Trustee will not examine, the need for providing
collateral for securing the payments to the Debenture Holders. In its
entering the engagement in this Deed of Trust, and with the consent of the
Trustee to serve as the trustee for the Debenture Holders, the Trustee
does not express its opinion, implicitly or explicitly, as to the ability
of the Company to fulfill its undertakings towards the Debenture Holders
in any of the Series.
|
|
For
the removal of doubt, it is clarified that if the Company’s undertakings
towards the Debenture Holders are secured by any collateral, the Trustee
has no duty to examine, and in fact the Trustee will not examine, the
value of the collateral. In its entering the engagement in this Deed of
Trust, and with the consent of the Trustee to serve as the trustee for the
Debenture Holders, the Trustee does not express its opinion, implicitly or
explicitly, as to the value of the collateral, to the extent that
collateral is provided, or as to the ability of the Company to fulfill its
undertakings towards the Debenture Holders in any of the Series. In the
event that the Debentures are secured by any collateral, the fee of the
Trustee shall be increased as shall be agreed between the Company and the
Trustee. The Trustee has not been requested to perform, and in fact has
not performed a financial, accounting or legal due diligence as to the
state of affairs of the Company or the subsidiaries and will not perform
such due diligence when a series is taken off the
shelf.
|
||
The
foregoing does not derogate from the duty of the Trustee by law and/or
Deed of Trust, nor does it derogate from the duty of the Trustee (to the
extent that this duty applies to the Trustee according to any law) to
examine the effect of changes in the Company from the date of the
Prospectus onwards, to the extent that these may adversely affect the
ability of the Company to fulfill its undertakings to the Debenture
Holders in any of the Series.
|
||
5.4
|
The
Debentures in any of the Series will be in an equal
pari passu
degree of
security among themselves concerning the undertakings of the Company
pursuant to the Debentures of the same Series, without precedence or
preference over each other.
|
6.
|
Early redemption | |
6.1
|
Early
redemption initiated by the Stock Exchange - In the event that the Stock
Exchange decides to delist from trade therein the Debentures in any of the
Series E through I in circulation by reason of the value of the Series
falling below the minimum amount stipulated in the Code and guidelines of
the Stock Exchange with respect to the
|
delisting from trade therein and/or in the event that the Stock Exchange decides to delist from trade therein the Convertible Debentures in any of the Series 1 through 2 in circulation by reason of the public’s holdings therein falling below the minimum amount stipulated in the Code and guidelines of the Stock Exchange with respect to the delisting from trade therein, the Company will not allow such early redemption of the Series due to the delisting from trade as aforesaid, unless otherwise notified by the Company in the Shelf Offer Report under which the Series of Debentures is initially issued. | ||
Should
the Company choose to allow early redemption of the Debentures as
aforesaid, the Company will take the following
actions:
|
6.1.1
|
Within
forty five (45) days of the decision of the Stock Exchange on the
delisting from trade therein, the Company will announce a date for the
early redemption, on which the Debenture Holder would be allowed to redeem
the Debentures. The announcement of the date of early redemption will be
published in two (2) widely distributed daily newspapers that are
published in Israel in Hebrew.
|
||
6.1.2
|
The
date of early redemption of the Debentures in Series E through I with
respect to which a delisting decision has been made as aforesaid, shall
not be earlier than seventeen (17) days from the date of publication of
the announcement or later than forty five (45) days of the said date, but
shall not fall in the period between the determinant date for the payment
of interest and the date of its actual payment.
|
||
6.1.3
|
The
date of early redemption of the Debentures in Series 1 through 2 with
respect to which a delisting decision has been made as aforesaid, shall
not be earlier than thirty (30) days from the date of publication of the
announcement or later than forty five (45) days of the said date, but
shall not fall in the period between the determinant date for the payment
of interest and the date of its actual payment.
|
||
6.1.4
|
On
the date of early redemption, the Company will redeem the Debentures from
the Series in which the Holders have requested the redemption of the
Debentures, at their par value, with the addition of linkage differences,
if any, and the interest accrued on the principal, with the interest being
calculated in proportion to the period from the last date for which
interest has been paid to the aforesaid actual date of early redemption
(the calculation of interest for a part of a year will be based on a
365-day year).
|
||
6.1.5
|
The
scheduling of a date of early redemption, as above, does note derogate
|
7.
|
Immediate repayment | ||
7.1
|
In
one or more of the events enumerated below:
|
||
7.1.1
|
If
the Company does not repay any sum that is due from it in connection to
the Debentures within 45 days of the maturity of that
sum.
|
||
7.1.2
|
A
temporary liquidator has been appointed by a court, or if a valid
resolution has been adopted to liquidate the Company (other than
liquidation for merging with another company and/or restructuring of the
Company) and this appointment or resolution is not cancelled within 30
Business Days of being given.
|
||
7.1.3
|
If
an attachment is imposed on some or all of the material assets of the
Company and the attachment is not removed within 60
days.
|
||
7.1.4
|
An
execution action is carried out against a material asset of the Company,
in part or in full, and the action is not cancelled within 90
days.
|
||
7.1.5
|
If
a receiver is appointed for the Company and/or some or all of its material
assets, and the appointment is not cancelled within 90
days.
|
||
7.1.6
|
If
the Company ceases the payments of the Debentures and/or announces its
intent to cease the payments of the Debentures.
|
||
7.1.7
|
If
the Company discontinues its business affairs or managing its business
affairs, as they are from time to time, and/or announces its intent to
cease in engaging in or managing its business affairs as shall be from
time to time.
|
7.2.1
|
(A)
|
In
the case of any of the events in Sections 7.1.1 to 7.1.10 (inclusive)
above, the Trustee will be required to call a Meeting of the Debenture
Holders; or
|
||
(B)
|
In
the case of any of the events in Sections 7.1.11 to 7.1.13 (inclusive)
above, the Trustee will be allowed (but not required) to call a meeting of
the Debenture Holders, but the Trustee will be required to call a Meeting
of Holders by a written request of Holders of at least ten percent (10%)
of the par value of the unsettled balance of the principal of the
Debentures in circulation, as specified in Section 1.1 of the
|
second addendum hereto. |
7.2.2
|
The
date of convening the meeting, which will be called in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7.2.1 A or B above, will be 30 days after the date
of its calling (or a shorter term in accordance with the provisions of
Section 7.2.5 below), whose agenda will have a resolution concerning
calling for immediate repayment the entire unsettled balance of the
Debentures, due to the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Section 7.1 above, as relevant.
|
||
7.2.3
|
In
the case that until the date of convening of the Meeting, none of the
events specified in Section 7.1 above has been canceled or removed, and
the Meeting of the Debenture Holders as stated resolve to call all of the
unsettled balance of the Debentures for immediate repayment as a Special
Resolution (as defined in the second addendum hereto), the Trustee will be
required, within a reasonable time, to call all of the unsettled balance
of the Debentures for immediate repayment, as long as it has given the
Company at least 15 days written warning of its intent to do so and the
event for which the resolution was adopted has not been canceled or
removed within this period.
|
||
7.2.4
|
A
copy
of the
notice for calling the Meeting will be sent by the Trustee to the Company
as soon as the notice is published and will constitute advance written
warning to the Company of the intent to act to call the Debentures for
immediate repayment.
|
||
7.2.5
|
The
Trustee is entitled, at its discretion, to reduce the count of 30 days (in
Section 7.2.2 above) and/or the said 15 days of warning (in Section 7.2.3)
in the case of the Trustee opining that any deferral in calling the debt
of the Company for repayment endangers the rights of the Debenture
Holders, but in any case the Trustee shall not do so without first
applying to the Company in writing 7 Business Days before the date of the
meeting, indicating the reasons for reducing the time, at the discretion
of the Trustee in the circumstances at hand.
|
||
7.2.6
|
The
Trustee will be
responsible for reporting to the Debenture Holders of the occurrence of
any of the events specified in Sections 7.1.11 to 7.1.13 (inclusive)
above, whether pursuant to publications that the Company has made or
according to a notice of the Company that will be sent to it according to
the provisions of Section 24 below, soon after it being brought to its
attention or delivered to it.
|
8.
|
Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee | |
8.1
|
Without
derogating from any other provision of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee
shall be allowed, at its discretion, and will be required to do so by a
special resolution that is
|
adopted by a meeting of the Debenture Holders and after issue of written notice to the Company immediately after the adoption of the resolution, to take all of the proceedings, including legal proceedings and motions for receiving orders as, it deems fit and subject to the provisions of the law, for enforcing the undertakings of the Company according to the Deed of Trust, exercising rights of the Debenture Holders and protection of their rights according to the Deed of Trust. The Trustee shall be allowed to instigate legal and/or other proceedings even if the Debentures are not called for immediate repayment, for protecting the rights of the Debenture Holders and subject to the law. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the right of calling for immediate repayment will apply only in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of thus Deed and not pursuant to this section. | ||
8.2
|
The
Trustee is allowed, at its exclusive discretion and without a need for
notice to the Company, to apply to the appropriate court for a motion for
receiving orders on any matter that is related to and/or arises from this
Deed of Trust, whether before or after the Debentures are called for
immediate repayment.
|
|
8.3
|
Subject
to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee is allowed, but not
compelled, to call at any time a general Meeting of the Debenture Holders
in order to discuss and/or receive its instructions on any matter related
to the Deed of Trust, and is allowed to call it
repeatedly.
|
|
8.4
|
The
Trustee is allowed, at its exclusive discretion, to delay the execution of
any action thereby pursuant to this Deed of Trust, for applying to the
Meeting of the Debenture Holders or the court until it receives
instructions from the Meeting of the Debenture Holders and/or orders from
the court on how to act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee is not
allowed to delay proceedings for calling for immediate repayment that have
been decided upon by a Meeting of the Debenture Holders pursuant to the
provisions of Section 7.2 hereto.
|
9.
|
Distribution of the Receipts | |
9.1
|
All
of the receipts that are received by the Trustee including but not limited
to as a result of calling the Debentures for immediate repayment and/or as
a result of proceedings that it takes, if it takes any, against the
Company, will be by it in the trust and will serve it for the following
purposes and in the following order of priority:
|
|
Firstly,
for settling all expenses, payments, duties and undertakings expended by
the Trustee, imposed thereupon or caused due to or as a result of the
actions of the Trust or in another manner otherwise connected to the terms
of this Deed, including the fee thereof (on the condition that the Trustee
does not receive a double fee from both the Company and the Debenture
Holders); secondly – in order to pay the Debenture
|
Holders the arrears interest due to them in accordance with the terms of the Debentures and subject to the terms of the linkage in the Debentures, pari passu , in proportion to the sum of the arrears interest due to each of them, without preference or priority for any of them; thirdly, in order to pay the Debenture Holders the sums of the principal that are due to them pursuant to the Debentures held thereby, pari passu , and subject to the terms of linkage in the Debentures, whether the principal sums have matured or not, in proportion with the sums due thereto, without any preference concerning priority in time of issue of the Debentures by the Company or otherwise, and the surplus, if any, will be paid by the Trustee to the Company or the successors thereof. Withholding tax will be deducted at source from the payments to the Debenture Holders, to the extent that there is a duty to deduct it by law. | ||
9.2
|
Payment
of the sums by the Trustee to the Debenture Holders out of the receipts
that are received thereby, will be subject to rights of other creditors of
the Company, which precede or are equal to those of the Debenture Holders
by law, relative to the said receipts, if there are any, in accordance
with the provisions of the law.
|
10.
|
Authority to Delay Distribution of Money | |
10.1
|
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 9 of this Deed, if the sum of money that is
received as a result of taking the proceedings stated above that is
available for distribution at any time, as stated in that section, will be
less than ten percent (10%) of the balance of the unsettled principal of
the Debentures and the interest, subject to the terms of the linkage in
the Debentures, the Trustee shall not be required to distribute it and it
will be allowed to invest the said sum, in part or in full, in investments
that are permitted according to the Deed of Trust and replace these
investments from time to time with other permitted investments, as it sees
fit.
|
|
10.2
|
On
the first payment date of the principal and/or the interest to the
Debenture Holders that is paid after receipt of the sum stated in Section
10.1 above by the Trustee, or earlier, once the aforementioned
investments, with their profits and other sums that are received by the
Trustee for the said purpose, reach a sum that will suffice to pay at
least ten percent (10%) of the unsettled balance of the principal of the
Debentures and the interest (subject to the terms of linkage in the
Debentures), the Trustee shall pay them to the Debenture Holders as stated
in section 9 hereof.
|
|
11.
|
Notice of Distribution
and Depositing with the Trustee
|
|
11.1
|
The
Trustee shall inform the Debenture Holders of the day and place on which
any payment is made out of the payments stated in Sections 9 and 10 of
this Deed, by 14 days prior notice that is delivered in the manner stated
in section 24 to this Deed hereof.
|
11.2
|
After
the day stated in the notice, the Debenture Holders will be entitled to
interest for the Debentures in accordance with the rate stated in the
Debentures only for the balance of the principal sum (if any) after
deducting the sum that has been paid or offered to them for such
payment.
|
|
12.
|
Abstention from
Payment for a Reason that does not depend on the
Company
|
|
12.1
|
Any
sum that is due to the debenture Holder that is not actually paid for a
reason that does not depend on the Company, while the Company was prepared
to pay it, will cease to bear interest and linkage differences from the
date stated for its payment, whereas the debenture Holder will be entitled
only to the sums that it would have been entitled to on the date stated
for repayment of that sum on the account of the principal, the linkage
differences or the interest.
|
|
12.2
|
The
Company will deposit with the Trustee by no later than 14 business days
from the date stated for that payment, the sum of the payment that has not
been paid for a reason that does not depend on the Company, and such a
deposit will be considered as settlement of that payment, and in the case
of settlement of all dues pursuant to the debenture, as redemption of the
debenture.
|
|
12.3
|
The
Trustee shall deposit in a bank the sums that will be transferred thereto
as stated in Section 12.2 of this Deed, to the credit of those Debenture
Holders and will invest it in investments permitted hereby that are
securities of the State of Israel or other securities that the laws of the
State of Israel permit investment of the trust money in, as the Trustee
deems fit and subject to the provisions of the law. Should the Trustee do
so, it will not owe the beneficiaries sums other than the remuneration
that is received from realizing the investments less the expenses,
commissions and mandatory payments, if any that are related to the said
investment in managing the trust account less its fee.
|
|
12.4
|
The
Trustee shall transfer to each debenture Holder for which sums and/or
funds due to the Debenture Holders have been deposited with the Trustee,
out of sums thus deposited, less all expenses, commissions, the mandatory
payments and its fee, against presentation of the proof that is required
by the Trustee, to the full satisfaction thereof.
|
|
12.5
|
The
Trustee shall keep these sums and invest them in the above mentioned
manner until one year elapses from the final redemption date of the
Debentures. After this date, the Trustee shall transfer to the Company
these sums, including profits that result from their investment, less its
expenses and other expenses expended in accordance with the provisions of
this Deed of Trust (such as service provider fees, etc.) to the extent
that these remain in its possession on that date. The Company will keep
these sums in trust for an additional year from the day of their transfer
thereto by the Trustee, for the Debenture Holders that are entitled to
those sums, and with regard to the sums that
are
|
|
transferred
thereto by the Trustee as stated above, the provisions of Section 12.3 of
this Deed of Trust will apply,
mutatis mutandis
. Upon
the transfer of the sums from the Trustee to the Company, to the
satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee shall be exempt from payment of
such sums to the entitled Debenture Holders. The Company will approve to
the Trustee in writing the holding of the sums and the receipt thereof in
trust for the said Debenture Holders, and will indemnify the Trustee for
any claim and/or expense and/or damage of any type that it sustains due to
and for the said money transfer, as long as the Trustee has acted
reasonably. The Company will keep these sums in trust for the Debenture
Holders that are entitled to these sums for an additional year from the
day of their transfer to it from the Trustee. Sums that are not demanded
from the Company by a Debenture Holder two years from the final repayment
date of the Debentures will be transferred to the Company, which will be
entitled to use the remaining sums for any
purpose.
|
13.
|
Receipt from the Debenture Holders as Proof | |
13.1
|
A
receipt from the
Debenture Holder for the sums of the principal, the interest and the
linkage differences that have been paid thereto by the Trustee for that
Debenture will release the Trustee categorically in all matters related to
payment of the sums stated on the receipt.
|
|
13.2
|
Until
the end of the period specified in Section 12.5 above, a receipt from the
Trustee concerning the deposit of the sums of the principal, the interest
and the linkage differences in its possession to the benefit of the
Debenture Holders as stated in this Deed will be considered as a receipt
from the Debenture Holders for the sums specified
therein.
|
|
13.3
|
The
sums distributed as stated in Sections 9 and 10 hereof will be considered
as payment on the account of the repayment of the
Debentures.
|
|
14.
|
Presentation of a
Debenture to the Trustee and Noting Concerning Partial
Payment
|
|
14.1
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled to demand that a Debenture Holder present to the
Trustee, at the time of payment of any interest or partial payment of
principal, interest and linkage differences in accordance with Sections
8-10 hereof, the debenture for which the payments are being
made.
|
|
14.2
|
The
Trustee shall note on the Debenture a comment concerning the sums paid as
above and the date of payment thereof.
|
|
14.3
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled, in any special case, at its discretion, to
waive the presentation of the Debentures after it is given a statement of
indemnification letter and/or a sufficient guarantee, to its satisfaction,
for damages that may be sustained due to not noting the said comment, as
it deems fit. In such a case, the Company will
not
|
assume any liability for the payments stated in Section 14.1 towards that Holder. | ||
14.4
|
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Trustee shall be entitled, at its discretion, to make
notes in other ways concerning such partial
payments.
|
15.
|
Reporting and Undertakings of the Company towards the Trustee | ||
15.1
|
The
Company hereby undertakes towards the Trustee, for as long as the
Debentures (including linkage differences thereupon) have not been repaid,
as follows:
|
||
15.1.1
|
To
inform the Trustee upon its notice to the public in writing of reasonable
concern on the part of the Company that any or all of the events specified
in Section 7.1 above may occur and the occurrence of any or all of the
events specified in Section 7.1 above.
|
||
15.1.2
|
To
give to the Trustee by no later than 30 days of the date of the Initial
Offer Report for the relevant Series an amortization table for payment of
the Debentures (principal and interest) in an Excel
file.
|
||
15.1.3
|
To
inform the Trustee in a written notice signed by the Company's senior
financial officer, within 4 Business Days, of effecting any payment to the
Debenture Holders and the balance of the Sums that the Company will owe on
that date to the Debenture Holders after effecting this
payment.
|
||
15.1.4
|
To
give to the
Trustee immediately upon their publication a copy of the annual audited
and consolidated financial statements (including the periodical statement)
and the reviewed consolidated financial statements of the
Company.
|
||
15.1.5
|
To
deliver to the Trustee, immediately upon its delivery, any statement that
it must submit to the Securities Authority.
|
||
15.1.6
|
To
deliver to the Trustee notices concerning the purchase of Debentures by
the Company or the subsidiary, as stated in this Deed of
Trust.
|
||
15.1.7
|
On
December 31 of each year, as long as the Deed of Trust is in effect, the
Company will provide the Trustee with a confirmation signed by the CEO of
the Company whereby to the best of his knowledge, during the period from
the date of this Deed and/or the date of the previous confirmation
provided to the Trustee, whichever is later, to the date of the
confirmation, the Company has not violated the Deed of Trust (including
violation of the terms of the Debenture), unless explicitly stated
otherwise.
|
||
15.1.8
|
To
give the Trustee copies of notices and invitations that the Company gives
to the shareholders in the Company and the Debenture Holders, as stated in
Section 24.1 hereof.
|
|
accordance
with the Debentures or for giving a report on the state of the Company
does not constitute a violation of its undertaking for
confidentiality.
|
16.
|
Additional
Undertakings
|
|
16.1
|
After
and to the extent that
the Debentures are
called for immediate repayment, as defined in Section 7 hereof, the
Company will perform, from time to time and at any time it is required to
do so by the Trustee, all of the reasonable actions in order to provide
for the exercising of all of the authorities granted to the Trustee, and
in particular the Company will perform all of the following actions, to
the extent that they are
reasonable.
|
16.1.1
|
It
will declare the declarations and/or sign all of the documents and/or
execute and/or have executed all of the actions that are necessary and/or
required by law for validating the exercise of the authorities, the powers
and the authorizations of the Trustee and/or the agent
thereof.
|
||
16.1.2
|
It
will give all of the notices, the orders and the instructions that the
Trustee considers beneficial and will demand them.
|
||
16.1.3
|
For
the purposes of this section – a written notice signed by the Trustee that
confirms that an action that is required thereby, within his authorities,
is a reasonable action, will constitute
prima facie
evidence
thereof.
|
17.
|
Agents | ||
17.1
|
The
Company
hereby irrevocably
appoints the Trustee as its agent, to effect and execute on its behalf and
in its place all of the actions that it will be required to execute
according to the conditions of this Deed, and in general to act on its
behalf with regard to the actions that the Company is required to perform
according to this Deed, which it has not performed, or exercise some of
the authorities granted thereto, and appoint any other person as the
Trustee deems fit for performing its duties according to this Deed,
subject to the Company not having performed the actions that it must
perform pursuant to the terms of this Deed within a reasonable time from
the date of the demand of the Trustee, provided it has acted in good faith
and reasonably.
|
||
17.2
|
The
appointment pursuant to Section 17.1 above does not bind the Trustee to
perform any action.
|
18.
|
Other
agreements
|
|
Subject
to the provisions of the law and the restrictions imposed on the Trustee
by law, the performance of the duty of the Trustee according to this Deed
or pursuant to its status as a Trustee will not prevent it from
associating with the Company by various contracts or executing
transactions with it within the normal course of its business
affairs.
|
19.
|
Reporting by the
Trustee
|
|
19.1
|
The
Trustee shall prepare, within three months of the end of each Trust year,
an annual report on the trust affairs (the “
Annual
Report
”)
|
|
19.2
|
The
Annual Report will include a breakdown of the following subjects: current
details of the course of affairs of the Trust in the elapsing year; a
report on extraordinary events concerning the Trust that have occurred
during the elapsing year.
|
|
19.3
|
The
Debenture Holders will be allowed to review the Annual Report in the
offices of the Trustee during acceptable business hours and will be
allowed to receive a copy thereof upon demand. A copy of the report will
be provided to the Company along with it being made available for review
by the Debenture Holders.
|
|
19.4
|
The
Trustee shall give the Debenture Holders notice of the date of submission
of the report as stated in Section 24 hereof. Should the Trustee learn of
a material violation hereof on the part of the Company, it will inform the
Debenture Holders of the violation and of the steps that it has taken for
preventing it or for fulfilling the undertakings of the Company, as
relevant.
|
20.
|
Fee and coverage of
expenses of the Trustee
|
||
20.1
|
The
Company shall pay the Trustee for its services hereby as elaborated below
- in respect of each Series of Debentures for which it shall serve as
Trustee:
|
||
20.1.1
|
For
the first year of Trust, i.e. until 12 months from the date of the issue
of the relevant Debentures, a sum of NIS 12,000. This sum will be paid
within 30 days of the end of the month on which the Company has received
from the Trustee a proforma invoice for this payment. The Trustee will be
allowed to provide the Company with a proforma invoice within one business
day of publishing the results of the issue.
|
||
20.1.2
|
For
each of the years from the second year (i.e. from the end of 12 months
from the date of issue of the relevant Debentures) in which Debentures
will be in circulation and not yet paid up, a sum of NIS 10,000, linked to
the index known on the date of publication of the Prospectus, but in any
case the sum will not be less than the sum specified above (“
the Annual Fee
”). The
Annual Fee will be paid to the Trustee within 30 days of the end of the
month on which the Company received from the Trustee a proforma invoice
for the Annual Fee. The Trustee will be allowed to provide the Company a
proforma invoice at the beginning of each year of Trust. The Annual Fee
shall be paid to the Trustee for the period through to the end of the term
of the Trust hereby even if a receiver and/or administrative receiver is
appointed for the Company and/or if the Trust hereby is managed under the
supervision of a court.
|
20.1.3
|
If
the tenure of the Trustee expires, as stated in Section 28 below, the
Trustee will not be entitled to payment of the fee thereof from the day of
the expiry of its tenure. If the tenure of the Trustee expires during the
Trust year, the fee that was paid for the months for which the Trustee did
not serve as the trustee of the Company will be refunded. It is clarified
that this refund will not apply to the first year of
Trust.
|
20.2
|
The
Trustee
is
entitled to a refund of reasonable expenses incurred within the
performance of its duty and/or by the authorities granted thereto hereby,
including for publications in the press, as long as for the expenses of an
expert opinion, as elaborated in Section 21.2 below, the Trustee will give
advance notice of its intent to receive an expert
opinion.
|
|
20.3
|
The
Trustee is
entitled to additional payment, for an action that results from a
violation hereof by the Company or for an action of calling the Debenture
for immediate repayment and for special actions that it will be required
to perform, if required, for fulfillment its duties hereby, without
prejudice to the entirety of this Section 20.
|
|
It
is agreed hereby between the parties that the Trustee will be entitled to
a fee of 120 US dollars for each hour of work that is required as stated
above.
|
||
20.4
|
For
each annual meeting of shareholders or Meeting of Debenture Holders that
the Trustee participates in, an additional fee of NIS 500 per meeting will
be paid, linked to the Index in accordance with the provisions of Section
20.1.2 above.
|
|
20.5
|
If
changes
occur
in the provisions of the Law whereby the Trustee will be required to
perform actions and/or checks and/or prepare additional reports, the
Company undertakes to bear all of the reasonable expenses that the Trustee
incurs as a result, including reasonable fee for these actions. The
Trustee will inform the Company in advance and in writing before incurring
the expenses, of changes as stated in this section.
|
|
20.6
|
VAT,
if charged, will be added to the payments that are due to the Trustee
pursuant to the provisions of this section and will be paid by the
Company. The Trustee will transfer to the Company a tax invoice for these
payments, within 14 days of the date of payment thereof to the Trustee by
the Company.
|
21.
|
Special
Authorities
|
|
21.1
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled to deposit all of the deeds and documents that
attest, represent and/or determine its right concerning any asset then in
its possession, in a safe and/or in any other place of its choice, in the
possession of any banker and/or any banking company and/or an
advocate.
|
21.2
|
The
Trustee is entitled, within the performance of the Trust affairs hereby,
to order the opinion and/or advice of any advocate, certified public
accountant, appraiser, assessor, surveyor, mediator or other expert,
whether such an opinion and/or advice has been prepared at the request of
the Trustee and/or by the Company and shall be allowed to act in
accordance with its conclusions. The Trustee shall allow the Company to
review any such opinion that the Company as paid for, upon demand. The
provisions of this section do not exempt the Trustee of its responsibility
by law.
|
|
21.3
|
Any
such advice and/or opinion may be given, sent or received by a letter,
telegram, facsimile and/or any other electronic data transfer
medium.
|
|
21.4
|
The
Trustee shall not be required to inform any party of the signing of this
Deed of Trust and is not allowed to intervene in any way in the management
of the business or affairs of the Company other than pursuant to the
authorities that have been granted to the Trustee
herein.
|
|
21.5
|
The
Trustee shall faithfully use the powers, authorizations and authorities
granted thereto hereby in good faith and reasonably.
|
|
22.
|
Authority of the
Trustee to Employ Proxies
|
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled to appoint a proxy/ies for acting in its place,
whether an advocate or another party, in order to perform or participate
in the performing of special actions that must be performed concerning the
Trust, including, but not limited to, taking legal proceedings. In
addition, the Trustee shall be entitled to settle, at the expense of the
Company, the reasonable fee of any such proxy, and the Company will return
to the Trustee immediately upon the first demand thereof any such
reasonable expense, on the condition that the Trustee gives the company
advance notice of such appointment of proxies.
|
||
The
Company will be allowed to object to such an appointment on reasonable
grounds, including in the case of the proxy competing directly or
indirectly with the business of the Company.
|
||
The
Trustee is allowed at any time to delegate from the Trusteeships, powers,
authorizations and authorities granted thereto hereby, in part or in full,
to another person or persons, and any such delegation will be made under
the conditions and instructions (including permission for a proxy to
appoint a proxy) that the Trustee deems suitable, but such delegation of
authority will not release the Trustee from any responsibility assumed
thereby in case the authorities were not delegated.
|
||
Such
proxies and/or delegates will be bound by the confidentially provisions
stated in Section 15.1.4 above.
|
23.
|
Indemnification of the
Trustee
|
|
23.1
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnification from the Debenture
Holders or from the Company, as relevant, for reasonable expenses that it
has incurred and/or will incur in connection with the actions that it has
performed or must perform pursuant to its duty hereby, and/or by law
and/or by order of a competent authority and/or any statute and/or upon
the demand of the Debenture Holders and/or according to the demand of the
Company. Notwithstanding the above, it is clarified and agreed hereby
that:
|
23.1.1
|
The
Trustee shall not be entitled to demand such indemnification in advance on
a matter that is urgent.
|
||
23.1.2
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification for liability for torts, in
the case of being found thus liable by a final court ruling or a concluded
settlement towards a third party that is not one of the Debenture
Holders.
|
23.2
|
The
Indemnification right detailed in section 23.1 above will be subject to
the following terms:
|
||
23.2.1
|
The
expenses for liability for damages are reasonable.
|
||
23.2.2
|
The
Trustee acted in good faith and the appropriate care, and the action was
preformed within the fulfillment of its duty, according to the provisions
of law and this Deed.
|
23.3
|
Subject
to the provisions of Sections 23.1 and 23.2 above, without prejudice to
the rights to compensation and indemnification that are granted to the
Trustee by law and/or the commitments of the Company and the Debenture
Holders hereby, the Trustee, its proxy, manager, agent or other person
appointed by the Trustee hereby will be entitled to receive
indemnification out of the sums that are received by the Trustee out of
the proceedings taken and/or otherwise hereby, concerning undertakings
that they have assumed, concerning expenses they incurred due to
the performance of the Trust or related to such actions, which
in their opinion were required for executing the aforesaid and/or
concerning the exercising of authorities and authorizations granted hereby
and concerning all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions of advocates and
other experts, negotiations, discussions, expenses, claims and demands
concerning any matter and/or thing that are made and/or not made in any
way concerning the subject matter, and the Trustee may withhold the funds
that are in its possession and pay out of them the sums that are necessary
for payment of the said indemnification. The said sums will take
precedence over the rights of the Debenture Holders, subject to the
provisions of the law.
|
|
23.4
|
For
as long as the Trustee is required pursuant to the terms hereof an/or any
statute and/or an order of a competent authority and/or the law and/or
upon the demand of the
|
Debenture Holders and/or the demand of the Company to perform any action, including, but not limited to instigating proceedings or filing claims upon the demand of the Debenture Holders, as stated herein, the Trustee shall be allowed to abstain from taking any such action until it receives, to its satisfaction, a letter of indemnification from any or all of the Debenture Holders, and if the action is performed owing to a demand of the Company, from the Company, for any liability for damages and/or expenses that may be incurred by the Trustee and by the Company or either of them, due to performing such an action. It is clarified that the foregoing does not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action that is required for preventing material infringement to the rights of the Debenture Holders. | ||
23.5
|
Notwithstanding
the provisions of
this Section 23, as long as the trustee deems it right for protecting
and/or exercising the rights of the Debenture Holders, and/or it is
required hereby and/or by law and/or by an order of a competent authority
and/or any statute and/or upon the demand of the Company and/or the
Debenture Holders, to take legal proceedings, in the case of taking such
an action due to a demand of the Company, the Company will deposit in the
hands of the Trustee a sum that will be determined by the Trustee as the
expected sum of the expenses of the Trustee concerning the proceedings. In
any other case, the Trustee shall immediately call a Meeting of Debenture
Holders in order to confirm their responsibility for covering the expenses
involved in proceedings that the Trustee takes. In the case of the
Debenture Holders refusing to assume the expenses involved in taking
proceedings by the Trustee, the Trustee shall assume no duty to take such
proceedings. In addition, all of the sums that are received from the
realization proceedings will also be used for refunding and covering
expenses that the Debenture Holders thus undertake to bear. It is
clarified that the foregoing does not exempt the Trustee from taking an
urgent action that is required for preventing material infringement of the
rights of the Debenture Holders. The consent of the Debenture Holders as
above does not release the Company from its undertakings to bear and to
cover all of the expenses involved in the taking of proceedings as
aforesaid, to the extent that such expenses are applicable to the Company
under the provisions of any law or this Deed.
|
|
23.6
|
The
Trustee is entitled to order the Company in writing to transfer to the
Trustee part of the payment that is due by the Company to the Debenture
Holders, for the purpose of financing proceedings and/or expenses and/or
the Trustee’s fees as aforesaid. The Company will act in accordance with
the Trustee’s notice and will be deemed as having fulfilled its
undertakings towards the Debenture Holders if it proves that it has
transferred the required amount in full to the account whose details have
been specified in the Trustee’s
notice.
|
24.
|
Notices
|
||
24.1
|
Any
notice from the Company and/or the Trustee to the Debenture Holders, as
relevant, shall be given as follows:
|
||
24.1.1
|
By
reporting in the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority; the Trustee is
allowed to instruct the Company and the Company will be required to report
forthwith in the MAGNA system on behalf of the Trustee any report in the
format as forwarded in writing by the Trustee to the Company); and
by
|
||
24.1.2
|
A
notice that will be published in two widely distributed daily newspapers
that are published in Israel in Hebrew;
|
||
Any
notice or demand from the Trustee to the Company may be given by a letter
that is sent by registered mail to the address stated herein, or to any
other address that the Company informs the Trustee of in writing, or by
transmission by facsimile or by courier and any such notice or demand will
be considered as having been received by the Company: (1) in the case of
sending by registered mail – three business days from the day of mailing
thereof; (2) in the case of transmission by facsimile (along with a
telephone check of receipt thereof) – one business day from the day of its
transmission; (3) and in the case of sending by courier – upon its
delivery by the courier to the addressee or the offering thereof to the
addressee for receipt, as relevant.
|
|||
24.2
|
Any
notice or
demand from the
Company to the Trustee may be given by a letter that is sent by registered
mail to the address stated herein, or to another address that the Trustee
informs the Company of in writing, or by transmission by facsimile or by
electronic mail (“email”) or by courier and any such notice or demand will
be considered as having been received by the Trustee: (1) in the case of
sending by registered mail – three business days from the day of mailing
thereof; (2) in the case of transmission by facsimile or email (along with
a telephone check of receipt thereof) or of sending by courier – upon its
delivery by the courier to the addressee or the offering thereof to the
addressee for receipt, as relevant.
|
||
24.3
|
Copies
of notices and invitations that the Company gives to the Debenture Holders
will also be sent by the Company in an Immediate Report, a copy of which
will be given to the Trustee.
|
25.
|
Waiver; Settlement;
and Changes in the Terms of the Deed of Trust
|
|
25.1
|
Subject
to the provisions
of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or that will
be promulgated thereby, the Trustee shall be allowed, from time
to time and at any time, if it is convinced that this does not in its
opinion infringe upon the rights of the Debenture Holders, to waive any
violation or non-fulfillment of any of the terms hereof
|
by the Company, as long as these do not relate to the terms of repayment of the Debentures and the grounds for calling for immediate repayment as specified in Section 7 hereof. | ||
25.2
|
Subject
to the provisions of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or that
will be promulgated thereby, the Trustee is allowed, whether before or
after the principal of the Debentures is called for immediate repayment,
to settle with the Company concerning any right or claim of the Debenture
Holders and agree with the Company to any arrangement concerning the
rights of the Debenture Holders, including waiving any right or claim of
the Debenture Holders towards the Company hereby. If the Trustee settles
with the Company after having received prior approval of the Debenture
Holders as stated above, the Trustee shall be exempt of liability for this
action, as approved by the general Meeting. The foregoing does not exempt
the Trustee from responsibility for its actions until the date of making a
decision of the Meeting of the Holders and/or its actions concerning its
application.
|
|
25.3
|
Subject
to the provisions of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or to be
promulgated thereby, the Trustee and the Company may, whether before or
after the principal of the Debentures is called for immediate repayment,
change the Deed of Trust (including a change in the conditions of the
Debentures), if one of the following is
fulfilled:
|
25.3.1
|
The
Trustee is satisfied that the change does not adversely affect the
Debenture Holders.
|
||
25.3.2
|
The
Debenture Holders have agreed to the proposed change, by a special
decision as specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.10 of the second addendum
hereinafter.
|
25.4
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled, at the request of the Company from time to
time, to make changes in the Deed of Trust and/or in the Debentures, as
required by a Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any
other governmental authority, for the purpose of listing the Debentures
for trade on the Stock Exchange, as long as the Trustee is satisfied that
the change does not cause a material adverse effect to the Debenture
Holders.
|
|
25.5
|
The
Company shall give the Debenture Holders a notice of any such change, in
accordance with Section 24 hereof, as soon as possible after its
execution.
|
|
25.6
|
The
general meetings as stated in this section above will be convened, as
stated in the second addendum hereto.
|
|
25.7
|
In
any case of use of the right of the Trustee in accordance with this
section above, the Trustee shall be entitled to demand that the Debenture
Holders give to it or to the
|
|
Company
their certificates, for noting a comment concerning any such settlement,
waiver, change or amendment and according to the demand of the Trustee,
the Company shall note such a comment in the certificates that are given
to it. In any case of use of the right of the Trustee pursuant to this
section, the Trustee shall announce this, within a reasonable time, in
writing, to the Debenture Holders.
|
26.
|
Register of Debenture
Holders and Transfer of Debentures
|
||
26.1.1
|
The
Company shall keep and maintain in its Registered office a register of the
Debenture Holders, listing the names of the Debentures Holders, their
addresses and the number and par value of the Debentures registered to
their name. The register will also list any transfer of title to the
Debentures. The Trustee and any Debenture Holder will be entitled, at any
reasonable time, to inspect this Register. The Company is entitled to
close the register from time to time or for a period or periods that do
not exceed an aggregate of thirty (30) days a year.
|
||
26.1.2
|
The
Company will not be required to note in the Registers of Debenture Holder
any notice concerning explicit, implicit or putative Trust, or
hypothecation or pledging of any kind or any equity, claim or offset right
or any other right, concerning the Debentures. The Company will only
recognize the ownership by the person whose name the Debentures are listed
under, as long as the legal heirs, administrators of estate or executors
of the will of the registered owner or any person who will be entitled to
the Debentures due to the bankruptcy of any registered owner (and in the
case of a corporation - due to the liquidation thereof) will be entitled
to register as the Holders thereof, after giving evidence that in the
opinion of the Company is satisfactory for proving the right of any of the
above to be registered as the Holder
thereof.
|
27.
|
Release
|
Once
it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of the Debentures
have been paid up, redeemed or when the Company deposits in the trust of
the Trustee sums of money that are enough for redeeming all of the
Debentures, and once it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that
all of the undertakings and expenses made or sustained by the Trustee
concerning the Deed of Trust and the instructions thereof have been fully
paid up, the Trustee shall be required, upon the first demand of the
Company, to act with the sums that have been deposited for Debentures
whose redemption is not required according to the conditions stated
herein.
|
|
28.
|
Appointment of a New
Trustee and Expiry of the Tenure of the
Trustee
|
28.1
|
The
provisions of the Securities Law will apply to the tenure of the Trustee
and the expiration thereof and the appointment of a new Trustee. Subject
to the provisions of the Law, the Trustee and any Trustee replacing it
will be entitled to resign from their
|
functions as Trustees after giving written notice to the Company three (3) months in advance, elaborating the reasons for resignation. | ||
28.2
|
The
resignation will take effect only after it is confirmed by the court, from
the day established in the confirmation. In the case of such resignation
or in the case of expiry of the tenure of the Trustee, the court is
entitled to appoint another Trustee instead of the Trustee, for a period
and under conditions as it deems fit.
|
|
28.3
|
The
court will be entitled to dismiss a Trustee if it does not fulfill its
duty properly or if the court finds another reason for the dismissal
thereof.
|
|
28.4
|
The
Holders of ten percent (10%) of the unsettled balance of the Debentures
are entitled to call a general meeting of the Debenture certificate
Holders owners. Each Meeting thus convened is allowed to decide, according
to a vote of Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the unsettled
balance of the Debentures, for the transfer of Trustee from its
duty.
|
|
28.5
|
The
Securities Authority is allowed to apply to the Court with a motion to
conclude the tenure of the Trustee, in accordance with Section 35 N of the
Law.
|
|
28.6
|
The
Trustee and the Company will submit an immediate report to the Securities
Authority of any such event in this section, concerning the tenure of the
Trustee.
|
|
28.7
|
Each
new trustee will have the same powers, authorities and other
authorizations and may act in all senses as though appointed as the
Trustee from the outset, subject to the provisions of Section 35 N of the
Law.
|
|
28.8
|
The
Trustee shall transfer to the new Trustee all of its records concerning
the Debenture Holders, if there are any, information about the payments
made by the Trustee through to that time, if such were effected, any
report and any information given hereby and any information that is
reasonably required for the new Trustee, and the Trustee shall transfer to
the new Trustee any sum that will be held thereby at that time concerning
the Debentures.
|
29.
|
Meeting of Debenture
Holders
|
Meetings
of the Debenture Holders will be managed, as stated
in the second addendum
hereto.
|
|
30.
|
Investments of
Funds
|
30.1
|
All
sums that
the
Trustee is allowed to invest hereby will be invested thereby in bank/s, in
its name or to its order, in investments that the laws of the State of
Israel permit investing trust funds in, as it deems suitable, subject to
the terms hereof and the provisions of the law, as long as any investment
in securities will be in securities that have been given a rating of not
less than AA. If the Trustee has done so, it will not
owe
|
|
the
beneficiaries of these sums other than the remuneration received from
realizing the investments less the expenses related to this investment and
managing the trust accounts, the commissions, after deducting the
mandatory payments imposed on the trust account. Out of these sums, the
Trustee shall transfer sums to the Debenture Holders that are entitled
thereto, as soon as possible after the Trustee is provided proof and
confirmations of their right to these sums to the full satisfaction of the
Trustee, after deducting its expenses and commission at the rate that is
generally employed thereby at that
time.
|
31.
|
Applicability of the
Law
|
This
Deed and the Debentures are subject to Israeli law. On any matter that has
not been mentioned herein and in any case of a contradiction between the
provisions of the law and this Deed, the parties will act in accordance
with the provisions of Israeli law. In any case of a contradiction between
the provisions described in the Prospectus concerning this Deed and/or the
Debentures, the provisions hereof will take precedence.
|
|
32.
|
Exclusive
Jurisdiction
|
The
only court that will be authorized for hearing matters related hereto and
to the Debentures attached as an appendix hereto will be competent court
in Tel Aviv Yaffo.
|
|
33.
|
General
|
Without
derogating from the other provisions hereof and of the Debentures, any
waiver, extension, accommodation, silence, abstention from action (“
waiver
”) on the part of
the Trustee concerning the non-fulfillment or partial or incorrect
fulfillment of any of the undertakings towards the Trustee hereby and in
accordance with the Debenture will not be considered as a waiver by the
Trustee of any right but as limited consent for the particular instance on
which it has been given. Without derogating from the other provisions
hereof and the Debenture, any change in the undertakings to the Trustee
necessitates receipt of the prior written consent of the Trustee. Any
other consent, whether oral or by waiver or abstention from action or in
any way that is not in writing, will not be considered as any consent. The
rights of the Trustee hereby are independent and unconditional of each
other and are in addition to any right that the Trustee has and/or will
have by law and/or agreement (including this Deed and the
Debenture).
|
|
34.
|
Addresses
|
The
addresses of the parties will be as specified in the preamble hereto, or
any other address for which an appropriate written notice is given to the
counterparty.
|
|
35.
|
Certification for
MAGNA
|
In
accordance with the provisions of the Securities Regulations (Signing and
Electronic
|
|
|
|||
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
Hermetic Trust (1975)
Ltd.
|
|||
|
|
|
This
certificate attests that Cellcom Israel Ltd. (hereinafter: “
the Company
”) shall pay
on [date_______*/ dates_______*] in each of the years _____* through
_____* (inclusive) __% of the par value of this Debenture to the Debenture
Holder on the determinant date for such payment, all subject to the terms
listed in the overleaf and in the Deed of
Trust.
|
1.
|
This
Debenture bears interest at the annual interest rate specified above and
is payable on the dates, all subject to the terms listed in the overleaf.
The Debenture will be [linked/unlinked], all subject to the terms listed
in the overleaf.
|
2.
|
The
last installment will be made against delivery of the Debenture to the
Company at its registered office or anywhere else as advised by the
Company, not later than five (5) Business Days before the payment becomes
due under the terms of the
Debentures.
|
3.
|
This
Debenture is issued as part of a Series of Debentures under terms that are
identical to the terms of this Debenture, which is issued pursuant to the
Deed of Trust (hereinafter: the “
Deed of Trust
”) from
March 31, 2009 that has been signed between the Company and Hermetic
Trust (1975). It is clarified that the provisions of the Deed of Trust
will form and integral part of the provisions of this Debenture and will
be binding to the Company and to the Holder of Debentures included in said
Series.
|
4.
|
The
Debentures in this Series will have an equal degree of security among each
other (
pari
passu
) concerning the undertakings of the Company pursuant to the
Debenture, without a preferential right or priority over one
another.
|
5.
|
This
Debenture is issued subject to the conditions listed in the overleaf, the
conditions listed in the Deed of Trust, the Prospectus and the Shelf Offer
Report.
|
|
_____________________________
|
|
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
|
Date:
_____________________
|
|
The
Terms Listed in the Overleaf
|
1.
|
General
|
“The Company”
and/or
"the
Issuer"
|
–
|
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
|
The
“
Deed of
Trust”
|
–
|
The
Deed of Trust that was signed between the Company and the Trustee on
March 31, 2009, including the appendices attached thereto, which
constitute an integral part thereof;
|
|
The “Prospectus”
or
“the Shelf
Prospectus”
|
–
|
The
shelf prospectus of the Company that is due to be published,
inter alia
, for the
issue of the Debentures;
|
|
The “Shelf Offer Report”
or
“the Offer
Report”
|
–
|
The
shelf offer reports that will be published under the Shelf Prospectus, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 23A(f) of the Securities
Law, 5728 – 1968, wherein all the details that are specific to such offer
will be completed, including the composition of the offered units, under
the provisions of any law and in accordance with the Code and guidelines
of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, prevailing at such
time;
|
|
The
“Series of Debentures”
|
–
|
Series
that would be titled series E through I and/or series 1 through 2 of
debentures, registered to name, the terms of each would be determined in
accordance with the Debenture Certificate, as defined below, of that
series and the initial offer report of the debentures in that series, as
shall be issued from time to time by the Company at its sole
discretion;
|
|
The
“Trustee”
|
–
|
Hermetic
Trust (1975) Ltd. and/or any party serving from time to time as a trustee
of the Debenture Holders pursuant to the Deed of
Trust;
|
“Register”
|
–
|
Register
of the Debenture Holders as stated in Section 26 of the Deed of
Trust;
|
|
The “Debenture Holders”
and/or
the “
Debenture
Owners
”
|
–
|
Anyone
holding the Debentures;
|
|
The
“Debenture Certificate”
|
–
|
A
Debenture certificate whose form appears as the first addendum to this
deed;
|
|
The “Law”
or
“the Securities
Law”
|
–
|
The
Securities Law, 5728 – 1968 and the regulations thereby, as effective from
time to time;
|
|
“Principal”
|
–
|
The
outstanding par value of the Debentures in the relevant
series;
|
|
The
“Consumer Price Index” (“the Index”)
|
–
|
The
price index known by the name of “the Consumer Price Index’, which
includes fruit and vegetables, as published by the Central Bureau of
Statistics and Economic Research, including that index even if published
by another official body or institute, and including any official index
that replaces it, whether composed of the same data as the existing index
or not. If it is replaced by another index that is published by such a
body or institute, and that body or institute did not determine the ratio
between it and the index thus replaced, the ratio will be determined by
the Central Bureau of Statistics, and in the case of such a ratio not
being determined, it will be determined by the Trustee for the relevant
series, following consultation with economic experts of his
choice;
|
|
The
“Known Index”
|
–
|
The
last known consumer price index;
|
|
The
“Basic Index”
|
–
|
The
index known on a given date, which would be published in the offer report
under which any Series of Debentures is initially
offered;
|
|
The
“Payment Index”
|
–
|
The
consumer price index known on the date of making any payment on the
account of the principal and/or the
|
|
|
interest.
The
initial offer report of the debentures in the relevant series, which are
linked to the index, will specify whether the principal and/or the
interest of the debentures is secured (i.e. in the event that the known
index on the date scheduled for the relevant payment is less than the
basic index, the payment index shall be the basic index) or unsecured
(i.e. the payment index shall be the known index on the date scheduled for
the relevant payment, even if this index is less than the basic
index);
|
“Business day”
or
“Banking Business
Day”
|
–
|
A
day on which most of the banks in Israel are open for conducting
transactions;
|
|
The
“Stock Exchange”
|
–
|
The
Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
|
|
“Trade
Day”
|
–
|
A
day on which transactions are made on the Stock
Exchange;
|
|
“Meeting”
|
–
|
A
meeting of the Debenture Holders, including a class
meeting.
|
|
“Class
meeting”
|
–
|
A
meeting of the Debenture Holders, who have an interest that is materially
different from the interest of other Debenture Holders on the matter that
is being discussed in the meeting.
|
|
The
“Nominee Company”
|
–
|
The
Israel Discount Bank Nominees Ltd.
|
|
“Foreign
Currency”
|
–
|
Not
more than one currency per each series of debentures, as shall be
specified in the initial offer report of the debentures in the relevant
series;
|
|
“Foreign
Currency Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
representative exchange rate of the foreign currency published by the Bank
of Israel, or any official exchange rate of the foreign currency in
relation to Israeli currency that shall supersede the aforesaid
representative exchange rate and that shall be applicable at such time
with respect to government bonds that are linked to the
|
exchange rate of the foreign currency; | |||
The “Known Exchange
Rate”
on any date
|
–
|
The
latest exchange rate determined by the Bank of Israel prior to such date.
However, during a period in which the Bank of Israel does not customarily
determine a representative exchange rate, the known exchange rate shall be
the rate most recently determined by the Minister of Finance together with
the Governor of the Bank of Israel for government bonds that are linked to
the exchange rate of the foreign currency.
|
|
The
“Basic Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
known exchange rate on a given date, which shall be determined in the
initial offer report of the debentures in the relevant
series;
|
|
The
“Payment Exchange Rate”
|
–
|
The
known exchange rate on the actual date of payment;
|
|
“Prime Interest Rate”
on
any given date
|
–
|
The
interest rate derived from the average of the basic debit interest rate
offered at such date by the four (4) major banks in
Israel.
|
|
“Telbor Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
Tel
Aviv Interbank Offered Rate - The interest rate for interbank loans, which
is calculated based on interest bids submitted by several banks in Israel,
for a period that shall be determined in the initial offer report of the
debentures in the relevant series, and that appears on the Reuters data
distribution system on Mondays through Thursdays at 13:00 or shortly
thereafter and on Fridays at 12:00 or shortly thereafter or on any other
source of information that shall be specified in the initial offer report
of the debentures in the relevant series.
|
|
“Libor Interest Rate”
on
any given date
|
–
|
The
interest rate offered on such date on the interbank market in London for
dollar deposits for a period that shall be determined in the initial offer
report of the debentures in the relevant series (week, month, six months
etc.), as quoted at 11:00 London time or shortly thereafter on the Libor01
Page published by the Reuters News Agency or, if this Page is replaced, as
quoted at
|
such time or shortly thereafter on the replacement page. | |||
“Euribor Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
Euro
Interbank Offered Rate - The interest rate offered on such date on the
interbank market for euro deposits for a period that shall be determined
in the initial offer report of the debentures in the relevant series, as
quoted at 11:00 London time or shortly thereafter on the Euribor01 Page
published by the Reuters News Agency or, if this Page is replaced, as
quoted at such time or shortly thereafter on the replacement page, or on
any other source of information that shall be specified in the initial
offer report of the debentures in the relevant series.
|
|
The “Basic Interest Rate”
on any given date
|
–
|
The
Libor or the Telbor or the Euribor or the Prime or any other basic
interest rate that may be selected by the Company, as shall be determined
in the initial offer report of the debentures in the relevant
series.
|
|
2.1
|
The
Debentures may or may not be secured by collateral, any pledge or
otherwise. Information concerning the Debentures’ securing mechanism, to
the extent that they are secured by collateral, any pledge or otherwise,
will be provided in the Initial Shelf Offer Report for each of the
relevant Series of Debentures.
|
|
2.2
|
Unless
otherwise stated in the Initial Shelf Offer Report for each of the
relevant Series of Debentures, the
Company will be
allowed to pledge its assets, in part or in full,
by
|
|
any
pledge and in any way, to the benefit of any third party, without the need
for any consent from the Trustee and/or the Debenture Holdersfrom each of
the Series
.
In
addition
,
the
Company will be allowed to sell, lease, assign, deliver or transfer in any
other way its assets, in part or in full, in any way, for benefit of any
third party, without the need for any consent of the Trustee and/or the
Debenture Holders in each of the
Series.
|
|
2.3
|
For
the removal of doubt, it is clarified that the Trustee has no duty to
examine, and in fact the Trustee has not examined, the need for providing
collateral for securing the payments to the Debenture Holders. In its
entering the engagement in this Deed of Trust, and with the consent of the
Trustee to serve as the trustee for the Debenture Holders, the Trustee
does not express its opinion, implicitly or explicitly, as to the ability
of the Company to fulfill its undertakings towards the Debenture Holders
of each of the Series.
|
|
2.4
|
The
Debentures in any of the Series will be in an equal
pari passu
degree of
security among themselves concerning the undertakings of the Company
pursuant to the Debentures of the same Series, without precedence or
preference over each other.
|
|
3.1
|
Linkage
to the Index
|
|
3.2
|
Linkage
to foreign currency
|
|
3.3
|
Unlinked
Debentures
|
|
3.4
|
Subject
to the stated in the Code and Guidelines of the Stock Exchange, the
linkage method will not be changed throughout the period of the Debentures
and no more than one linkage basis will be assigned to each of the Series
of Debentures.
|
4.
|
The
Interest
|
|
4.1
|
Interest
on index-linked principal
|
|
4.1.1
|
Interest
at a fixed rate - interest at a fixed rate, as shall be stipulated in the
Initial Offer Report of the Debenture in the relevant Series and/or
determined in a bid carried out under said Offer
Report.
|
|
4.1.2
|
Interest
at a variable rate, for which the margin above or below the Basic Interest
is specified in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures or determined
in a bid thereunder, if the Basic Interest is the Prime - the interest
rate for the full interest period would be determined according to the
Basic Interest Rate specified in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debentures, as quoted on the Banking Business Day that takes place two (2)
Business Days prior to the first day of the interest period (
“the Sample Date”
). The
Company will submit an immediate report on the interest rate determined as
above within four (4) days of the Sample
Date.
|
|
4.2
|
Interest
on unlinked principal
|
|
4.2.1
|
Fixed
NIS interest - interest at a fixed rate, as shall be stipulated in the
Initial Offer Report of the Debenture in the relevant Series and/or
determined in a bid carried out under such Offer
Report.
|
|
4.2.2
|
Interest
at a variable rate, for which the margin above or below the Basic Interest
is specified in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures or determined
in a bid thereunder, if the Basic Interest is the Prime or the Telbor, or
any other Basic Interest determined in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debentures -the interest rate for the full interest period would be
determined according to the rate of the Prime, the Telbor or any other
Basic Interest, as quoted on the Banking Business Day that takes place two
(2) Business Days prior to the first day of the interest period (
“the Sample Date”
). The
Company will submit an immediate report on the interest rate determined as
above within four (4) days of the Sample
Date.
|
|
4.3
|
Interest
on principal linked to foreign
currency
|
|
4.3.1
|
Fixed
interest linked to foreign currency - interest that is linked to a foreign
currency, the fixed rate of which would be determined in the Initial Offer
|
|
4.3.2
|
Interest
at a variable rate, for which the margin above or below the Basic Interest
is specified in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures or determined
in a bid thereunder,if the Basic Interest is the Libor, the Euribor or any
other Basic Interest determined in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debentures, the interest rate for the full interest period would be
determined according to the rate of the Libor, the Euribor or any other
Basic Interest, as quoted on the Banking Business Day that takes place two
(2) Business Days prior to the first day of the interest period (
“the Sample Date”
). The
Company will submit an immediate report on the interest rate determined as
above within four (4) days of the Sample
Date.
|
|
4.4
|
The
interest rate for the first interest period of the Debentures in the
relevant Series will be specified in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debenture in that Series and/or in a report that will be published by the
Company with respect to the results of the bid that would be conducted by
the Company, as appropriate.
|
|
4.5
|
It
is clarified that, for Debentures that bear a variable interest rate, as
described in Sections 4.1.2, 4.2.2 and 4.3.2 above, the interest rate
paid in each interest period will vary, as stated
above.
|
|
4.6
|
The
interest rate determined for each relevant Series will be an annual
rate.
|
|
4.7
|
The
interest on the Debentures in the relevant Series will be payable every
year in one annual installment or in two semi-annual installments or in
four quarterly installments, as shall be stipulated in the Initial Offer
Report of the Debentures in the relevant Series (the “Interest Periods”)
in respect of the interest period ended on the last day prior to the date
of payment. The first interest period of the Debentures in the relevant
Series will commence on the first Trade Day following the date of closing
of the list of signatures, as specified in the Initial Offer Report of the
Debentures in the relevant Series, and end on the last day prior to the
first date of payment. Any subsequent interest period of the Debentures in
the relevant Series will commence on the first day following the end of
the preceding interest period and end on the last day prior to the date of
payment closest after to its date of commencement. The interest for the
first interest period will be calculated according to the number of days
in this period based on a 365-day
year.
|
|
4.8
|
The
interest on the principal of the Debentures in the relevant Series will be
calculated starting from the date of clearing (the first Trade Day
following the date of closing of the list of signatures, as specified in
the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in the
|
|
4.9
|
The
last installment of interest on the principal of the Debentures in the
relevant Series will be paid together with the last installment on account
of the principal of the Debentures in that Series, against the delivery of
the Debenture Certificates of the Series to the
Company.
|
|
4.10
|
Income
tax (see Section 2.11 of the Prospectus) will be deducted from each
payment of interest for the Debentures, according to the
law.
|
5.
|
The right for
Conversion of Debentures (Series 1 through 2) into shares (“the
Convertible Debentures”)
|
|
5.1
|
Terms of
conversion
|
|
5.1.1
|
On
every Trade Day, commencing on the first-time listing of each of the
Series of Convertible Debentures for trade on the Stock Exchange until
several days prior to the end of the period of the Debentures in the
relevant Series, in accordance with the guidelines of the Stock Exchange
as of the date of the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in that
Series and as shall be provided for in the aforesaid Offer Report
(“the Conversion
Period”
, and each Trade Day as aforesaid shall be hereinafter
referred to as
“the Date
of Conversion”
, and the final date of the Conversion Period shall
be hereinafter referred to as “
the End of the Conversion
Period”
), with the exception of several days prior to the
determinant date for partial redemption in accordance with the Code and
guidelines of the Stock Exchange as of the date of the aforesaid Initial
Offer Report through to the date of execution of the partial redemption,
the balance of the principal of the Convertible Debentures in that Series
that are in circulation on such date will be convertible into fully paid
ordinary shares of the Company, registered to name, outstanding in the
Company’s equity on the date of the Offer Report
(“the Conversion
Shares”
), at a conversion rate that shall not be less than the par
value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of the date of said Offer Report
(“the Conversion
Rate”
), subject to adjustments as specified below, and in the
manner and under the terms, all as shall be stipulated in the aforesaid
Offer Report.
|
|
5.1.2
|
Any
Holder of Convertible Debentures in any Series looking to convert the par
value balance of the principal of Convertible Debentures in the Series
held by him into Conversion Shares (“the Converter”) will submit to the
Company, directly at its registered office (if the Debentures are
registered to the name of
|
|
5.1.3
|
Within
a single Conversion Notice, the conversion of the par value balance of the
number of Convertible Debentures of the same Series that are registered to
the name of one Holder may be requested and must be accompanied by all the
Certificates of the Convertible Debentures to which the Conversion Notice
relates.
|
|
5.1.4
|
In
the event of conversion of Convertible Debentures into shares pursuant to
this section that relates only to part of the par value sum of Convertible
Debentures registered in the same Certificate, the Certificate of
Convertible Debentures must first be split into the appropriate number of
Debenture Certificates, such that the sum of all the par value amounts of
the Debentures registered therein is equal to the par value sum of the
Debenture Certificate divided up as
aforesaid.
|
|
5.1.5
|
The
Conversion Notice forms are available at the registered office of the
Company as well as in any other location advised by the
Company.
|
|
5.1.6
|
The
Converter will, at any time, sign any document that may be required under
any law and pursuant to the Company’s directives for the allocation of the
Conversion Shares. The date on which the Company receives a Conversion
Notice directly from the Converter (with respect to directly held
Debentures), or the Stock Exchange Clearing House receives a notice of the
conversion of the Convertible Debentures from a member of the Stock
Exchange (with respect to Debentures held through the Nominee Company),
that fully complies with all the terms stipulated in this Prospectus, as
appropriate, will be deemed as the date of conversion (
“the Conversion
Date”
).
|
|
5.1.7
|
In
the event that the Converter does not fully comply with the terms for the
conversion of the Convertible Debentures, the Conversion Notice will be
deemed as void and the Certificates of the Convertible Debentures will be
returned to the applicant.
|
|
5.1.8
|
A
Conversion Notice submitted to the Company may not be cancelled or
altered.
|
|
5.1.9
|
The
Converter will not be entitled to the allocation of a part of a single
Conversion Share, however any fractions of Conversion Shares that arise
upon conversion, if any, will be sold on the Stock Exchange by a trustee
that would be appointed by the Company for this purpose, within thirty
(30) days of the accrual of such fractions into whole shares in a quantity
that is reasonable for sale on the Stock Exchange, taking into
consideration the costs involve, and the net consideration from the sale
will be proportionately divided between the beneficiaries within fifteen
(15) days of the selling date. A check will not be issued to any of the
beneficiaries for an amount less than NIS 50; such amounts may be
collected at the offices of the
Company.
|
|
5.1.10
|
Conversion
Shares will confer upon their holders full participation rights in any
dividend and other distribution the determinant date for entitlement
thereto is the Conversion Date or a later date, and will be equal in
rights in all respects to the ordinary shares outstanding in the Company’s
equity on such date.
|
|
5.1.11
|
Any
Convertible Debentures that are converted will be removed from circulation
on their Conversion Date and will be fully cancelled, with retroactive
effect to the Conversion Date, from the date of allotment of Conversion
Shares in their respect, and will not confer any right to any interest
subsequent to the final date of payment of interest thereon, with respect
to which the determinant date precedes the Conversion date, and will not
confer any right to linkage differences accrued on the balance of the
principal under the terms of linkage as stated in Section 3 above
(and which would have been payable together with the principal of the
Debentures had the applicant not exercised his right to convert the
Convertible Debentures into shares as
aforesaid).
|
|
5.1.12
|
Any
part of the Convertible Debentures of any Series that is not converted
until the End of the Conversion Period of such Series will no longer
confer upon its Holder any right to convert it into Conversion Shares, and
the related conversion right will be null and void subsequent to said
date.
|
|
5.2
|
Timetables for the
conversion
|
|
5.2.1
|
The
notification by a client of a conversion that is received by 12:00 noon at
the offices of the member of the Stock Exchange will be transmitted by
that
|
|
5.2.2
|
Having
received a notification of a conversion from a member of the Stock
Exchange by 12:00 noon, the Clearing House will debit the member of the
Stock Exchange and credit the Nominee Company accordingly, this not later
than 12:00 noon on the following Trade
Day.
|
|
5.2.3
|
Having
received a credit notification pursuant to Section 5.2.2 above by
12:00 noon, the Nominee Company will transmit the Conversion Notice to the
offices of the issuing company not later than 12:00 noon on the following
Trade Day.
|
|
5.2.4
|
Any
notification from the parties mentioned in Sections 5.2.1 through
5.2.3 above that is received after 12:00 noon on any Trade Date will be
deemed as having been received by 12:00 noon of the following Trade
Day.
|
|
5.2.5
|
Notwithstanding
the said above, on the last Conversion Date preceding final redemption or
preceding an ex partial redemption date, as applicable, the members of the
Stock Exchange are required to transmit to the Clearing House the final
conversion applications by 12:00 noon. The conversion will be executed on
the same date. Any member of the Stock Exchange that does not submit an
application by said time will be deemed as not having exercised its
right.
|
|
5.2.6
|
In
the event that the final date for the conversion of the Convertible
Debentures of any Series or the final date for conversion prior to partial
redemption falls on a day that is not a Trade Day, such date will be
deferred to the following Trade
Day.
|
|
5.3
|
Directives for the
protection of the Holders of Convertible Debentures during the Conversion
Period
|
|
5.3.1
|
Distribution of bonus
shares
|
|
5.3.1.1
|
Subsequent
to the determinant date for the entitlement to participate in such
distribution, the number of Conversion Shares receivable by the Holder of
Convertible Debentures in such Series upon their conversion would be
increased by adding the number of shares to which the Holder would have
been entitled as bonus shares had he converted the Convertible Debentures
immediately before the aforesaid determinant
date.
|
|
5.3.1.2
|
The
Holder of the Convertible Debentures will not be entitled to the
allocation of a part of a bonus share as above, however any fractions of
bonus shares that arise upon allotment, if any, will be sold on the Stock
Exchange by a trustee that would be appointed by the Company for this
purpose, within thirty (30) days of the aforesaid date of allotment, and
the net consideration (less selling costs and compulsory payments and
fees) will be divided between the beneficiaries within fifteen (15) days
of the selling date. A check will not be issued to one beneficiary for an
amount less than NIS 50; such amounts may be collected at the offices
of the Company.
|
|
5.3.1.3
|
Subject
to the stated in the Code and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, the
adjustment method may not be
altered.
|
|
5.3.2
|
Issuance of
rights
|
|
5.3.3
|
Adjustment with
respect to dividend
distribution
|
|
5.3.3.1
|
The
Conversion Rate and/or the Conversion Ratio will not be adjusted as a
result of a distribution by the
Company.
|
|
5.3.3.2
|
Commencing
on the first Trade Day on which the Company’s shares are traded subsequent
to the determinant date for distribution (ex dividend), the Conversion
Ratio of the Convertible Debentures in circulation will be adjusted by its
multiplication by the ratio of the price of the Company’s share on the
Stock Exchange, as determined by the Stock Exchange, adjusted for the
distribution (ex dividend price), to the closing price determined for the
Company’s share by the Stock Exchange on the determinant date for
distribution). The Company will announce the adjustment of the Conversion
Ratio, as above, in an immediate report not later than the date on which
the Company’s shares are traded “ex
dividend”.
|
|
5.4
|
Additional directives
for the protection of the Holders of Convertible Debentures during the
Conversion Period
|
|
5.4.1
|
The
Company will maintain a sufficient amount of ordinary shares in its
authorized share capital, to secure the allotment of all of the shares
that may result from the conversion of all of the Convertible Debentures
in a given Series
|
|
5.4.2
|
Should
the Company consolidate the ordinary shares in its issued share capital
into shares with a greater par value or subdivide them into shares with a
lesser par value - the number of Conversion Shares for allotment
following the conversion of the Convertible Debentures in the relevant
Series would be consequently reduced or increased, as appropriate. In such
case, the provisions of this Section 5.4 must be followed,
mutatis
mutandis
.
|
|
5.4.3
|
Within
ten (10) days of any adjustment to the Conversion Rate or to the number of
Conversion Shares in relation to the aforesaid Series of Convertible
Debentures, the Company will publish a notice in two (2) widely
distributed daily newspapers that are published in Israel in Hebrew,
concerning the entitlement of the Holders of Convertible Debentures in
said Series to convert them into shares, specifying the Conversion Period,
the Conversion Rate and the number of Conversion Shares to which the
Holder of Convertible Shares would be entitled following a conversion at
such time, all in relation to the abovementioned
Series.
|
|
5.4.4
|
In
addition to said notice, not later than three (3) weeks and not earlier
than four (4) weeks before the End of the Conversion Period in respect of
said Series, the Company will publish a notice in two (2) widely
distributed daily newspapers that are published in Israel in Hebrew, and
will issue a written notice, with copies to the Stock Exchange and the
Trustee of the Series, to the Holders registered in the Register of the
Holders of Convertible Debentures in that Series, one month prior to the
End of the Conversion Period, as aforesaid, concerning the final date for
the conversion of the Convertible Debentures in that Series. Such notice
will specify the Conversion Rate, the number of Conversion Shares and the
number of bonus shares to which the Holder of Convertible Shares would be
entitled following a conversion at such time, all in relation to the
abovementioned Series.
|
|
5.4.5
|
The
Company will not distribute nor offer to the holders of ordinary shares a
cash dividend or bonus shares or an offer of rights in any securities,
unless the determinant date for their receipt is at least ten (10) days
after the publication of the Company’s notice concerning the distribution
or offer of rights, as appropriate.
|
|
5.4.6
|
The
Company will refrain from any action, including the distribution of bonus
shares, which may result in the reduction of the price of a Conversion
Share below its par value.
|
|
5.4.7
|
In
accordance with the Code and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, the terms
of the Convertible Debentures with respect to the Conversion Rate, the
conversion dates and the linkage method cannot be changed; nevertheless,
the Company is allowed to change the Conversion Period and/or the
Conversion Rate provided that such change is effected within the framework
of an arrangement or settlement that has been approved by Court, under
Section 350 of the Companies Law. Additionally, in accordance with
the Code and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, the Company may change the
Conversion Rate as part of a procedure for the split of the Company or a
procedure for the merger of the Company, provided that the change includes
only those adjustments that are essential to such
procedure.
|
|
5.5
|
Voluntary
liquidation
|
|
5.5.1
|
In
the event that a resolution is passed for the voluntary liquidation of the
Company, the Company will issue a written notice to this effect to all the
Holders of Convertible Debentures in circulation at the time, that are
registered in the Register of the relevant Series of Convertible
Debentures, and will additionally publish a notice in this regard in two
(2) widely distributed daily newspapers that are published in Israel in
Hebrew. Every Holder of Convertible Debentures shall be entitled, at his
choice, to be considered as having exercised the conversion right
pertaining to the Debentures shortly before the resolution was passed,
provided that he notifies the Company of his choice within three (3)
months of the said notice by the
Company.
|
|
5.5.2
|
In
such case, the Holder of the Convertible Debentures shall be entitled to
participate in the distribution of the excess assets of the Company upon
liquidation (following the settlement of all its debts) between its
shareholders, this in the amount that he would have received upon the
liquidation of the Company had he been a shareholder in the Company
shortly before the passing of the liquidation resolution by virtue of the
conversion of the Convertible Debentures that are in his possession, with
respect to which he had notified the Company as aforesaid, less the amount
of interest that was paid for such Convertible Debentures on the date of
the resolution or shortly thereafter (with the exception of interest that
falls due prior to the date of the resolution, even if paid on the date of
the resolution or thereafter); and the Holder of the Convertible
debentures will not be entitled to any payment under the Debentures that
falls due subsequent to the date of the
resolution.
|
|
6.1
|
The
payments on account of the interest and/or the principal of the Debentures
will be paid to the persons whose names are listed in the Register of
Debenture Holders of the relevant Series on the dates that will be
specified in the Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in such Series in
accordance with the guidelines of the Stock Exchange Code on such date
(the
“
Determinant Day for the
Relevant Series”
), with the exception of the last installment of
the principal and the interest, which will be paid against delivery of the
Debentures Certificates to the Company, at its registered office or
anywhere else as advised by the Company, by no later than five (5)
Business Days before the day stated for payment of the last
installment.
|
|
6.2
|
In
any case of the date of payment on account of principal and/or interest
falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment date will be
deferred to the first Business Day thereafter without additional payment,
interest or linkage.
|
|
6.3
|
The
payment of principal and interest will be subject to the linkage terms
stipulated in Section 3 above, as
appropriate.
|
|
6.4
|
Payment
to beneficiaries will be made by checks or by bank transfer to the credit
of the bank account of the persons whose names are listed in the Register
of the Debenture Holders and that is indicated in the details that they
give to the Company in writing in advance, in accordance with the
provisions of subsection 6.5 below. If the Company cannot, for any reason
that does not depend thereupon, pay any sum to the beneficiaries, the
provisions of Section 7 below will
apply.
|
|
6.5
|
A
Debenture Holder that will be interested in informing the Company of the
details of the bank account for crediting it with payments pursuant to the
Debentures as stated above, or change these account detail or instructions
concerning the mode of payment, may do so by notice to the company by
registered letter. However, the Company will fulfill the instruction only
if it reaches its registered office at least thirty (30) days before the
determining Date for payment of any installment pursuant to the
Debenture.
|
|
In
the case of the notice being received by the Company belatedly, the
Company shall act thereby only concerning installments whose Determinant
Payment Date is after the date of payment which is
near to the day of receipt of the
notice.
|
|
6.6
|
If
a Debenture Holder who is entitled to such a payment has not given the
Company in advance details concerning its bank account, any installment on
the account of the principal and interest will be made out by a check that
will be sent by registered mail to its last address listed in the Register
of the Debenture Holders. Sending of a check to a beneficiary by
registered mail as stated above will be considered, for all intents and
purposes, as payment of the sum specified therein on the date of its
mailing, as long as it is duly paid upon its presentation for
collection.
|
|
7.1
|
Any
sum that is due to the debenture Holder that is not actually paid for a
reason that does not depend on the Company, while the company was prepared
to pay it, will cease to bear interest and linkage differences from the
date stated for its payment, whereas the Debenture Holder will be entitled
only to the sums that it would have been entitled to on the date stated
for repayment of that sum on the account of the principal, the
|
|
7.2
|
The
Company will deposit with the Trustee by no later than 14 business days
from the date stated for that payment, the sum of the payment that has not
been paid for a reason that does not depend on the Company, and such a
deposit will be considered as settlement of that payment, and in the case
of settlement of all dues pursuant to the Debenture, as redemption of the
Debenture.
|
|
7.3
|
The
Trustee shall deposit in a bank the sums that will be transferred thereto
as stated in Section 7.2 above, to the credit of those Debenture Holders
and will invest it in investments permitted hereby that are securities of
he State of Israel or other securities that the laws of the State of
Israel permit investment of the trust money in, as the Trustee deems fit
and subject to the provisions of the law. Should the Trustee do so, it
will not owe the beneficiaries for sums other than the remuneration that
is received from realizing the investments less the expenses, commissions
and mandatory payments, if any that are related to the said investment in
managing the trust account less its
fee.
|
|
7.4
|
The
Trustee shall transfer to each Debenture Holder for which sums and/or
funds due to the Debenture Holders have been deposited with the Trustee,
out of sums thus deposited, less all expenses, commissions, the mandatory
payments and its fee, against presentation of the proof that is required
by the Trustee, to the full satisfaction
thereof.
|
|
7.5
|
The
Trustee shall keep these sums and invest them in the above mentioned
manner until one year elapses from the final redemption date of the
Debentures. After this date, the Trustee shall transfer to the Company
these sums, including profits that result from their investment, less its
expenses and other expenses incurred in accordance with the provisions of
this Deed of Trust (such as service provider fees, etc.) to the extent
that these remain in its possession on that date. The Company shall keep
these sums in trust for an additional year from the day of their transfer
thereto by the Trustee, for the Debenture Holders that are entitled to
those sums, and with regard to the sums that are transferred thereto by
the Trustee as stated above, the provisions of Section 7.3 of this Deed of
Trust will apply,
mutatis mutandis
. Upon
the transfer of the sums from the Trustee to the Company, to the
satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee shall be exempt from payment of
such sums to the entitled Debenture Holders. The Company shall approve to
the Trustee in writing the holding of the sums and the receipt thereof in
trust for the said Debenture Holders, and will indemnify the Trustee for
any claim and/or expense and/or damage of any type that it sustains due to
and for the said money transfer, as long as the Trustee has acted
reasonably. The Company shall keep these sums in trust for the Debenture
Holders that are entitled to these sums for an additional year from the
day of their transfer to it from the Trustee. Sums that are not demanded
|
|
8.1
|
The
Company shall keep and maintain in its registered office a Register of the
Debenture Holders, listing the names of the Debentures Holders, their
addresses and the number and par value of the Debentures registered to
their name. The register will also list any transfer of title to the
Debentures. The Trustee and any Debenture Holder will be entitled, at any
reasonable time, to review this Register. The Company is entitled to close
the Register from time to time or for a period or periods that do not
exceed an aggregate of thirty (30) days a
year.
|
|
8.2
|
The
Company will not be required to note in the Debenture Holder registers any
notice concerning explicit, implicit or putative Trust, or hypothecation
or pledging of any kind or any equity, claim or offset right or any other
right, concerning the Debentures. The Company shall only recognize the
ownership of the person whose name the Debentures are listed under, as
long as the legal heirs, administrators of estate or executors of the will
of the registered owner or any person who will be entitled to the
Debentures due to the bankruptcy of any registered owner (and in the case
of a corporation - due to the liquidation thereof) will be entitled to
register as the Holders thereof, after giving evidence that in the opinion
of the Company is satisfactory for proving the right of any of the above
to be registered as their Holder
thereof.
|
|
9.1
|
For
the Debentures that are listed to one Holder, one certificate will be
issued, or at its request, a number of certificates will be issued (the
certificates referred to in this section will be referred to hereinafter
as: the “
Certificates
”).
|
|
9.2
|
Each
Certificate may be split into certificates whose total principal equals
the sum of the par value of the Debentures that have been included in a
Certificate whose split has been requested, as long as the new Debenture
Certificates that are issued will be to par value sums in whole New
Israeli Shekels, in accordance with a split request that has been signed
by the registered owner of that Debenture Certificate, against the
provision of that Debenture Certificate to the Company at its registered
office for effecting the split. The split shall be made within seven (7)
days of the end of the month on which the Certificate along with its split
request were provided at the registered office of the Company. All of the
expenses and commissions involved in the split, including stamp tax and
other duties, if any, will apply to the party requesting the
split.
|
|
9.3
|
The
foregoing will apply accordingly to allocation letters, as long as they
have not been
|
|
9.4
|
The
Debentures may be transferred concerning any par value sum, as long as it
is in whole New Israeli Shekels. Any transfer of the Debentures that is
not performed through the trading system of the Stock Exchange will be
made out according to a transfer deed that is made out in a generally
accepted format for transferring shares, duly signed by the registered
owner or the legal representatives thereof, and by the transferee or the
legal representatives thereof, which will be delivered to the Company at
its registered office along with any other proof that is required by the
Company for proving the right of the transferor to their transfer and the
identity thereof. If any stamp tax or other mandatory payment applies to
the deed of transfer of the Debentures, the company will be given proof of
their payment by the requester of the transfer, which will be to the
satisfaction of the Company.
|
|
9.5
|
It
is clarified hereby that all of the expenses and commissions involved in
the transfer, including stamp tax and other mandatory payments and duties,
if any, will be borne by the party requesting the transfer only. The
Company shall be allowed to keep the deed of
transfer.
|
|
9.6
|
In
the case of a transfer of only part of the sum of the specified principal
of the Debentures in the Certificate, the Certificate will be split first
as specified in Section 9.2 above into a number of Debenture Certificates
as required thereby, in such a manner that the total sums of the principal
specified therein is equal to the sum of the specified principal of the
said Debenture Certificate.
|
|
9.7
|
After
fulfillment of all of the conditions stated above, the transfer will be
registered in the Register of the Debenture
Holders.
|
10.
|
Early
redemption
|
|
10.1
|
Early
redemption initiated by the Stock Exchange - In the event that the Stock
Exchange decides to delist from trade therein the Debentures in any of the
Series E through I in circulation by reason of the value of the Series
falling below the minimum amount stipulated in the Code and guidelines of
the Stock Exchange with respect to the delisting from trade therein and/or
in the event that the Stock Exchange decides to delist from trade therein
the Convertible Debentures in any of the Series 1 through 2 in circulation
by reason of the public’s holdings therein falling below the minimum
amount stipulated in the Code and guidelines of the Stock Exchange with
respect to the delisting from trade therein, the Company will not allow
such early redemption of the Series due to the delisting from trade as
aforesaid, unless otherwise notified by the Company in the Shelf Offer
Report under which the Series of Debentures is initially
issued.
|
|
10.1.1
|
Within
forty five (45) days of the decision of the Stock Exchange on the
delisting from trade therein, the Company will announce a date for the
early redemption, on which the Debenture Holder would be allowed to redeem
the Debentures. The announcement of the date of early redemption will be
published in two (2) widely distributed daily newspapers that are
published in Israel in Hebrew.
|
|
10.1.2
|
The
date of early redemption of the Debentures in Series E through I with
respect to which a delisting decision has been made as aforesaid, shall
not be earlier than seventeen (17) days from the date of publication of
the announcement or later than forty five (45) days of the said date, but
shall not fall in the period between the determinant date for the payment
of interest and the date of its actual
payment.
|
|
10.1.3
|
The
date of early redemption of the Convertible Debentures in Series 1 through
2 with respect to which a delisting decision has been made as aforesaid,
shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days from the date of publication of
the announcement or later than forty five (45) days of the said date, but
shall not fall in the period between the determinant date for the payment
of interest and the date of its actual
payment.
|
|
10.1.4
|
On
the date of early redemption, the Company will redeem the Debentures from
the Series in which the Holders have requested the redemption of the
Debentures, at their par value, with the addition of linkage differences,
if any, and the interest accrued on the principal, with the interest being
calculated in proportion to the period from the last date for which
interest has been paid to the aforesaid actual date of early redemption
(the calculation of interest for a part of a year will be based on a
365-day year).
|
|
10.1.5
|
The
scheduling of a date of early redemption, as above, does note derogate
from the redemption rights provided for in the Debentures of the same
Series, of any of the Debenture Holders that do not redeem them on the
date of early redemption as above, and in the case of Convertible
Debentures, does not derogate from the conversion rights provided for
therein, but the Debentures will be delisted from trade on the Stock
Exchange and shall be, inter alia, subject to the consequent tax
implications.
|
|
10.1.6
|
The
early redemption of the Debentures as aforesaid will not confer upon the
Holder of Debentures of the same Series redeemed as above the right to
receive
|
|
10.2
|
Early
redemption initiated by the Company - The Company will be allowed to call
for the early redemption of the Debentures in Series E through I and 1
through to 2 offered under the Offer Report in accordance with the Shelf
Prospectus, under the terms and according to the price, mechanism,
schedules and the other terms stipulated by the Code and guidelines of the
Stock Exchange prevailing at such time, as shall be determined in the
Initial Offer Report of the Debentures in the relevant
Series.
|
|
11.1
|
The
Company reserves the right to purchase at any time, within or without the
Stock Exchange, Debentures at any price of its choosing, without prejudice
to the obligation of repayment of the Debentures remaining in circulation
as specified above. The Debentures that will be purchased by the Company
will be cancelled and delisted from trade on the Stock Exchange, and the
Company will not be allowed to re-issue them. If the purchase of the
Debentures by the Company is carried out as part of the trade on the Stock
Exchange, the Company will apply to the Stock Exchange Clearing House to
withdraw the relevant Debenture
Certificates.
|
|
11.2
|
A
subsidiary of the Company and/or the controlling shareholder and/or
companies under the control of the controlling shareholder of the Company
(“Affiliated
Company”
) are allowed to purchase and/or sell from time to time
within or without the Stock Exchange, including by way of issuance by the
Company, Debentures at any price of their choosing and sell them
accordingly. The Debentures thus held by the allied corporation will be
considered as an asset of the affiliated company, and if they are listed
for trading, they will not be delisted from trade on the Stock Exchange
other than subject to the rules of the Stock
Exchange.
|
|
On
the matter of holding Meetings of Holders of Debentures, the provisions of
Section 2.19 of the second addendum to this Deed will
apply.
|
|
11.3
|
The
Company is allowed, at any
time and from time
to time, without needing the consent of the Debenture Holders or the
Trustee, to issue, including to an affiliated company, Debentures of a
different type and/or of different series and/or other securities, whether
secured or unsecured, whether granting a right of conversion into shares
of the Company or not granting such right, whether by public offering, by
a private placement or under a Shelf Offer Report or otherwise, under
terms of redemption, interest, linkage, discounting, repayment rate in the
case of liquidation and other conditions, as the Company sees fit, whether
they are preferable to the terms of the Debentures issued pursuant to the
Prospectus, equal to them or inferior to
them.
|
|
11.4
|
Without
derogating from the foregoing, the Company is allowed, at any time and
from
|
|
11.5
|
The
Company reserves the right to allocate the Debentures following an
expansion of the series at a different discount rate (higher or lower)
than the discount rate of the Debentures then in circulation (including
due to issuance at a price that reflects a different discount rate). The
discounted allocation of the Debentures originating from expansion of the
series of the Debentures at a rate exceeding the discount rate established
for the Debentures before the expansion may adversely affect the state of
the Debenture Holders.
|
|
11.6
|
The
provisions of this Section 11 above itself do not bind the Company or the
Debenture Holders to purchase Debentures or sell the Debentures in their
possession.
|
|
11.7
|
Wherever
the rules of the Stock Exchange apply or will apply to any action
according to this Deed of Trust, they will have preference over the
provisions hereof, and the dates of such an action will be determined in
accordance with the rules of the Stock
Exchange.
|
|
12.1
|
Subject
to the provisions
of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or that will
|
|
|
promulgated
thereby, the Trustee shall be allowed, from time to time and at any time,
if it is convinced that this does not in its opinion infringe upon the
rights of the Debenture Holders, to waive any violation or non-fulfillment
of any of the terms hereof by the Company, as long as these do not relate
to the terms of repayment of the Debentures and the grounds for calling
for immediate repayment as specified in Section 16
below.
|
|
12.2
|
Subject
to the provisions of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or that
will be promulgated thereby, the Trustee is allowed, whether before or
after the principal of the Debentures is called for immediate repayment,
to settle with the Company concerning any right or claim of the Debenture
Holders and agree with the Company to any arrangement concerning the
rights of the Debenture Holders, including waiving any right or claim of
the Debenture Holders towards the Company hereby. If the Trustee settles
with the Company after having received prior approval of the Debenture
Holders as stated above, the Trustee shall be exempt of liability for this
action, as approved by the general Meeting. The foregoing does not exempt
the Trustee from responsibility for its actions until the date of making a
decision of the Meeting of the Holders and/or its actions concerning its
application.
|
|
12.3
|
Subject
to the provisions of the Law and the regulations promulgated and/or to be
promulgated thereby, the Trustee and the Company may, whether before or
after the principal of the Debentures is called for immediate repayment,
change the Deed of Trust (including a change in the conditions of the
Debentures), if one of the following is
fulfilled:
|
|
12.3.1
|
The
Trustee is satisfied that the change does not adversely affect the
Debenture Holders.
|
|
12.3.2
|
The
Debenture Holders have agreed to the proposed change, by a special
decision as specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.10 of the second addendum
hereinafter.
|
|
12.4
|
The
Trustee shall be entitled, at the request of the Company from time to
time, to make changes in the Deed of Trust and/or in the Debentures, as
required by a Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any
other governmental authority, for the purpose of listing the Debentures
for trade on the Stock Exchange, as long as the Trustee is satisfied that
the change does not cause a material adverse effect to the Debenture
Holders.
|
|
12.5
|
The
Company will give the Debenture Holders a notice of any such change, in
accordance with Section 17 hereof, as soon as possible after its
execution.
|
|
12.6
|
The
general meetings as stated in this section above will be convened, as
stated in the
|
|
12.7
|
In
any case of use of the right of the Trustee in accordance with this
section above, the Trustee shall be entitled to demand that the Debenture
Holders give to it or to the Company their certificates, for noting a
comment concerning any such settlement, waiver, change or amendment and
according to the demand of the Trustee, the Company will note such a
comment in the certificates that are given to it. In any case of use of
the right of the Trustee pursuant to this section, the Trustee shall
announce this, within a reasonable time, in writing, to the Debenture
Holders.
|
13.
|
Meetings of Debenture
Holders
|
|
14.1
|
A
receipt from the
Debenture Holder for the sums of the principal, the interest and the
linkage differences that have been paid thereto by the Trustee for that
Debenture will release the Trustee categorically in all matters related to
payment of the sums stated on the
receipt.
|
|
14.2
|
Until
the end of the period specified in Section 7.5 above, a receipt from the
Trustee concerning the deposit of the sums of the principal, the interest
and the linkage differences in its possession to the benefit of the
Debenture Holders as stated in this Deed will be considered as a receipt
from the Debenture Holders for the sums specified
therein.
|
|
14.3
|
The
sums distributed as stated in Sections 7 and 14 hereof will be considered
as payment on the account of the repayment of the
Debentures.
|
15.
|
Replacement of
Debenture Certificates
|
16.
|
Immediate
Repayment
|
|
16.1
|
In
one or more of the events enumerated
below:
|
|
16.1.1
|
If
the Company does not repay any sum that is due from it connection to the
Debentures within 45 days of the maturity of that
sum.
|
|
16.1.2
|
If
a temporary liquidator has been appointed by a court, or if a valid
resolution has been adopted to liquidate the Company (other than
liquidation for merging with another company and/or restructuring of the
Company) and this appointment or resolution is not cancelled within 30
Business Days of being given.
|
|
16.1.3
|
If
an attachment is imposed on some or all of the material assets of the
Company and the attachment is not removed within 60
days.
|
|
16.1.4
|
An
execution action is carried out against a material asset of the Company,
in part or in full, and the action is not cancelled within 90
days.
|
|
16.1.5
|
If
a receiver is appointed for the Company and/or some or all of its material
assets, and the appointment is not cancelled within 90
days.
|
|
16.1.6
|
If
the Company ceases the payments of the Debentures and/or announces its
intent to cease the payments of the
Debentures.
|
|
16.1.7
|
If
the Company discontinues its business affairs or managing its business
affairs, as they are from time to time, and/or announces its intent to
cease in engaging in or managing its business affairs as shall be from
time to time.
|
|
16.1.8
|
If
another series of Debentures that the Company has issued is called for
immediate repayment other than according to a resolution of the
Company.
|
|
16.1.9
|
If
an order for staying of proceedings is given or if a motion has been filed
concerning the Company to make an arrangement with the creditors of the
Company pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law (other than for
merging with another company and/or restructuring of the Company) against
the Company and this order or motion is not cancelled within 90 days of
commencement thereof.
|
|
16.1.10
|
If
the Company is wound up or struck for any
reason.
|
|
16.1.11
|
A
fundamental breach of the terms of the Debentures and the Deed of Trust,
including if it is found that the undertakings of the Company in the
Debentures or herein are incorrect and/or incomplete, provided a notice
has been given to the Company to rectify the violation and the Company
does not correct such a violation within 14 Business Days of issue of the
notice, and provided that the payments to the Debenture Holders and/or the
rights thereof are infringed or may be infringed as a
result.
|
|
16.1.12
|
If
there is material concern that the Company will discontinue the payments
of the
|
|
16.1.13
|
In
the occurrence of any other event that constitutes material infringement
and/or may cause material infringement of the rights of the Debenture
Holders.
|
|
16.2
|
In
the occurrence of any of the events listed in Section 6.1 above, the
following provisions will apply:
|
|
16.2.1
|
(A)
|
In
the case of any of the events in Sections 16.1.1 to 16.1.10 (inclusive)
above, the Trustee will be required to call a Meeting of the Debenture
Holders;
or
|
|
(B)
|
In
the case of any of the events in Sections 16.1.11 to 16.1.13 (inclusive)
above, the Trustee will be allowed (but not required) to call a meeting of
the Debenture Holders, but the Trustee will be required to call a meeting
of Holders by a written request of Holders of at least ten percent (10%)
of the par value of the unsettled balance of the principal of the
Debentures in circulation, as specified in Section 1.1 of the second
addendum hereto.
|
|
16.2.2
|
The
date of convening the Meeting, which will be called in accordance with the
provisions of Section 16.2.1 A or B above, will be 30 days after the date
of its calling (or a shorter term in accordance with the provisions of
Section 16.2.5 below), whose agenda will have a resolution concerning
calling for immediate repayment the entire unsettled balance of the
Debentures, due to the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Section 16.1 above, as relevant.
|
|
16.2.3
|
In
the case that until the date of convening of the Meeting, none of the
events specified in Section 16.1 above has been canceled or removed, and
the Meeting of the Debenture Holders as stated resolve to call all of the
unsettled balance of the Debentures for immediate repayment as a Special
resolution (as defined in the second addendum hereto), the Trustee will be
required, within a reasonable time, to call all of the unsettled balance
of the Debentures for immediate repayment, as long as it has given the
Company at least 15 days written warning of its intent to do so and the
event for which the resolution was adopted has not been canceled or
removed within this period.
|
|
16.2.4
|
A
copy
of the
notice for calling the Meeting will be sent by the Trustee to the Company
as soon as the notice is published and will constitute advance written
warning to the Company of the intent to act to call the Debentures for
immediate repayment.
|
|
16.2.5
|
The
Trustee is entitled, at its discretion, to reduce the count of 30 days (in
Section 16.2.2 above) and/or the said 15 days of warning (in Section
16.2.3) in the case of the Trustee opining that any deferral in calling
the debt of the Company for repayment endangers the rights of the
Debenture Holders, but in any case the Trustee shall not do so without
first applying to the Company in writing 7 Business Days before the date
of the meeting, indicating the reasons for reducing the time, at the
discretion of the Trustee in the circumstances at
hand.
|
|
16.2.6
|
The
Trustee will be
responsible for reporting to the Debenture Holders of the occurrence of
any of the events specified in Sections 16.1.11 to 16.1.13 (inclusive)
above, whether pursuant to publications that the Company has made or
according to a notice of the Company that will be sent to it according to
the provisions of Section 17 below, soon after it being brought to its
attention or delivered to it.
|
17.
|
Notices
|
|
17.1
|
Any
notice from the Company and/or the Trustee to the Debenture Holders, as
relevant, shall be given as
follows:
|
|
17.1.1
|
By
reporting in the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority; the Trustee is
allowed to instruct the Company and the Company will be required to report
forthwith in the MAGNA system on behalf of the Trustee any report in the
format as forwarded in writing by the Trustee to the Company); and
by
|
|
17.1.2
|
A
notice that will be published in two widely distributed daily newspapers
that are published in Israel in
Hebrew;
|
|
Any
notice or demand from the Trustee to the Company may be given by a letter
that is sent by registered mail to the address stated herein, or to any
other address that the Company informs the Trustee of in writing, or by
transmission by facsimile or by courier and any such notice or demand will
be considered as having been received by the Company: (1) in the case of
sending by registered mail – three business days from the day of mailing
thereof; (2) in the case of transmission by facsimile (along with a
telephone check of receipt thereof) – one business day from the day of its
transmission; (3) and in the case of sending by courier – upon its
delivery by the courier to
|
|
17.2
|
Any
notice or
demand from the
Company to the Trustee may be given by a letter that is sent by registered
mail to the address stated herein, or to another address that the Trustee
informs the Company of in writing, or by transmission by facsimile or by
electronic mail (“
email
”) or by courier
and any such notice or demand will be considered as having been received
by the Trustee: (1) in the case of sending by registered mail – three
business days from the day of mailing thereof; (2) in the case of
transmission by facsimile or by email (along with a telephone check of
receipt thereof) or sending by courier – upon its delivery by the courier
to the addressee or the offering thereof to the addressee for receipt, as
relevant.
|
|
17.3
|
Copies
of notices and invitations that the Company gives to the Debenture Holders
will also be sent by the Company in an Immediate Report, a copy of which
will be given to the Trustee.
|
|
Cellcom
Israel Ltd.
|
|
Second
Addendum
|
|
Meetings
of the Debenture Holders
|
1.
|
Calling
of Meetings of the Debenture
Holders:
|
|
1.1
|
The
Trustee or the Company may call a Meeting of the Debenture Holders. If the
Trustee and/or the Company calls such a Meeting, they must send
immediately a written notice to the Trustee and/or the Company, as
relevant, regarding the site, the day and the time on which the Meeting
will be held and on the matters to be brought for discussion therein, and
the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, or a representative
thereof, will be entitled to participate in such a Meeting without them
having a voting right. The Company will be required to call a general
meeting by written request of the Trustee or of the Debenture Holders
holding at least ten percent 10%) of the unsettled balance of the
principal of the Debentures in circulation, as relevant. The Trustee shall
be required to call such a Meeting, at the written request of the Holders
of at least ten percent (10%) of the par value of the unsettled balance of
the principal of the Debentures in circulation. If the parties asking to
call the Meeting are the Debenture Holders, the Company and/or the
Trustee, as relevant, are entitled to demand from the requesting parties
indemnification for the reasonable expenses involved
therein.
|
|
1.2
|
Fourteen
(14) days advance notice will be given of each Meeting of the Debenture
Holders, which will elaborate the place, the day and the time of the
Meeting, and will indicate in general the subjects that will be discussed
in the meeting. The Trustee is allowed, at its discretion, to shorten the
duration of the advance notice if it sees that a deferral in calling the
Meeting will cause infringement of the rights of the Debenture
Holders.
|
|
1.3
|
In
case of the purpose of the Meeting being a discussion and adopting a
special resolution as defined in Section 2.4 and 2.10 of this addendum
hereinafter, the notice will elaborate, in addition to the foregoing, the
principle of the proposed decision. No resolution that has been duly
adopted in a Meeting thus called will be disqualified if notice is not
given, erroneously to all of the Debenture Holders, or if such notice has
not been received by all of the Debenture
Holders.
|
|
1.4
|
Any
such notice from the Company and/or the Trustee to the Debenture Holders
will be given by a notice that is published in two (2) widely distributed
daily newspapers
|
2.
|
Meetings
of the Debenture Holders:
|
|
2.1
|
The
chairman of the Meeting will be a person who will be appointed by the
Trustee. If the Trustee has not appointed a chairman or he is absent from
the Meeting for half an hour from the determinant time for holding the
Meeting, the attending Debenture Holders will choose a chairmen from among
their number.
|
|
2.2
|
A
Meeting of the Debenture Holders will be opened after it is proved that
there is the legal quorum for starting the discussion
present.
|
|
2.3
|
Subject
to the legal quorum that is required in a Meeting that is convened for
adopting a special resolution, and subject to the legal quorum that is
required for the dismissal of a trustee pursuant to the Securities Law,
two Debenture Holders who are attending by themselves or by proxy and
together holding or representing at least a tenth (1/10) of the unsettled
balance of the Debentures in circulation at that time will constitute a
legal quorum.
|
|
2.4
|
A
special resolution of the Debenture Holder Meeting will be required on the
following issues (
“Special
Resolution”
):
|
|
2.4.1
|
A
change and/or amendment to the Deed of Trust, in the case of this
requiring a resolution of a general Meeting pursuant to the Deed of
Trust
|
|
2.4.2
|
Any
amendment, change and/or arrangement of rights of the Debenture Holders,
whether these rights result from the Debenture, the Deed of Trust or
otherwise, or any settlement or waiver concerning these rights, in the
case of a decision of a general meeting being required for this purpose
pursuant to the Deed of Trust.
|
|
2.4.3
|
Calling
the Debentures for immediate repayment, in accordance with the terms of
the Deed of Trust.
|
|
2.5
|
In
a meeting that is called for adopting a Special Resolution a legal quorum
will be constituted – if Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the
unsettled balance of the Debentures in circulation at that time are
present in the general meeting, or in a deferred meeting, if Holders of at
least ten percent (10%) of the said balance are
present.
|
|
2.6
|
If
within an half an hour of the time set for starting a Meeting, no legal
quorum is present, the Meeting will be deferred to the same day in the
following week (and in the case of this day not being a Business Day to
the Business Day immediately following
|
|
|
it)
to the same place and time, without there being a duty to announce this to
the Debenture Holders, or to another day, place and time, as chosen by the
inviting party, which it will announce to the Debenture Holders at least
three (3) days in advance. If no legal quorum is found in a Meeting thus
deferred, half an hour after the time established for starting the
Meeting, two (2) Debenture Holders attending by themselves or by proxy,
regardless of the par value held thereby, will constitute a legal quorum,
and other than the legal quorum required for adopting a special
resolution, provided that the instruction determining the legal quorum as
above is published within the notice of the original Meeting, provided
that the notice to the Debenture Holders of the holding of the deferred
Meeting is announced in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.4
hereto above, by no later than seven (7) days before the date of holding
the deferred Meeting. Such a notice may be published within the notice of
the original meeting (the general Meeting that was
deferred).
|
|
2.7
|
Other
than the foregoing, a Debenture Holder will not be entitled to receive any
notice of a deferred Meeting and/or of matters that will be discussed in
the deferred Meeting. Only matters that may be discussed in a Meeting will
be discussed in a deferred Meeting.
|
|
2.8
|
With
the consent of a majority in a Meeting in which a legal quorum has
attended, the chairman is allowed, and at the demand of the Meeting is
compelled, to defer the continuation of the Meeting from time to time and
from place to place, as the Meeting decides. If the continuation of the
Meeting is deferred by ten (10) days or more, a notice of the continued
Meeting will be given by way of publishing an immediate report in the
MAGNA system only.
|
|
2.9
|
In
the vote, each Holder who is present in person or by proxy will have one
vote for each NIS 1 par value of the total specified unpaid principal of
the Debentures by which he may
vote.
|
|
2.10
|
Each
resolution will be adopted by a counting of votes. The majority that is
required for a regular resolution is a regular majority of the number of
votes represented in the vote of the Meeting (except abstainers). The
majority that is required for a Special resolution in such a Meeting is a
majority of not less than 75% of the number of votes represented in such a
vote (except abstainers).
|
|
2.11
|
An
appointment letter that appoints a proxy will be in writing and will be
signed by the appointer or by the proxy thereof who is duly authorized to
do so in writing. If the appointer is a corporation, the appointment will
be made in writing and will be signed by the stamp of the corporation,
along with the signature of the secretary of the corporation or the
advocate of the corporation who has the authority to do so. The
appointment letter of a proxy will be made out in any generally accepted
form. A proxy
|
|
|
is
not required to be a Debenture Holder by himself. The appointment letter
and the power of attorney or the other certificate by which the
appointment letter is made out or an approved copy of such a power of
attorney will be deposited in the registered office of the Company or at
another address that the Company announces not less than forty eight (48)
hours before the time of the Meeting for which the power of attorney has
been given, unless otherwise determined in the notice calling the Meeting.
The appointment letter will also be valid concerning any deferred Meeting
of a Meeting that the appointment letter relates to, unless stated
otherwise in the appointment letter. A vote that is made in accordance
with the terms in the document appointing a proxy will also be valid if
the appointer has passed away or been declared legally incompetent or if
the appointment letter is cancelled or the Debenture that the vote has
been given for is transferred prior to the vote, unless a written notice
of the death, decisions of legal incompetence, cancellation or transfer,
as relevant, received at the registered office of the Company before the
Meeting.
|
|
2.12
|
Any
corporation that owns a Debenture may, by duly signed written
authorization, empower a person as it deems fit to act as its
representative in any Meeting of the Debenture Holders, and the person who
has been authorized will be allowed to act on behalf of the corporation
that he represents.
|
|
2.13
|
Any
proposal for a resolution that is put to the vote in a Meeting of Holders
will be decided by a show of hands, unless a vote using a ballot box is
demanded by the chairman or by at least two (2) Debenture Holders, who are
present by themselves or by their proxy, whether a vote was made
previously with a raise of hands or thereafter and the vote by ballot box
will prevail. In the case of joint Holders, only the vote of the more
senior Holder wishing to vote will be accepted, whether by himself or by
his proxy, for which purpose seniority will be determined by the order in
which the names are listed in the Register of
Holders.
|
|
2.14
|
The
Trustee shall not have a right to vote in a Meeting of the Debenture
Holder.
|
|
2.15
|
In
a vote, a Debenture Holder or the proxy thereof is allowed to vote with
some of its votes in favor of a proposal that is being discussed, and with
some against the proposal, as it deems
fit.
|
|
2.16
|
Declaration
of the chairman of the Meeting concerning adopting or rejecting a
resolution and recording of this matter in the minutes book will serve as
prima facie
evidence of this fact.
|
|
2.17
|
The
chairman of the meeting will have a minute of the Meeting of the Debenture
Holders prepared which shall be written in the book of minutes. Each such
minutes will be signed by the chairman of the meeting or by the chairman
of the Meeting held
|
|
|
thereafter,
and all minutes thus signed will serve as conclusive testimony of the
proceedings in the Meeting, and as long as it is not proved otherwise, any
resolution adopted in such a Meeting will be considered as having been
duly adopted.
|
|
2.18
|
A
person or persons who are appointed by the Trustee, the secretary of the
Company and any other person or persons authorized by the Company will be
allowed to be present in Meetings of the Debenture Holders without a
voting right. In case that, at the discretion of the Trustee, part of the
meeting requires a discussion without the presence of the Company or
anyone acting on its behalf, then that part of the discussion will be held
without the participation of the Company or anyone acting on its
behalf.
|
|
2.19
|
Debentures
held by an Affiliated Company will not grant their Holders a voting right
in the general meeting of the Debenture Holders, but they will be
considered for determining the legal quorum in the general meeting, except
Debentures that will be held by an Affiliated Company that is an investor
that is one of the investors listed in the first addendum to the
Securities Law (concerning Section 15A(B)(1) of the Law) that is not
investing for itself (an "Affiliated Institutional Investor”), which will
grant voting rights in a meeting of the Debenture Holders. At the time of
holding the Meeting of the Debenture Holders, the Trustee shall check for
conflicting interests among the Debenture Holders in accordance with the
circumstances at hand and the need for calling Class Meetings in cases in
which there are differing interests among the Debenture Holders, in
accordance with the circumstances at hand. The Company and the Trustee
shall act to call Class Meetings of the Debenture Holders in accordance
with the provisions of the law, the provisions of the Securities Law and
the Regulations and promulgated there under. In the case of holding Class
Meetings, approval of a resolution requires approval in each of the Class
Meetings that are called, and in the Meeting of all of the Holders
Debentures, with the majority that is required by the provisions of the
Deed of Trust and the appendices thereof. At the decision of the Trustee,
a certain class of interest holders may not be invited and their consent
will not be required for the passing of a certain
resolution.
|
TRANSLATION
FROM HEBREW
THE
BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
33.
|
Supervision
of Setup Works
|
40
|
34.
|
Correction
of Deficiencies and Defects
|
40
|
35.
|
Safety
Precautions and Prevention of Hazards
|
41
|
36.
|
Void.
|
41
|
37.
|
Intersections
with Electricity and Telecommunications Lines
|
41
|
38.
|
Discovery
of Antiquities and Site Preservation
|
41
|
39.
|
Land-Related
Powers
|
41
|
Part
B: Equipment Checks and Installation Certifications
|
43
|
|
40.
|
Compliance
Check
|
43
|
41.
|
Responsibility
for Compliance
|
43
|
42.
|
Performance
Testing Program and Its Approval
|
43
|
43.
|
Notice
of Setup Completion
|
43
|
44.
|
Terms
of Fitness and Operation
|
43
|
Part
C: Use of Frequencies
|
45
|
|
45.
|
Allocation
of Frequencies
|
45
|
46.
|
Restriction
on Use of Frequencies
|
45
|
47.
|
Prevention
of Interferences
|
45
|
48.
|
Cellphone
Activity in Emergencies
|
46
|
Part
D: Inspections and Maintenance
A43)
|
48
|
|
49.
|
Definitions
|
48
|
50.
|
Performance
of Inspections
|
48
|
51.
|
Inspections,
Malfunctions and Maintenance Log
|
48
|
52.
|
Repair
of Deficiencies and Defects
|
49
|
Chapter
E: Providing Cellular Services to Subscribers
|
50
|
|
Part
A: Entering into an Agreement with Subscribers
|
50
|
|
55.
A43)
|
The
Contract
|
50
|
56.
A43)
|
Modification
of Contract
|
51
|
59.
|
Obligation
of Connecting Applicants and Prohibition on
Stipulation
|
52
|
Part
B: Service Level for Subscribers
|
53
|
|
60.
|
Obligation
of Maintaining the Service
|
53
|
62.
|
Obligation
of Maintenance
|
54
|
63.
|
Repair
of Malfunctions
|
55
|
64.
|
End-user
equipment – Selling and Renting
|
55
|
65.
|
Public
Emergency Services
|
56
|
65A
|
Blocking
Service to a Nuisance Subscriber
|
57
|
66.
|
Protecting
Subscriber Privacy
|
59
|
66A.
|
Special
Services for the Security Forces
|
59
|
66B.
|
Security
Provisions
|
60
|
67.
|
Bills
to Subscribers
|
60
|
67A.
|
Information
Service for Clarifying Telephone Numbers
|
62
|
67B.
43
|
Void.
|
64
|
67C.
|
Service
Dossier
|
64
|
67D.
|
Erotic
Service
|
66
|
Part
C: Termination, Delay or Restriction of Service
|
67
|
|
68.
|
Definitions
|
67
|
69.
|
Prohibition
on the Termination or Disconnection of Service
|
67
|
70.
|
Disconnection
of Service at Subscriber's Request
|
67
|
71.
|
Termination
of Service at the Subscriber's Request
|
67
|
72.
|
Termination
or Disconnection of Service Due to Breach of
Agreement
|
71
|
73.
|
Disconnection
of Service Due to Maintenance Operations
|
75
|
CHAPTER
F – PAYMENT FOR SERVICES
|
76
|
|
Part
A – General
|
76
|
73A.
|
Definitions
|
76
|
74.
|
Payment
Categories
|
76
|
Part
B – Setting and Publication of Rates
|
78
|
|
75.
|
Setting
the Rates and Their Amount
|
78
|
75A.
|
Completion
of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications
Network
|
81
|
75B.
|
Completion
of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications
Network
|
81
|
75C.
|
Temporary
Order
|
81
|
76.
|
Publication
of Rates
|
82
|
77.
|
Void
A43)
|
82
|
77A.
|
Fraud
Prevention
|
82
|
Part
C – Changes in the Rates
|
83
|
|
78.
A43)
|
Change
in the Rates
|
83
|
79.
|
Start
of an Increase or Reduction in a Rate
|
83
|
80.
|
Arrears
in Payment
|
83
|
Part
D – Miscellaneous
|
84
|
|
81.
|
Onetime
Debit for Connection Fee
|
84
|
82.
|
Collection
of Subscription Fee in Installments
|
84
|
83.
|
Harm
to Competition or to Consumers
|
84
|
CHAPTER
G: PAYMENTS FROM THE LICENSEE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE AND
GUARANTEE
|
85
|
|
Part
A – Royalties and Payments
|
85
|
|
84.
|
Royalties
|
85
|
85.
|
Arrears
in the Payment of Royalties
|
85
|
86.
|
Payment
Method
|
85
|
87.
|
Other
Mandatory Payments
|
85
|
Part
B – Liability and Insurance
|
86
|
|
88.
|
Definition
of Scope of Insurance
|
86
|
89.
|
Licensee’s
Liability
|
86
|
90.
|
Immunity
from Liability
|
86
|
91.
|
Making
an Insurance Contract
|
86
|
92.
|
Conditions
in the Insurance Contract
|
88
|
93.
|
Remedy
for Breach of Conditions with Respect to Insurance
|
88
|
Part
C – Guarantee to Secure Fulfillment of the Terms of the
License
|
89
|
|
94.
|
The
Guarantee and Its Purpose
|
89
|
95.
|
Exercise
of the Guarantee
|
89
|
96.
|
Manner
of Exercise of the Guarantee
|
90
|
97.
|
Term
of Validity of the Guarantee
|
90
|
98.
|
Preservation
of Remedies
|
92
|
CHAPTER
EIGHT – SUPERVISION AND REPORTING
|
93
|
|
Part
A: Supervision of Licensee’s Activities
|
93
|
|
99.
|
Supervisory
Power
|
93
|
100.
|
Preservation
of Confidentiality
|
93
|
101.
|
Entry
to Premises and Inspection of Documents
|
93
|
102.
|
Cooperation
|
93
|
Part
B: Reporting and Correction of Defects
|
94
|
|
103.
A43)
|
Duty
of Submission of Reports
|
94
|
104.
A43)
|
Types
of Reports
|
94
|
105.
A43)
|
Notice
Concerning a Defect
|
96
|
106.
A43)
|
Void.
|
96
|
CHAPTER
I – MISCELLANEOUS
|
97
|
|
107.
|
The
License as an Exhaustive Document
|
97
|
108.
|
Keeping
the License Document and Returning the License
|
97
|
109.
|
Postponement
of Deadline
|
97
|
110.
|
Reserving
of Liability
|
98
|
111.
|
Notices
|
98
|
First
Schedule
|
1
|
|
Second
Schedule – List of Appendices
|
2
|
|
Appendix
D – Uniform Engagement Agreement – Not Attached
|
1
|
|
Appendix
J –Accessibility to International Telecommunications
Services
|
1
|
|
Appendix
K – Discontinuation of Service to Cellular End-User Equipment of the IS-54
type
|
1
|
|
Appendix
O – Erotic Services
|
1
|
1.1
|
In
this License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed
next to them, unless another meaning is evident from the written language
or its context.
|
"
Type Approval"
|
-
|
Approval
given by the Minister pursuant to the Law and the Ordinance to a cellular
end-equipment model.
|
"Means
of Control"
|
-
|
In
a corporation – any one of the following:
(1)
the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity
corresponding thereto in another corporation;
(2)
the right to appoint a director or CEO;
(3)
the right to participate in the profits of the
corporation;
(4)
the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation
after payment of its debts on liquidation.
|
"Telecommunications"
|
-
|
Broadcast,
transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material, visual forms,
sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other
electromagnetic systems;
|
"Franchisee"
A16
|
-
|
As
defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law;
|
"Interested
Party"
|
-
|
Anyone
holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of the Means of
Control;
|
"Licensee"
|
-
|
Anyone
to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general or special
license;
A16
|
"General Licensee"
A16
|
-
|
Anyone
who has received a general license for implementing the Telecommunications
operations and providing Telecommunications services;
|
"Broadcasting Licensee"
A16
|
-
|
As
defined in the Law;
|
"Accessibility
Fees"
|
-
|
Payment
for the use of another Telecommunications system, including for
connection, transmission and collection;
|
"Technical
Requirements and Service Quality"
|
-
|
Standards
of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications
facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance,
all according to the engineering plan as the Director will order from time
to time relating to the services of the Licensee
|
“Contract”
A43
|
-
|
Contract
between the Licensee and a Subscriber, for the provision of all or any of
the services of the Licensee;
|
the
"Proposal"
|
-
|
The
Licensee’s Proposal in the Tender;
|
the
"Bezeq Corp."
|
-
|
Bezeq
Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.;
|
the
“Law"
|
-
|
The
Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 – 1982;
A16
|
"Holding"
A16
|
-
|
For
the purpose of Means of Control – directly or indirectly, whether alone or
in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or
agent, or through a right granted under an agreement, including an option
for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or in any
other way;
|
"Transfer"
A16
|
-
|
For
the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly,
whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity
or for a period, all at once or in parts;
|
"In Concert With
Others"
A16
|
-
|
Permanent
collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent collaborators
will be deemed – the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one
of them controls and, with regard to a corporation – the corporation,
anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of
them;
|
"Security
Forces"
|
-
|
The
Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and
the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special
Operations;
|
"Index"
|
-
|
The
Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics from
time to time, or any other index that may replace it;
|
“Cellular
Radio Center"
|
-
|
A
wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and used for
creating a radio connection between cellular end-equipment units in the
possession of the subscribers in its coverage area and the cellular
switchboard;
|
"Interface"
|
-
|
The
physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications units,
including by optical or wireless means;
A16
|
"Telecommunications
Facility"
|
-
|
A
facility or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes,
including end-equipment;
A16
|
"Tender No. 1/01"
A16
|
-
|
A
tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28, 2001),
including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the
Tender, as a result of which this License was amended;
|
the
"Tender"
|
-
|
Tender
No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11, 1993, including
clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a
result of which this License is granted;
|
the
"Director"
|
-
|
The
Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone authorized by
him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in
part;
|
"Subscriber"
A43
|
-
|
Anyone
who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose of
receiving cellular services as an end user;
|
"Dormant
subscriber"
T
48)
|
A
subscriber in respect of which all of the conditions set out below are
fulfilled:
(a)
He did not receive or use cellular services
|
"Cellular
End-User Equipment"
|
-
|
Portable
or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected or designated for
connection to a Cellular System by means of a cellular radio
center.
|
"Interconnection"
A16
|
-
|
Connection
between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee to a Public
Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically,
that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications messages between
Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee
to the subscribers of the other Licensee;
|
"Relative"
|
-
|
Spouse,
parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their
spouses;
|
the
"License"
|
-
|
This
License, with all its Appendices and any other document or condition
stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the
License or its conditions;
|
the “Network"
A16
|
-
|
The
Cellular System of the Licensee;
|
the
“Minister"
|
-
|
The
Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his
authority with regard to this License, in whole or in
part;
|
"Public
Telecommunications Network"
|
-
|
A
system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for the
provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout
Israel or at least in the area of service, including Coordinators or
Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including
a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications system, except
for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular
End-Equipment;
|
"Public
Telecommunications Landline Network"
|
-
|
A
domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular System
and an international Telecommunications network;
|
"Access Network"
A16
|
-
|
Components
of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used for connection
between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure,
wireless infrastructure or a combination of the two;
|
"Bezeq
Network"
|
-
|
The
Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision of its
services under the general license granted to it and the other
Telecommunications services provided under the Law, whether by Bezeq or by
any other person;
|
"Use"
A16
|
-
|
Access
to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including to the public
Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and
the possibility of using them for the purpose of conducting
Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by
means thereof, including the installation of a Telecommunications Facility
of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the
Licensee
|
"Telecommunications
Service"
|
-
|
The
performance of Telecommunications operations for
others;
|
"Basic
Telephone Service"
|
-
|
Two-way
switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech or of
speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile
signals;
|
"Telephony Service"
A16
|
-
|
Basic
telephone service and services related to this
service;
|
"International
Telephone Service (ITMS)"
|
-
|
A
telephone service by means of the international system of a Licensee for
the provision of international services;
|
"Roaming Service"
A16
|
-
|
A
cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian control of
the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular
operator (hereinafter – Foreign Operator), whereby the Subscriber pays the
Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a cellular service provided in
Israel via the Cellular System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee
provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that
operator; in this regard,
the "Palestinian
Council
" – as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim
Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers
and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756 – 1998
[sic];
|
"Related
Service"
|
-
|
A
service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided on the
basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be
provided by the supplier of the basic service;
|
"
Value Added
Service"
A16
|
-
|
A
service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service, which, by
its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is
not the supplier of the basic service; with regard to the services of the
Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to
the License;
|
"infrastructure
Service"
|
-
|
An
Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee, to a
Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee;
A16
|
"Domestic Telecommunications
Landline Service"
A16
|
-
|
Infrastructure,
transmissions, communication of data and landline
telephony;
|
"Licensee
Services"
|
-
|
Cellular
services, Telecommunications Services and other services which the
Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its
Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees, to Franchisees
and to the Security Forces;
A16
|
"Cellular
Services"
|
-
|
Telecommunications
services provided by means of the Cellular System;
|
"Control"
|
-
|
The
ability to direct a corporation's activity, directly or indirectly,
including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue
of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue of a Holding in the
Means of Control in another corporation - or from any other source, except
for ability deriving solely from fulfilling the position of director or
other position in the corporation;
|
"the
Minister"
|
-
|
The
Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his
authority with regard to this License, in whole or in
part;
|
"Engineering
Plan"
|
-
|
An
engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including any
change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached
to the license as Appendix B;
|
"Numbering Plan"
A16
|
-
|
As
defined in Section 5A(B) of the
Law;
|
1.2
|
Other
words and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in
Clause 1.1, will have the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance,
in the regulations enacted thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 –
1981, or as set forth in the relevant places in the License, unless
another meaning is implied by the written language or its
context.
|
4.1
|
In
everything pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance
of the Cellular System and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the
Licensee will act in accordance with the provisions of any law and,
without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will ensure compliance
with the following:
|
|
(1)
|
the
provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated
thereunder;
|
|
(2)
|
the
provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations
promulgated thereunder;
|
|
(3)
|
administrative
provisions;
|
|
(4)
|
international
Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a
party;
|
|
(5)
|
any
other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even
if they go into effect after the License is
granted.
|
4.2
|
The
Licensee will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1
as these will be in force from time to time during the license period,
including the remedies for the breach thereof, and they will be deemed an
integral part of the License
conditions.
|
5.1
|
The
granting of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation
to obtain, with regard to execution of the License, any license, permit,
approval, or consent pursuant to any other
law.
|
7.1
|
Pursuant
to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof,
the Licensee is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a
Cellular System and, through it, to provide cellular Services to the
Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned generality, the
Licensee is entitled to do the
following:
|
|
(1)
|
to
set up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to
connect them to cellular switchboards, and to connect between cellular
switchboards, by means of cable and wireless transmission
channels;
|
|
(2)
|
To
connect the cellular System to the Public Telecommunications Network of
Bezeq;
|
|
(3)
|
To
connect the cellular System to the international Telecommunications
system;
|
|
(4)
|
To
connect its cellular System to another cellular
System;
|
|
(5)
|
To
contract with Subscribers for the purpose of providing cellular
Services;
|
|
(6)
|
To
provide Subscribers with cellular End-User
Equipment;
|
|
(7)
|
To
connect Subscribers to the cellular System and provide cellular Services
and other services pursuant to this
License;
|
|
(8)
|
To
provide Subscribers with the following
services:
|
|
(A)
|
Basic
mobile wireless telephone service;
|
|
(B)
|
Related
services as set forth in the first
addendum;
|
|
(C)
|
Roaming
service;
A16
|
|
(D)
|
Any
other cellular service permitted pursuant to this License.
A16
|
7.2
|
The
Licensee will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other
Telecommunications Service that is not explicitly permitted within the
context of this License.
|
8.1
|
The
Licensee will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its
services.
|
8.2
|
The
Minister is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional
operators for the provision of cellular
Services.
|
8.3
|
Should
the Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the
Licensee will be entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the
Minister will be entitled to determine as part of the conditions of such a
tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the receipt of a license will
be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular System
to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined
thereby, and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means
thereof.
|
9.1
|
This
License is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the
granting of the License (hereinafter – the License
Period).
|
9.2
|
The
License Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with
that stated in Clause 10 (hereinafter – the Additional
Period).
|
9.3
|
This
License may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in
accordance with that stated in Clause
11.
|
9.4
|
During
the License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License,
the License will be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to
Clauses 13 to 15 with regard to change, restriction, suspension or
cancellation of the License.
|
9.5
A15
|
Notwithstanding
the aforesaid
A16
,
in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee
winning Tender No. 1/01, this License will be valid for a period of twenty
(20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1,
2002).
|
10.1
|
The
Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the
License Period for additional six years, if, after he has examined the
following:
|
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the
regulations thereunder and the provisions of the
License;
|
|
(B)
|
The
Licensee has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and
quality of the cellular Services and to update the technology of the
cellular System and its activities did not include an act or omission that
would impair or restrict competition in the cellular
sector;
|
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high
level and that it is able to make the investments required for the
technological updating of the cellular System and for improving the scope,
availability and quality of the cellular
Services.
|
10.2
|
The
Licensee must submit its request for an extension of the License Period
during the forty-five days prior to the period of eighteen months
preceding the end of the License
Period.
|
10.3
|
The
Licensee must attach the following to its
request:
|
|
(A)
|
A
report summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted
pursuant to this License between the date of commencement of the License
and the date of submission of its
request;
|
|
(B)
|
Comparison
of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding
year and explanations of unusual changes in the
data;
|
|
(C)
|
Review
of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to
improve the quality, scope and availability of the Cellular Services and
to develop and update the Cellular System
technology.
|
10.4
|
The
summary report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise
details and be prepared in the form of an
affidavit.
|
10.5
|
For
the purpose of examining the Licensee’s request to extend the License
Period, the Minister is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish,
during the period and in the manner that he will determine, any
information or document and, without derogating from the generality of
that stated, the Minister is entitled
-
|
|
(A)
|
To
require the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the
purpose of verifying the details therein, to complete the report or to
furnish any additional detail that is not included
therein;
|
|
(B)
|
To
summon the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to
present documents that are in its possession or under its control,
relating to the data in the report;
|
|
(C)
|
To
require the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its
plans for the technological update of the Cellular System during the
Additional Period;
|
10.6
|
The
Licensee must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause
10.5; if the Licensee is required to appear before the Minister, the
chairman of the board of directors of the company holding the License or
the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in writing, will
appear;
|
10.7
|
If
the Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as
stated in Clause 10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to
extend the validity of the License.
|
10.8
|
The
Minister will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request
for extending the validity of the License no later than a year before the
end of the License Period.
|
10.9
|
The
Additional Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including
any change therein.
|
10.10
|
The
provisions of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply,
mutatis mutandis
, to
data furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his
behalf, pursuant to the provisions of Clause
10.
|
11.1
|
At
the end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is
entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or
more Additional Periods of six years, as will be
determined.
|
11.2
|
The
Licensee will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the
forty-five days prior to the eighteen months preceding of the end of the
License Period or the Additional
Period.
|
11.3
|
The
Minister will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date
of receiving its request for renewal of the License, whether he intends to
take the measures and institute the proceedings required to renew the
License, or a tender will be conducted for the services under this
License.
|
12.1
|
If
the License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5
A16
or the Additional Period pursuant to Clause 10.1 or the License Period
after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and the License is not
extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the Licensee
to continue to operate the Cellular System for a period to be
determined (hereinafter - the Period for Terminating the Service) until a
license is duly granted to another for the provision of services pursuant
to this License (hereinafter – Alternate Licensee), and the procedures for
transferring the system thereunder are completed, or until a license is
duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period
for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on
which the License expires.
|
12.2
|
During
the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from
the date on which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the
Licensee and the Alternate Licensee will negotiate for the purpose of
purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value and assigning the
rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if said
Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will
be determined by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be
appointed by the Chairman of the Institute of Certified Public
Accountants.
|
13.1
|
The
Minister is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License
conditions if he is convinced that one of the following
exists:
|
|
(A)
|
A
change has occurred in the extent of the License applicant’s suitability
to perform the actions and services that are the subject of the
License;
|
|
(B)
|
Subject
to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure
competition in the telecommunications
area;
|
|
(C)
|
A
change is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided
thereunder;
|
|
(D)
|
Changes
that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in
the license;
|
13.2
|
The
Minister is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services,
if he is convinced that a change has occurred in one or more of the
components of the costs, which represent a basis for calculating the
rates.
|
13.3
|
The
Minister will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and
13.2 after the Licensee has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice
its claims.
|
14.1
|
The
Minister is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period,
if one or more of the causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or
in one of the following cases:
|
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must
be disclosed or it furnished inaccurate
information;
|
(B)
A2
|
If
the Licensee refuses to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his
behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which
it was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license
or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister or someone
acting on his behalf with false
information;
|
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or
the regulations thereunder;
|
|
(D)
|
The
Licensee committed a material breach of the License conditions and,
without derogating from the generality of that stated, including the
following:
|
|
(1)
|
The
Licensee is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the
maximum rates prescribed in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant
to any law;
|
|
(2)
|
The
Licensee is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements
prescribed in this license;
|
|
(3)
|
The
Licensee did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to
the operation of digital technology in the cellular
System;
|
|
(E)
|
The
Licensee did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set
forth in the License or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one
of the services;
|
|
(1)
|
The
Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in
Israel;
|
|
(2)
|
Residents
and citizens of Israel no longer hold, directly or indirectly, at least
20% of all of the Means of Control in the Franchisee; in this clause –
"Citizen of Israel" – as defined in the Citizenship Law, 5712 – 1952;
"Resident" – as defined in the Population Registry Law, 5735 –
1965;
|
|
(3)
|
A
majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and
residents of Israel;
|
|
(4)
|
The
manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous
crime and continues to serve in his
position;
|
|
(5)
|
The
joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the
Licensee company, together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined
to under US $200 million; in this matter, a shareholder holding less than
10% of the right to the company's earnings will not be taken into
account.
|
|
(6)
|
Before
5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of
the cellular operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in
the general meeting or of the right to appoint a director or CEO in the
Licensee company;
|
|
(7)
|
Subject
to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the
Licensee company or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control
in the Licensee company, holds, directly or indirectly, more than one per
cent (5%) of the Means of Control in Bezeq
A2
,
Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a
competing corporation.
|
|
(8)
|
If
one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee
company, which is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or
pension fund;
|
|
-
|
it
holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a
competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the
Minister;
|
|
-
|
it
holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a
competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and,
additionally, it is a controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control
in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its
behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is
required to do so under law;
|
|
-
|
it
holds, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any Means of Control in a
competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up
to 10% of said Means of Control;
|
|
(G)
|
Void
A2
|
|
(H)
|
If
an act or omission in the Licensee’s operations impaired or restricted
competition in the cellular sector;
|
|
(I)
|
A
receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and
an order was given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary
liquidation;
|
|
(J)
|
Void
A2)
|
14.1.1
A2
|
For
the purposes of sub-clause 14.1(E
A2
), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected
after the Director was provided with prior written notification of the
reasons and approved by the Director, will not be considered
deemed an improper unlawful cessation, restriction or delay of
service.
|
14.2
|
If
the Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of
invalidity does not necessitate cancellation of the License, the Minister
will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity to rectify the act or omission
constituting a cause for
cancellation.
|
14.3
|
The
Minister will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel
the license, will state in the notice the cause in question, and will
allow the Licensee to voice its claims relating to the cause for
cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the circumstances,
within the period set forth in the
notice.
|
14.4
|
The
Minister is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may
demand that it respond to questions, present documents or furnish him with
whatever information and documents are required for the purposes of
clarifying the cause for
cancellation.
|
14.5
|
If
the Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the
requirement or summons on the date set forth
therein.
|
14.6
|
If
the Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Minister's demand or
summons within the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or
summons, the Minister is entitled to cancel the License in a notice that
will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter - Cancellation
Notice).
|
14.7
|
In
the Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the
cancellation of the License will take effect and he is entitled to
instruct the Licensee to continue the provision of services pursuant to
this License until a license is granted to another or until the
appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the
purpose of managing and operating the cellular System – as
applicable.
|
14.8
|
The
Licensee will continue to provide services until the end of the period
stipulated by the Minister in his notice and will comply with the
provisions of this License and any instruction given by the Minister in
this matter.
|
17.2
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Clause 17.1, the Director is entitled to permit the
Licensee to utilize the cable or wireless transmission arteries of another
for the purpose of connecting cellular radio centers, connecting a
cellular radio center to a Cellular Coordinator of the Licensee or of
another Licensee, connecting Cellular Coordinators of the Licensee,
connecting a Cellular Coordinator of the licensee to a Cellular
Coordinator of Another Cellular Operator
A16
, or connecting a Cellular Coordinator to a Public
Telecommunications Network or to an International Telecommunications
Network.
|
18.1
|
The
Licensee may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in
performance of the License (hereinafter – the License Assets) with the
Minister's prior consent and in accordance with the conditions determined
by him.
|
18.2
|
Without
derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 16 and 18.1, the
Minister will give his consent for the granting of rights in the License
Assets to a third party, if he is convinced to his satisfaction that the
Licensee has promised that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by a
third party will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services
pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide
these services pursuant to the provisions of this
License.
|
18.3
A2
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of
the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for the
purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of
the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby the encumbrance
agreement includes a clause ensuring that that, in any event, the exercise
of the rights by the banking corporation will not cause any impairment in
the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes
of this clause – "Banking Corporation" is as defined in the Banking Law
(Licensing), 5741 – 1981, except for a "Foreign Corporation," as defined
in the same law.
|
18.4
A2
|
The
provisions of Clause 18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items
during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a
"trade-in" basis.
|
19.1
|
If
the Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this
license, in whole or in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply
to the Director for his approval therefor; the Licensee must attach the
Contract
A43)
to its application. The provisions of this clause will not apply
for the purposes of the engagement between the Licensee and a marketer of
Cellular End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee for the
purpose of marketing its services.
A2
|
19.2
|
The
Director is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition
his approval on terms that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the
agreement; the Director will consider,
inter alia
, to what
extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee compliance
with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee
hereunder. The Director will not approve an engagement with another that
contradicts the obligations of the Licensee pursuant to this
License.
|
19.3
|
Nothing
in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of
the Licensee and its responsibility for performing any of the services
pursuant to this License, in whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions
of this License, nor will it serve to derogate from the powers of the
Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their
behalf.
|
20.1
A43)
|
Details
regarding the Licensee's legal entity, incorporation, holders of the
controlling interest, holders of a material influence, interested parties
and officers, are attached as Addendum A to the license. The Licensee must
submit to the Director, every year at the beginning of January, an updated
Addendum A.
|
20.2
|
The
Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in
the information contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and
acquisition of control or of 5% of the means of control in the Licensee
company or change in the appointment of a director or general manager,
within 14 days of the date of
change.
|
21.1
|
There
will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any
means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless
this received the Minister's prior
consent.
|
21.2
|
There
will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a
part of said means of control, so that as a result of the transfer,
control in the Licensee is transferred from one person to another, unless
this was given the Minister's prior
consent.
|
21.3
|
There
will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the
Licensee, and there will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a
person himself or together with his relative or with another person, who
operate with him regularly of 10% or more of any means of control in the
Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior consent of
the Minister.
|
21.4
|
Subject
to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or
indirectly, of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system
operator in the Licensee drops below 25% of the voting rights in the
general meeting and of the right to appoint a director or general manager,
except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the
license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the
license, the cellular system operator's share can go below 25% to the
point of selling all the means of control in its possession to another,
all subject to the Minister's approval for the very reduction of the
cellular system operator's share in the means of control in the Licensee
and also regarding the purchaser.
|
21.5
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the
Licensee, not entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been
transferred or acquired at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1
or 21.3, without the Minister’s approval having been requested, the
Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing, and shall submit
to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the
acquisition, all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this
fact, provided the Minister gave his prior written approval to the holding
per se of the issue or the sale of the securities to the public. In this
regard,
“traded means of
control”
– means of control, including deposit certificates, Global
or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in
respect of securities listed on the stock exchange in Israel and/or
|
21.6
|
Entry
into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of
securities to the public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or
abroad, in a non-hostile country, or the deposit of securities, including
deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs),
or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration
thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be
deemed as the transfer of means of control in the
Licensee.
|
21.7
|
(A)
|
Irregular
holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders
register) at the Licensee, noting the fact of their irregularity,
immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact, and a notice concerning
the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner of the
irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard,
“irregular holdings”
–
the holding of traded means of control without the Minister’s agreement as
required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section
23, and the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who
acted contrary to the provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long
as the Minister’s agreement is required and was not given under section 21
of the license or circumstances exist involving the contravention of the
provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license.
|
|
(B)
|
Irregular
holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any
rights on the holder, and shall be “dormant shares” as defined in section
308 of the Companies Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a
dividend or other distribution to the shareholders (including the right to
participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the basis of
holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added
as stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or
contention of exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be
valid, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution
as stated.
|
|
(C)
|
Irregular
holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A
shareholder participating in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall
notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or where the vote is by means of a
voting instrument – on the voting instrument, whether or not its holdings
in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or 23 of
the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall
not vote and its vote shall not be
counted.
|
|
(D)
|
A
director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by
virtue of irregular holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or
dismissed as stated, such appointment, election or dismissal, as the case
may be, shall not be valid.
|
|
(E)
|
The
provisions of sections 21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of
the Licensee, mutatis mutandis.
|
21.8
|
For
as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and
the Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and
21.7, for as long as the holdings of founding shareholders or their
substitutes are not reduced to less than 50% of each of the means of
control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensee’s articles
prescribe that a majority of the voting power in the shareholders general
meeting may appoint all the
|
|
For
purposes of this section, “
founding shareholders or their
substitutes”
– Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., DEC
Communications and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation, or
any other body to which any of those enumerated above transferred, with
the Minister’s approval, means of control, provided the Minister confirmed
in writing that the transferee body shall be deemed in this regard as the
substitute of the founding shareholder beginning from the date to be
determined by the Minister, and including anyone who is an “Israeli
entity” as defined in clause 22.2A, who acquired a means of control from
the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a
founding shareholder of its substitute starting from the date that was
determined by the Minister. The grant of approval under this section shall
not exempt the Licensee from the duty of receiving the Minister’s approval
for every transfer of means of control in the Licensee that requires
approval under any other section of the
license.
|
21.9
|
The
provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding
shareholders or their substitutes.
|
|
A
shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested
party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner so that exercise
of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any
means of control in the Licensee, unless the encumbrance agreement
contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised
without the prior consent of the
Minister.
|
22A.1
|
The
total holdings of “founding shareholders or their substitutes” as defined
in section 21.8 (including anyone being an “Israeli entity” as defined in
section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and
received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder
or a substitute thereof as from the date determined by the Minister), who
are mutually bound by an agreement for the fulfillment of the provisions
of section 22A of the license (in this section, all of the above will be
deemed: “founding shareholders or their substitutes”), cumulatively, may
not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the
Licensee.
|
22A.2
|
The
cumulative holdings of “Israeli entities,” one or more, included among
founding shareholders or their substitutes, out of the total holdings of
founding shareholders or their substitutes as stated in section 22A.1
above, may not be at any time less than 20% of the total issued capital
and of the means of control in the Licensee. For this purpose, the
Licensee’s issued share capital will be calculated less the number of
“dormant shares” held by the
Licensee.
|
|
In
this section –
|
|
“Israeli entity” –
With
respect to an individual – anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel;
with respect to a corporation – the corporation was incorporated in
Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls
it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a
corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However, for purposes of
indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications
may approve holding through a corporation that was not incorporated in
Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee
directly, where they are satisfied that this will not be detrimental to
the purposes of this section. In this regard,
“Israeli citizen”
– as
defined in the Citizenship Law 1952;
“resident”
– as defined
in the Population Registry Law 1965;
“dormant share”
– as
defined in section 308 of the Companies Law
1999.
|
22A.3
|
At
least twenty percent (20%) of the Licensee’s directors will be appointed
by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2. Notwithstanding the above,
in this regard, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers up to 14
members – at least two directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as
stated in clause 22A.2 above, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers
from 15 to 24 directors – at least three directors will be appointed by
Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, and so
forth.
|
22A.4
|
The
Licensee’s board of directors will appoint from among its members having a
security classification and security clearance as will be determined by
the General Security Service (hereinafter –
“classified directors”
),
a committee called the “Committee for Security
Matters.”
|
|
At
least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters,
among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining to security
will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely
in the framework of the Committee for Security
Matters.
|
|
A
resolution that was adopted or an action that was performed by the
Committee for Security Matters, will be deemed the same as a resolution
adopted or action performed by the Company’s board of directors, and it
will be considered by the board of directly only if this is required under
section 22A.5 below and subject to that stated in section 22A.5 below. In
this clause, “security matters” – as defined in the Telecommunications
Order (Designation of an Essential Service Provided by Bezeq Israeli
Telecommunications Company Ltd.)
1997.
|
22A.5
|
Security
matters which the Licensee’s board of directors or Audit Committee are
required to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies
Law 1999 or according to cogent provisions of any other law applying to
the Licensee, will be considered, insofar as necessary, by the board of
directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation of classified
directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such
meetings of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not
receive information or inspect documents pertaining to the security
matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in every such meeting will
consist of classified directors
only.
|
|
The
Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his
position and by virtue of the provisions of the law or the articles should
have received information or participated in meetings on security matters,
and is prevented from doing so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5,
will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the
Licensee, if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a
meeting or non-receipt of
information.
|
22A.6
|
The
general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that
are vested in another organ of the Company, in security
matters.
|
22A.7
|
(A)
|
The
Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Company’s board of
directors and committees, having a security classification and security
clearance as will be determined by the General Security
Service.
|
|
(B)
|
The
observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under
Chapter C of the Government Companies Law
1975.
|
|
(C)
|
In
addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the
observer will owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as
required for the fulfillment of his function as an observer. The observer
may not serve as an observer or in any other position on behalf of any
other entity engaging in the provision of communication services and
competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of
interest between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a
conflict of interest stemming from his being a government employee filling
the function of an observer at the Licensee. The observer will commit
towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer and not to
hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity
competing directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest
with it, except for a conflict of interest stemming, as stated, from his
being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the
Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and during
eighteen (18) after the end of such
tenure.
|
|
In
any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict
of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his behalf will decide in
the matter.
|
|
(D)
|
An
invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees,
including the Committee for Security Matters, will be delivered to the
observer as well, who may participate as an observer at any meeting as
stated.
|
|
(E)
|
The
observer’s right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same
as a director’s right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain
information in the nature of sensitive business information is not
required by the observer for the fulfillment of his function, the Licensee
may withhold delivery of such information to the observer, notifying him
in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he should receive
that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head
of the General Security Services.
|
|
(F)
|
If
the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a
resolution on security matters contrary to any provision of the license,
contract to section 13 of the Law or contrary to section 11 of the General
Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the Licensee without any delay,
in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of the board of
directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and
to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the
breach or modifying the resolution, should this be
possible.
|
23.1
|
The
Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of
control in the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than
one percent (5%) of the means of control in Bezeq,
A16)
another cellular system operator. Regarding this matter, "holding" –
includes the holding as an agent.
|
23.2
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a
mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may
hold up to 5% of the means of control in Bezeq, another cellular system
operator
A16)
,
provided all the following are
fulfilled:
|
(A)
|
It
is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or
indirectly, any control in Bezeq or
A16)
another cellular system operator;
|
(B)
|
It
has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeq's or
the other cellular system operator's officers, unless required to do so by
law.
|
23.3
|
Pursuant
to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the
Licensee, as stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of
control in Bezeq,
A16)
another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A)
and (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding
will not harm competition.
|
|
The
Licensee, an officer therein or an interested party in the Licensee
company will not be a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding
with Bezeq,
A16)
another
|
|
In
this part –
|
|
"Milestones"
– Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable
detailed in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the
license.
|
26.1
|
In
all pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this
section – network), including the technical quality of its various
components, as well as the network's structure and manner of setup, the
Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions in the engineering
plan.
|
26.2
|
The
Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of
Communications and the network-related standards prescribed by
standardization organizations in Israel and around the world, as well as
other international organizations, in the telecommunications and wireless
field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation
of the network.
|
27.1
|
The
setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement
date for providing the service in the various regions in Israel, will be
in accordance with the timetable set in the engineering plan – Addendum B
to the license.
|
27.2
|
The
Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by
the Director, provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to
receive his permission immediately after realizing that difficulties have
arisen that prevent it from meeting the original
timetable.
|
27.2.1
|
A
delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from
the planning and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable
reason for obtaining the Director's permission for deviating from the
timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction that the
Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the
matter, to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval
from the planning and construction
authorities.
|
27.3
|
The
Director may approve the Licensee's request to deviate from the timetable,
in whole or in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The
Director may also approve deviation regarding a specific milestone,
provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up with the planned setup rate
in the succeeding milestones.
|
28.
|
Modification of Plans
during Setup
|
28.1
|
The
Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been
authorized to do so by the Director under the provisions of this section.
However, the placement of a Cellular Radio Center in a
different site from that set in the engineering plan will not be deemed a
deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section, a
"search region" denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in
which a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site
within the territory, and regarding which it has been stated in the
engineering plan that it might be necessary to place the center in another
site found in the territory.
|
28.2
|
If
in the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes
that it has become necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering
plan, the Licensee must apply in writing to the Director to obtain his
approval for the plan. In its application, the Licensee must describe the
essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons therefor.
The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the
application.
|
28.3
|
The
Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may
also stipulate conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed
for the rigorous assurance of the network's quality and performance level.
The Director will make a decision in the matter of the request and notify
the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable amount of
time.
|
29.1
|
For
the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee
may, subject to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless
transmission arteries, provided such transmission arteries will be used
solely for the following:
|
(A)
|
Connection
between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensee's cellular
system;
|
(B)
|
Connection
between the Licensee's Cellular Radio Centers and its cellular
exchanges;
|
(C)
|
Connection
between all the cellular exchanges;
|
(D)
|
Connection
between the Licensee's cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications
system, or another cellular operator's cellular network
A16)
,
or other systems operating
lawfully.
|
29.2
|
For
the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may
use also the cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of
another licensee or concessionaire lawfully authorized to provide
aforesaid infrastructure services.
|
29.3
|
To
remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission
arteries to be set up by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular
system as stated in Section 29.1, unless the Minister permitted the
Licensee in the license to make other use thereof, in accordance with the
terms he laid down.
|
30.1
|
The
Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every
other public telecommunications network, operating in the territory
subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel
(including settlements, military sites and military installations in
Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline
telecommunications network, international telecommunications network and
cellular network of another cellular
operator.
|
30.2
|
The
interconnection between the network and another licensee's public
telecommunications network will be effected in such manner as to enable
the following:
|
|
(A)
|
Relay
of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the
network and end-equipment connected to the other public telecommunications
network;
|
(B)
|
Proper,
regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensee's
subscribers, and the provision of services by the other licensee to the
Licensee's subscribers.
|
30.3
|
Interconnection
may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public
telecommunications network of another general license holder, provided it
enables that stated in Section
30.2.
|
30.4
|
As
regards the interconnection between the network and public landline
telecommunications network, the Licensee will act to set up interface
points between the two networks, for each type of service (infrastructure,
data transmission and communication, telephony), with at least three
transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the
written request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be
done under an agreement between the Licensee and the domestic operator
licensee. Such an agreement will include, inter alia, the technical,
operational and business details of the connection, the number of
connections and their location.
|
30.5
|
As
regards the interconnection between the network and an international
telecommunications network, the Licensee will act in compliance with the
provisions of Addendum J to the
license.
|
|
The
Licensee will act to implement interconnection in accordance with all the
following:
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee will verify that the network's technical and operational
standards comply wit the requirements for linkup with the public
telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the other cellphone
operators, and the international operators (hereinafter –
other operator
), that
the network's activities will mesh properly with the activities of the
other operator's public telecommunications network, and that the
interconnection will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these
networks and the normal service to their
subscribers;
|
(B)
|
The
Licensee will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions
for every other operator and avoid any discrimination in actuating the
interconnection, including with regard to the
following:
|
(1)
|
Supply
of infrastructure facilities and network linkup
services;
|
(2)
|
Availability
of linkup facilities;
|
(3)
|
Linkup
method, quality and survival;
|
(4)
|
Alterations
and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and
at the network interface points;
|
(5)
|
Payments
for interconnection;
|
(6)
|
Debiting
and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding
subscribers;
|
(7)
|
Commercial
terms for effecting
interconnection;
|
(8)
|
Submission
of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to
interconnection;
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential
information the other operator needs for providing its services via the
Licensee's facilities. Said information will be given subject to any law
concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality. In the
event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and
scope of the essential information, the Minister will decide in the
matter;
|
(D)
|
The
Licensee will give the other operator information regarding alterations
planned in its network, which may affect the interconnection with the
other operator's public telecommunications' network, or the
interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the
other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in
such manner as to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the
implementation of said alterations;
|
(E)
|
As
regards Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision
of information to the other operator on signing a reasonable privacy
protection agreement, intended to safeguard the Licensee's rights under
any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights and the
like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network
meant to be given to the other
operator;
|
(F)
|
The
terms in respect of interconnection between the network and the other
operator's public telecommunications network will be formalized in an
agreement between the Licensee and the other operator. If the parties fail
to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the
matter.
|
(G)
|
(1)
|
The
Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to
them by another operator, The Licensee may also allow another operator's
subscribers to receive services from the Licensee, provided that said
receipt of services is possible under any law.
|
|
(2)
|
The
Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operator's subscribers
to receive services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt
of services is possible technically and under any
law.
|
|
(3)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of
the Licensee, exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its
subscribers the possibility of receiving services from another operator,
for technical, economic reasons or for other justified
reasons.
|
(H)
|
The
Licensee will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement
between it and the other operator concerning
interconnection;
|
(I)
|
The
Licensee will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to
the other operator under Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of
every confidentiality agreement under Subsection
(E);
|
(J)
|
The
Licensee will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister
will prescribe.
|
|
In
the event the Minister did not determine payment for interconnection or
payment deriving from interconnection, the Licensee may demand in respect
thereof reasonable and non-discriminatory
payment.
|
|
The
Minister will give the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to voice his
position in all pertaining to the Minister's intention to order it
regarding the manner of effecting interconnection and its scope, regarding
the actions, services and arrangements incidental to effecting
interconnection, and regarding payments in respect of interconnection.
Once the Minister has instructed the Licensee on said matters, the
Licensee will not delay in any way interconnection with the network, and
will fulfill its obligations in accordance with the Minister's provisions,
properly and in good faith, on the date set therefor and with full
cooperation.
|
30.1D
|
The
Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing
its telecommunications facility, by virtue of his authority under Section
5 of the Law.
|
30.2D
|
The
Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Minister's order, to provide
value added services via the Licensee's network. The Licensee will ensure
reasonable and equal terms for any other licensee, in all pertaining to
the provision of value added services by the latter to the Licensee's
subscribers.
|
30.3D
|
As
regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of
Sections 30A to 30C will apply, mutatis
mutandis.
|
30.1E
|
The
Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services,
to a licensee that is an interested company over another licensee, whether
in payment for the service, in service conditions, in service availability
or in any other way.
|
30.2E
|
(A)
|
Pursuant
to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the
Licensee limitations on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining
to another licensee or a broadcasting licensee that is an interested
company, provided the following conditions are
fulfilled:
|
|
(1)
|
The
other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material
operator:
|
|
(2)
|
The
Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially
harm competition in the field of
telecommunications.
|
(B)
|
As
regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the
Licensee to offer an interested company the use of its telecommunications
facilities under preferred conditions, and these may be limited in time or
by another condition.
|
(C)
|
When
considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into
account the existence of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to
Amendment No. 16 to this license, between the Licensee and the interested
company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the permit in time or
by other conditions.
|
30.3E
|
In
this section – "
interested company
,"
"
subsidiary
," and
"
material
operator
" – as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications
Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for
Providing Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services),
2000.
|
30.1F
|
The
Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in
compliance with the Director's provisions regarding the activation and
implementation of the numbering
program.
|
30.2F
|
The
Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every
subscriber of another cellular system licensee will be able to switch over
to and be a subscriber of the Licensee or receive services from the
Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and vice versa – the
Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network
devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using
the method laid down in the Director's
provision.
|
31.1
|
The
Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup
period, quarterly reports describing the setup works carried out during
the period of each report, according to the milestones and timetables in
the engineering plan. As regards this section, "the setup period" denotes
15 months from the date the license was granted or until the date of the
completion of the network's setup in full deployment, according to the
engineering plan, whichever the
earlier.
|
31.2
|
The
reports will include a comparison of the plans' execution versus the plan
for each report's period, as well as explanations for any deviation or
alteration that occurred in the execution compared with the
plan.
|
31.3
|
Each
report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the
Director, and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it
empowered especially for this
purpose.
|
31.4
|
The
Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also
that it draw up anew or supplement a report submitted to
him.
|
|
The
Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or
document regarding the execution of cellular system setup works, at the
time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the
Director.
|
33.1
|
The
Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensee's
actions connected with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the
Director may enter at any reasonable time, the Licensee's work sites,
cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose of making
measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document
pertaining to the execution of the setup
works.
|
33.2
|
The
Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the
supervision of the setup works, and without derogating from the generality
of the foregoing, will enable him to enter the work site and its
facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan and specification,
and provide him with any information he
requests.
|
34.1
|
The
Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects
and deviations he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on
reports submitted by the Licensee, documents and information it furnished
him, or based on measurements and inspections he
made.
|
34.2
|
In
the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it
will notify the Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving
the notice, regarding its response to that stated therein and the measures
it took or plans to take, in order to correct the deficiencies, defects or
deviations.
|
35.1
|
The
Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions
to prevent personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the
causation of nuisances and hazards to the public in the work areas, and if
required to do excavations at the spot, will do everything to prevent
damages to underground systems, including telecommunications networks, and
to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law,
including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the
Law.
|
35.2
|
Upon
completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the
work sites and restore them to their previous
condition.
|
|
In
a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior
to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee is subject to the
obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity
Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between Telecommunications Lines
and Electricity Lines), 1986.
|
38.1
|
Antiquities,
as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup
work site, are state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate
precautions to prevent damage
thereto.
|
38.2
|
The
Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding
the discovery of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the
antiquity's discovery and will follow the instructions of the authority's
director in all pertaining to the manner of handling the
antiquity.
|
38.3
|
In
the course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as
possible, damaging sites of historical or national value, tourist sites
and landscape.
|
38.4
|
The
Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees
found in the places where setup works are being carried
out.
|
39.1
|
The
Minister may, at the Licensee's request, grant it all or some of the
powers prescribed in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in
Section 39.2.
|
39.2
|
The
Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the
aforesaid powers, the scope of the required powers and the reasons
therefor, including the steps it took to find alternative sites, without
having to use the power under Chapter F of the
Law.
|
39.3
|
In
the event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee
powers under Chapter F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision
in the
Reshumot
(Official Announcements and Advertisements
Gazette).
|
|
The
Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in
the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance check. "Compliance" as
regards this section – as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the
Director has decided as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before
undergoing a compliance check.
|
|
It
is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment
installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically compliant with
the properties detailed in the manufacturer's specifications relating to
the specific item of equipment, and attached to the engineering
plan.
|
42.1
|
The
Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving
notice of the completion of installation under Section 43, with an
up-to-date, detailed testing program for carrying out the performance
check, relating to that part of the Cellular System it wishes to operate
(hereinafter – detailed testing
program).
|
42.2
|
The
Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The
Director may demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the
Licensee make changes in the detailed testing program or complete it, if
he deems it necessary for the full and accurate execution of the
performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks according to
the Director's request.
|
|
Once
the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio
Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing cellular
services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing
thereof, in the format it was instructed by the Director, along with the
results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and
operation.
|
44.1
|
Prior
to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and
conditions detailed below:
|
(A)
|
Entering
into an Agreement with an Equipment
Manufacturer
|
|
(1)
|
Know-how
agreement;
|
|
(2)
|
An
agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the network's equipment for
a period of at least 7 years;
|
|
(3)
|
An
agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full
documentation of the network's equipment, including
updates.
|
(B)
|
Lab
and Testing Equipment
|
|
(D)
|
Maintenance
System
|
|
The
Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient
maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service vans and
communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network
and enabling the handling of any malfunction within the response time
required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious
problem with the Cellular System causing radio interferences, large-scale
disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the
malfunction within 4 hours.
|
(E)
|
Communication
Means
|
44.2
|
The
Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the
network in operation for the first time, certifications and documents
regarding compliance with the requirements and conditions specified in
Section 44.1. In the event the Director fails to respond within
five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may
operate the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the
Director orders the Licensee, based on the documents' findings, to alter
or fix the network, the Licensee must make the required alteration or
correction and present a certification of execution to the Director, and
if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate
the system.
|
45.1
|
The
Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System,
using the frequency bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed
below:
|
(A)
|
A35)
835 to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890
MHz;
|
|
That
stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Director's
authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical
bandwidth for the Licensee's use, instead of the frequency band specified
in this subsection.
|
(B)
|
Starting
from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be
allocated:
|
|
(C)
|
Starting
from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be
allocated:
|
|
1720
to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825
MHz;
|
|
1960
to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160
MHz;
|
|
as
well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910
MHz.
|
|
(C1)
A2A26)
Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be
allocated:
|
|
1715
to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815
MHz.
|
|
(D)
|
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage
commencement date for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and
(C), or a part thereof, to a later date, the Director may suspend the
allocation of frequencies to a date he decides
on.
|
45.2
|
The
Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in
the framework of the frequency bands specified in Section
45.1.
|
45.3
|
In
the event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other
radiants that can harm the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the
Director must, at the Licensee's request, take any reasonable action to
find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid
interferences.
|
|
The
Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in
Section 45 only for providing the services under this
license.
|
47.1
|
The
Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so
that no part of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the
provisions of the Pharmacists'
|
47.2
|
The
Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who
will base his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the
preparation for a national emergency
crisis.
|
47.3
|
The
Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose
on its behalf, a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular
Radio Centersand for the expected use of the frequencies at least 60 days
before the operation, and will report to the Director regarding the actual
execution, within 7 days of the operation
date.
|
47.4
|
The
Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as
to prevent interferences with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating
lawfully. Prior to the activation of any Cellular System, the Licensee
will perform tests and measurements for the purpose of preventing
electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences
can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the
Licensee will act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences
and also prevent their recurrence, and in the absence of a solution it
will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone appointed for this
purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this
regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in
the operation of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that
they stop broadcasting over certain frequencies, throughout the country or
in a certain region.
|
47.5
|
The
granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan,
in no way provides protection against harmonies from other radiants
operating lawfully, or other radiants operating outside state territory;
however, the Director must make every reasonable effort to find an
appropriate solution providing the necessary
protection.
|
48.1
|
In
times of national emergency or for national security reasons, the one
empowered to do so by any law may take the steps needed for state
security, with a notice to the Licensee
A2A2)
,
including control of the network. In such circumstances, the Licensee will
operate according to the instructions and notices of those authorized to
do so by any law, including the government, the Minister, the Director and
head of the unit for the management of a broadcasting spectrum and
satellites in an emergency (hereinafter – head of the emergency
unit).
|
48.2
|
The
Licensee will give the head of the emergency unit the names of its
representatives authorized to receive instructions and notices anytime, 24
hours a day, in all pertaining to national emergency and security matters.
The representative will have a first and second deputy, who will
substitute for him during his
absence.
|
48.3
|
The
Licensee will set up and operate the network in a manner that will allow
reducing the network's activity, when necessary, during times of
emergency:
|
(A)
|
In
terms of the frequency profile;
|
|
(B)
In terms of the geographical
profile;
|
|
(C)
Through the disconnection of part of its subscribers, according to
predetermined lists, or according to directives deriving from the
situation;
|
|
(D)
|
In
terms of a profile combining profiles A, B and
C.
|
48.4
|
The
Licensee will organize itself in such manner, so that it will be able to
carry out the reductions detailed in Section 48.3 rapidly and efficiently,
by remote control or by presence at the sites
themselves.
|
48.5
|
The
head of the emergency unit may establish a detailed procedure formalizing
and regulating the Cellular System activity during an emergency, which he
will present to the Licensee, and the latter will strictly fulfill the
provisions of this procedure.
|
|
"
Periodical inspection
" –
An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed according to
the license's provisions, at fixed time intervals and at least once every
half year;
|
|
"
Special inspection
" – An
inspection of the network or any part thereof performed due to a
maintenance action or repair, following electromagnetic interferences, a
malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification,
an alteration in the engineering plan or the
like;
|
|
"
Regular inspection
" – An
inspection of the network or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing
basis.
|
50.1
|
The
Licensee will carry out periodical inspections on the Cellular System and
will submit the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request,
within 30 days of the day of the
request.
|
50.2
|
The
Licensee will set up and operate a control system for continual monitoring
of the performance and functionality of the network, and will perform, on
an ongoing basis, regular inspections of the
network or any part thereof, as
necessary.
|
50.3
|
The
Licensee will perform a regular inspection for quality of the service as
detailed in Addendum E, including compliance with relevant ITU-T
standards, and will submit the results of the inspection, at the
Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the
request.
|
50.4
|
The
Director may instruct the Licensee to perform a special inspection; The
Licensee will perform such inspection in the format and at the time
specified by the Director and will submit its results to
him.
|
50.5
|
The
Director or anyone so authorized by him will be allowed to carry out
inspections himself, where he deems this to be necessary; The Licensee
will permit the Director or anyone so authorized by him access to the
installations and the equipment, subject to prior coordination, and will
place at his disposal testing equipment used by it or professional
manpower employed by it.
|
51.1
|
The
Licensee will manage an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log
(hereinafter – maintenance log), in which details of the malfunctions in
and inspections of the network are
recorded.
|
51.2
|
The
Licensee will keep the maintenance log and enable the Director or a
representative authorized by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it
or copy it in any manner, and will submit it for inspection by the
Director at his request.
|
52.1
|
The
Director may, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity in the
circumstances of the case to present its case to him, notify the Licensee
in writing of deficiencies and defects he found that are affecting the
level of the service to Subscribers, the level of survivability and backup
of the network or the safety level or interfering with other lawfully
operating systems, based on a follow-up of the network’s performance,
including by means of Subscribers’ complaints or inspections carried out
by him or on the basis of inspection reports, documents and information
provided to him by the Licensee.
|
52.2
|
The
Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the times by which it must
correct the deficiencies and
defects.
|
52.3
|
In
the event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the
Director, within the time set for this purpose in the Director's notice,
of the correction of the deficiencies and defects, at the level of detail
requested by the Director.
|
53.
|
Void.
|
54.
|
Void.
|
55.1
|
The
Licensee will prepare a wording for the contract that it intends to offer
its subscribers, and will submit it for the Director’s perusal at his
request.
|
55.2
|
The
terms of the contract shall not contradict, explicitly or implicitly, the
provisions of any law or the provisions of the license: The aforesaid
shall not prevent the stipulation of various provisions in the contract
that benefit the subscriber compared to the provisions of the law or the
license.
|
55.3
|
The
contract will be in writing and laid out in a clear manner conducive to
reading and comprehension and specifying prominently any term or
limitation on the subscriber’s right to cancel the contract or on the
Licensee's liability toward the subscriber; Any stipulation in the
contract shall be stated explicitly and not by way of
reference.
|
|
For
purposes of this section, “writing” – including an electronic document
that can be saved and retrieved by the
subscriber.
|
55.4
|
The
contract will include,
inter alia,
in a clear
manner, the following:
|
|
(a)
|
Terms
of the service to the subscriber, including quality measures for customer
and subscriber service as detailed in section 2 in Addendum
E;
|
|
(b)
|
Terms
for disconnecting from the Licensee’s services or service discontinuation
terms;
|
|
(c)
|
Licensee’s
rates for the services for which the subscriber registered, as of the day
of the agreement, including the date and terms for termination of the
rates program;
|
|
(d)
|
Limitation
on the rate of arrears interest, linkage differences and collection
expenses, as stated in section
80.3;
|
|
(e)
|
Condition
for changing the rate for the service for which the subscriber registered,
as stated in section 78.1;
|
|
(f)
|
The
details set out in sections 61 and 61A regarding the public ombudsman and
umpire.
|
|
(g)
|
Condition
specifying that in case of a contradiction between the provisions relating
to the rates and to the basket of services detailed in the contract, and
the provisions of the license in this regard, the provisions of the
license shall prevail;
|
|
(h)
|
Notice
concerning the Director’s authority to instruct the Licensee to modify the
contract, and a clarification that the subscriber’s engagement with the
Licensee under the contract constitutes agreement to such
modification.
|
55.5
|
The
Licensee will deliver to the subscriber a copy of the contract and its
appendices.
|
56.1
|
The
Director may instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, after giving
the Licensee sufficient opportunity to present its
case.
|
56.2
|
If
the contract was amended pursuant to the Director’s instructions or
pursuant to a decision of the Standard Contracts Court, in the event that
the contract was submitted for its approval, the engagement between the
Licensee and the subscriber will be in accordance with the amended
contract, as from the date of the
amendment.
|
56.3
|
The
provisions of section 55 shall apply,
mutatis mutandis,
to an
amendment of the wording of the contract by the
Licensee.
|
56A.
T
47)
|
Period
of Commitment under a Contract
|
56A.1
|
Where
the Licensee entered with a subscriber who is not a business subscriber
into a contract that includes a commitment, the period of the commitment
may not exceed eighteen (18)
months.
|
|
In
this regard,
"commitment,"
– the
subscriber's commitment to comply with conditions relating to the scope of
consumption of services, the amount of the payment or the payment terms,
during a defined period, where noncompliance with such conditions during
such period entails a payment, including the return of a benefit or an
exit fee.
|
56A.2
|
Where
the Licensee proposed to a subscriber who is not a business subscriber to
enter into a contract that includes a commitment, the Licensee will
present to such subscriber a proposal to enter into a contract that does
not include a commitment, as a reasonable alternative to contracts that
include a commitment. In this regard, a contract containing a "prepaid"
plan will not be deemed a reasonable alternative to a plan that includes a
commitment.
|
56A.3
|
If
the Director finds that the Licensee has violated Section 56A.2, he may
direct the Licensee to modify conditions in a contract that does not
include a commitment, without thereby derogating from any other power
established in the License or in any law. In this regard, the Director
will consider,
inter
alia,
the number of subscribers of the Licensee who are signed on
contracts that do not include a
commitment.
|
57.
A43)
|
Void.
|
58.
A43)
|
Void.
|
59.1
|
If
the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated
in Section 44.2, the Licensee will connect any applicant to the cellular
network no later than the date set in the contract with the subscriber,
unless the Director has authorized the Licensee not to connect the
applicant, under circumstances he deems justified.
A2)
|
59.2
|
The
Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable,
discriminatory or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality
of the foregoing:
|
|
The
Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from
it or from its designee;
|
|
The
Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services
from it for the end-user equipment in the subscriber's
possession;
|
|
The
Licensee may not stipulate or condition cellular services, service
conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellular end-user equipment from
it or from any other.
|
60.1
|
The
Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services
detailed in the First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in
the schedule, and will maintain all its services all year round, around
the clock, both in times of calm and in times of an emergency, subject to
Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements and service
quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no
lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the
first schedule to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to
the license. In the event of a contradiction between the First Schedule
and Addendum E to the license's Second Schedule, the provisions of
Addendum E to the Second Schedule will
prevail.
|
60.2
|
Without
derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide
cellular services and a service package, as this term is defined in
Section 73A, to every applicant, under equal and non-discriminatory terms
and at a non-discriminatory rate.
|
60.3
|
If
the Director has found that the service package is liable to harm
competition or the consumers, he will notify the Licensee thereof,
indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop offering its
subscribers the service package.
|
60.4
|
If
the Licensee provides any cellular service to any person or organization,
for payment, the service must be available to any subscriber throughout
the network coverage area, complying with the minimal requirements as
regards service quality, without discrimination, within 24 months of the
date of commencing provision of the service for
payment.
|
60.5
|
The
Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee
limitations on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that
there is a real difficulty in providing the service to anyone that
requests it, and that the specific features of the service possess a
unique and exceptional flavor justifying
this.
|
60.6
A43)
|
The
Licensee may not provide, with or without consideration, any of its
services not explicitly requested by the subscriber, except for a service
given free of charge to all the subscribers, and it may not allow the
provision of a service of a service provider not explicitly requested by
the subscriber.
|
|
For
purposes of this section, “service provider” – anyone providing a service
through the network, for which payment is made by means of the telephone
bill.
|
61.1
|
The
Licensee will appoint a person to handle complaints of the public (
“the Ombudsman”
), having
the following responsibilities:
|
|
(a)
|
Clarifying
subscribers’ complaints in connection with the Licensee’s services,
including the complaint of someone applying to receive a
service.
|
|
(b)
|
Clarifying
subscribers’ complaints in connection with bills that were submitted by
the Licensee, and deciding in regard
thereto.
|
|
The
Public Ombudsman will respond in writing to complaints as stated that were
submitted in writing.
|
61.2
|
The
Public Ombudsman will act according to a policy to be set by the
Licensee’s management.
|
61.3
|
The
Licensee will render the Public Ombudsman all the assistance required by
him for filling his function.
|
61.4
|
The
Licensee will notify every subscriber regarding the possibility of
submitting a complaint to the Public Ombudsman, the powers of the Public
Ombudsman and the ways of applying to him. The contents of this
sub-section shall be included in the contract, in the bill sent to the
subscriber and on the Licensee’s
website.
|
61A.1
|
The
contract will stipulate that any disagreements arising between the
Licensee and a subscriber in connection with the interpretation or
performance of the contract, shall be submitted for clarification to the
Licensee’s Public Ombudsman.
|
61A.2
|
The
contract will specify that an application to the Public Ombudsman under
section 61A.1 shall not:
|
|
(a)
|
Prevent
the subscriber
a
priori
from bringing his case before a competent
court;
|
|
(b)
|
Derogate
from the Licensee’s authority to act in accordance with the provisions of
section 72 regarding the discontinuation or disconnection of a service
owing to a breach of the contract.
|
62.1
|
The
Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular
System.
|
62.2
|
If
a subscriber purchased cellular end-user equipment from the Licensee or
from its designee, and the purchase agreement included maintenance
services, the Licensee
A43)
will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user
equipment, however the Licensee
A43)
will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user
equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer,
unless agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber.
A2)
|
|
If,
in order to receive cellular services, the subscriber used cellular
end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from its designee,
the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this
end-user equipment, but may enter into an agreement with the subscriber
for providing maintenance services also for said
equipment.
|
63.1
|
The
Licensee will maintain a regular service for handling subscribers' calls
concerning problems with receiving cellular services, and to this end will
operate centers for receiving messages from subscribers all year round
(excluding Yom Kippur), and 24 hours a day (hereinafter – call
center).
|
63.2
|
Without
derogating from the generality of that stated in Section 63.1, the
Licensee will operate the call center in a manner enabling the receipt of
complaints from subscribers via telephone, in all pertaining to the
Licensee's services.
|
63.3
|
The
call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having
the appropriate competence for handling problems, and if a complaint has
been received regarding a malfunction that led to disruption of the
service or regarding poor reception quality, said personnel will act
immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking measures to
correct it, as detailed in Addendum
E.
|
63.4
|
The
Licensee will repair any malfunction for which a notification was received
at the call center, within the response time detailed in Addendum E. If
identification or repair of the malfunction necessitates a visit at the
subscriber's site, the Licensee will coordinate the repair date in advance
with the subscriber, provided that the length of time the subscriber has
to wait on said date does not exceed 4
hours.
|
63.5
|
The
Director may, at the Licensee's request, extend the repair time for the
malfunction if he deems that the time required for its repair exceeds that
stated in this section, provided that the time is not extended by more
than 5 days from the date on which the malfunction occurred. If the
Licensee applied to the Director for extension of the malfunction repair
time as stated, and no approval was given yet, the Licensee will continue
to work to repair the malfunction at the soonest
possible.
|
63.6
|
The
Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the
malfunction and the steps taken to repair it, all as stated in Section
52.
|
|
The
Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellular end-user
equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System, provided it
complies with the following:
|
|
The
Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellular
end-user equipment from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to
buy the equipment from the Licensee in order to receive cellular
services;
|
|
The
Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for
cellular end-user equipment on the very receipt of cellular services from
the Licensee, and will notify the subscriber that he may receive
maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any person, including the
end-user equipment purchased or rented from the
Licensee.
|
64A.
T
53
|
Grant
of Benefit to Subscriber
|
64A.1
T
53
|
The
licensee shall not create any link between any benefit whatsoever for
mobile radio-telephone services it granted to a subscriber, including any
credit, discount, special tariff program, basket of services etc.
(hereinafter referred to in this section as “
Benefit
”) and the fact
that the mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment in the subscriber’s
possession was purchased, hired or received from the licensee or any other
marketer on its behalf. As part of this, the licensee shall offer an
identical Benefit to that offered by it at the time the subscriber
receives, purchases or hires from it a specific model of mobile
radio-telephone terminal equipment for each subscriber using mobile
radio-telephone terminal equipment with similar characteristics to the
aforesaid model and which shall be granted to the subscriber in the course
of a period of not less than the period in which a monetary credit was
granted to the subscriber purchasing terminal equipment from the licensee,
pursuant to the following rules:
|
|
(a)
|
To
the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s
possession is identical to the model marketed by the licensee at the time
the subscriber approaches the licensee, the licensee shall offer the
subscriber an identical Benefit to that granted by it to any person
purchasing from it the aforesaid model, in reliance on the confirmation of
purchase presented to it by the
subscriber;
|
|
(b)
|
To
the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s
possession is not marketed by the licensee at the time the subscriber
approaches the licensee, the licensee shall grant the subscriber a Benefit
according to the terminal equipment classification determined in advance
by the licensee and in reliance on the confirmation of purchase presented
to it by the subscriber;
|
|
(c)
|
At
the time of calculating the period in which the Benefit will be granted
under subsections (a) or (b), the licensee may take into account the date
on
|
64A.2
T
53
|
The
licensee shall present updated information on its website about the
terminal equipment classification made by
it.”
|
65.1
A21)
|
The
Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, for all its subscribers,
free and rapid access to public emergency services such as: Magen David
Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire
Station.
|
65.2
A42)
|
Starting
from April 5, 2007 (“the inception day”) the Licensee will enable the call
centers of the public emergency systems
1
to identify the
telephone number of a subscriber calling them
2
, anytime and at no
charge, including a subscriber with a confidential telephone number, a
subscriber who blocked his number before the call and a subscriber calling
from a private exchange.
|
|
The
Licensee may do the aforesaid through a licensee that routes the call to
the public emergency system.
|
|
Not
later than two days before the inception day
A44)
the Licensee will notify all its subscribers, clearly, in writing, that
starting from the inception day it will be possible for the call centers
of the public emergency systems to identify the subscriber’s telephone
number, and it will notify in writing any subscriber requesting a
“confidential number” – that the number is not confidential with respect
to calls to the call centers of the public emergency
systems.
|
|
|
65.1A
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance
subscriber's access to the public emergency service. If blockage of public
emergency service alone is not technically possible, then the Licensee
will block the nuisance subscriber's access to all the cellular services.
As regards this section, a "
nuisance subscriber
"
denotes a subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no
justifiable reason, more than 10 times during one whole day, using the
end-user equipment in his
possession.
|
65.2A
|
A
notice regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the
Licensee by a senior employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter
– the employee) and will be
|
65.3A
|
The
Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to the emergency
service as stated in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber
advance warning. The notice will be given 3 workdays before the date of
service blockage, in one of the following
ways:
|
A.
|
A
phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone
end-equipment of the subscriber;
|
B.
|
An
SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the
subscriber;
|
C.
|
Delivery
of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid
subscriber and his address is
unknown.
|
65.4A
|
Blockage
of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose
address is unknown will be done no later than one full day from the time
of receiving a complaint or identification as stated in Section
65.2A.
|
65.5A
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public
emergency service to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as
these emerge from the explanation given by the subscriber to the Licensee,
show that the contacting was justified and that he should not be deemed a
nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director, within 10
workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as
stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance
subscriber.
|
65.6A
|
In
the event it blocked the nuisance subscriber's access to emergency calls,
the Licensee may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also
collect payment from him for removing the
block.
|
65.7A
|
The
Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a
written undertaking not to repeat his nuisance calls in the
future.
|
65.8A
|
The
Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified,
how the notice was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in
a case where a notice was not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning
for not giving the notice. Likewise, a record will be kept concerning the
removal of the block.
|
65.9A
|
The
Licensee will specify, in the framework of the nuisance subscribers report
as stated in Section 104(B)
A43)
,
the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to the public emergency
service or to all the cellular services was blocked under this section,
and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number
of subscribers that were not blocked under this section and the reasons
for this.
|
66.1
|
Without
derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The
Privacy Protection Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding
of an individual's privacy, the Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or
any other communication of the subscriber without the written permission
of the subscriber, except for the purpose of controlling the quality and
standard of the service or for preventing
frauds.
|
66.2
|
Subject
to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and
designees may not disclose lists or documents containing the name and
address of a subscriber or any other information pertaining to him,
including account details, phone call traffic, call durations and
destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to
anyone empowered by the subscriber for this
purpose.
|
66.3
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the
following:
|
(A)
|
To
give the subscriber's details to another licensee for the purpose of
collecting monies owed him by the subscriber in respect of
services it provided him through the network, provided that the
information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing
bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers'
privacy;
|
(B)
|
To
transfer a subscribers' details to another, insofar as the particulars are
in its possession, by lawful
authority.
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed
in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I
and in the classified security addendum attached to the license as
Addendum L
A12)
.
|
|
(A1)
A12)
The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director
informed in writing, to realize, subject to any law, their powers with
respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the
license, and will be responsible for the maintenance, proper functioning,
and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required
for realizing said execution capability, all in coordination with the
security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will
bear the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the
Law.
|
(B)
|
The
Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded
A12)
in accordance with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding
records to be laid down by the Licensee in conjunction with the security
officer of the "General Security
Service."
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State,
by virtue of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or
by virtue of any law, in respect of the very execution of the special
services for the security forces.
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the
provisions of the Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and
rigorously follow the security provisions detailed in the Addendum M to
the license.
|
(B)
|
The
Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation
documents and in its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only
a person who meets the conditions set out below will be appointed and
serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum M to the
license:
|
|
(1)
|
An
Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and
a resident of Israel;
|
|
(2)
|
Was
given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there
is no prevention to his serving as
stated.
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces'
operations, and act according to the security directives of those same
security forces, including in the matter of the appropriate security
classification for officers and holders of important functions working for
the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining to
activities involving the security
forces.
|
(D)
|
The
Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its
components and the databases used for providing services, and for
operating and controlling the network in the face of activities carried
out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions detailed in
Addendum M to the license.
|
67.1
A16)
|
A
bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear,
succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain an accurate
breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types
of payments and the rules specified in Chapter
F.
|
67.2
|
A
credit due a subscriber from the Licensee will be included in the
successive bill immediately after the subscriber's right to the aforesaid
credit has been established.
|
67.3
|
The
Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through
another, including through Bezeq.
|
67.4
A34)
|
(A)
|
Without
derogating from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the
manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of
debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262,
concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in telephone bills
(hereinafter – "the Standard").
|
|
(B)
|
Subsection
(A) constitutes a "service condition," as concerns Section 37B(a)(1) of
the Law.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in subsection (A) -
|
|
(1)
|
Regarding
the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method
will apply as follows:
|
|
(a)
|
An
amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two
digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in
five tenths of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be
rounded up.
|
|
(b)
|
An
amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest
amount ending in three digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with
an amount ending in five hundredths of an agora (four digits after the
decimal point) to be rounded up.
|
|
(2)
|
The
Licensee may present any amount included in the bill with a breakdown
exceeding that required by the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard,
provided the rounding off method stated in Subsection (C)(1) above will
apply thereto.
|
|
(3)
|
The
price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be
presented in the bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per
minute, computed by dividing the payment amount for that same call by the
its total number of minutes.
|
|
In
this paragraph, "changing rate" denotes a rate that varies in the course
of the call according to various criteria, such as a rate that diminishes
with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition
from a "peak period" to a "slack period" in the course of the call or vice
versa.
|
|
(4)
|
In
addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4
of the Standard regarding service packages, the bill will contain a
breakdown of the services included in the package, along with the overall
rate paid for the package as a
whole.
|
|
In
this paragraph, "service package" denotes several services marketed to the
subscriber as a single package, in return for an overall rate (and without
a breakdown of the payment for each component
separately).
|
|
(2)
|
Chapter
C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no
later than Sunday, January 14,
2006.
|
|
A
bill submitted to a private subscriber shall also be drawn up according to
the provisions of Appendix E 1 (hereinafter referred to in this section as
the “
Private Subscriber
Billing Format
”).
|
|
A
business subscriber may request that the licensee furnish him with a
telephone bill in Private Subscriber Billing Format (hereinafter referred
to in this section as a “
Request
”). Where a
subscriber has requested as aforesaid, the licensee shall begin to send
him the bill according to the aforesaid format by no later than the
expiration of two billing periods after the date of the Request. The
licensee shall publish once every six months a notice in the telephone
bill submitted to the business subscriber according to which the business
subscriber may demand that the licensee draw up the telephone bill
submitted to him according to the Private Subscriber Billing
Format.
|
|
The
bill shall be sent to the address registered at the licensee or any other
address delivered by the subscriber to the licensee or by any other means,
if the subscriber has granted his express prior consent thereto; the
licensee may demand any payment whatsoever for the issue and mailing of
the bill to the subscriber. The licensee may demand reasonable payment for
“Call Details” sent to the subscriber at his
demand.”
|
67.1A
|
Without
derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide,
by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service for
clarifying the telephone number of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or
of a Cellular System operator, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber
(hereinafter – "information service"), as
follows:
|
(A)
|
For
the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the
service will be provided;
|
(B)
|
For
its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to
which will be effected by means of a network access code set by the
Director;
|
(C)
|
The
information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means
based on the same information characteristics to be provided by the
subscriber applying to receive the
service.
|
67.2A
|
Without
derogating from that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee will provide to
the general public and at no charge, by itself or through another, an
information service for clarifying the telephone number of any subscriber,
excluding an ID-restricted subscriber, via a phone center, the access to
which will be effected by means of a national access code set by the
Director.
|
67.3A
|
In
addition to that stated in Sections 67.1A and 67.2A, the Licensee may
offer, at a reasonable price, by itself or through another on its behalf,
an information service, by any other means, including by means of a
national access code or by means of an
SMS.
|
67.4A
|
In
order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and
67.3A:
|
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or
cellular system operator (hereinafter – "another licensee"), or to receive
information from the database of another licensee by any other method and
with the consent of the other licensee, all subject to the duty of
safeguarding the subscriber's
privacy;
|
|
(B)
|
In
order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under
its general license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to
the Licensee's database;
|
|
(C)
|
The
Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name,
address or telephone number of a subscriber that was added, altered or
removed, will be updated in the database within one workday following
execution of the update in the Licensee's system being used to provide
telephony services.
|
|
"Database"
denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone
number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including a subscriber
that is a business.
|
67.5A
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his
details in the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee
will include his details in the
database.
|
|
(B)
|
The
Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to
remain ID-restricted, free of
charge.
|
|
In
this subsection, a "new subscriber" denotes a subscriber who has signed a
contract with the Licensee after the commencement date as stated in
Section 67.7A.
|
67.6A
|
(A)
|
The
terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone
numbers, given under Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee,
provided they are fair and non-discriminatory, including as regards the
order of the data presented to the user of the service. The service will
be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom
Kippur. In this subsection, "order of the data presented" – Insofar as the
answer to the service user's query comprises several different data, the
requested data will be presented to the service user in random
order.
|
|
(B)
|
The
response in respect of the information service for clarifying telephone
numbers as stated in Section 67.2A will be given within a reasonable time.
If the Director sees that the waiting times for the service are not
reasonable, he may establish response time
indexes.
|
|
(C)
|
An
information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section
67.1A(B) and an information service using a phone center, the access to
which is effected by means of a national access code as stated in Section
67.3A, will comply with the service indexes specified
below:
|
(1)
|
At
any time, in the event of a heavy service call load
6
, the number of
inquirers receiving service should not be less than
90%;
|
(2)
|
The
average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving
service
7
should
not exceed 30 seconds;
|
(3)
|
The
maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the
service should not exceed 60
seconds.
|
67.7A
|
Section
67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007, except for Subsection
67.1A(a), which will go into effect on March 15, 2007 (“the commencement
date”), and except for Section 67.2A
A45)
,
which will go into effect at the time of signing this
amendment.
|
67.8A
|
The
Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another
licensee, will advertise all the information services for clarifying
telephone numbers given free of charge by the Licensee, as well as the
national access codes allocated to the cellular service licensees for
providing the service ("free information services"). The advertising
should include at least the
following:
|
|
(A)
|
The
Licensee's website;
|
|
(B)
|
At
least once every half year, the Licensee will attach, in the framework of
the bill submitted to the subscriber, a separate information sheet
A43)
regarding the free information services, which will not include any other
information, starting from the first bill submitted to the subscriber
following the commencement date.
|
|
(C)
|
At
least four (4) times during the first year following the commencement
date, the Licensee will run large, prominent ads in at least the 3 largest
Hebrew language newspapers, and in the largest newspaper in Arabic, in
English and in Russian, as well as in the largest economic newspaper.
These ads will include no other information. The first ad in all the
aforesaid newspapers, except for the economic newspaper, will be on the
first Friday after the commencement date or on the following one, and in
the economic newspaper it will run on the first Tuesday after the
commencement date or on the following one, regarding the free information
services.
|
67C.1
|
If
the Licensee wishes to operate a service included in the list of services
in the First Schedule and marked “future”, it must notify the Director of
this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the date on which
it plans to begin providing the
service.
|
67C.2
|
If
the Licensee wishes to operate a service not included in the list of
services in the First Schedule which it intends to provide to any
recipient of its services, it must notify the Director of this in writing
not later than thirty (30) days before the intended date for commencement
of provision of the new service.
|
67C.3
|
The
Director will notify the Licensee within thirty (30) days of the date of
receipt of the Licensee’s notice as stated in sections 67C.1 and 67C.2,
whether it is allowed to commence provision of the service or whether it
must submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, as a condition
for commencement of the service.
|
67C.4
|
The
Licensee will submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, at his
request; If the Licensee fails to submit a service dossier as instructed
by the Director, or if the Director does not approve the service dossier,
the Licensee shall not commence provision of the
service.
|
67C.5
|
The
Director will give a decision regarding the service dossier that was
submitted to him within sixty (60) days from when the Licensee has
submitted to the Director all the documents and information requested by
him for the purpose of approving the service dossier. In special cases,
the Director may extend the times set in this section, by a written,
explanatory notice to be given to the
Licensee.
|
67C.6
|
The
Director may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a service
dossier for an existing service regarding which no service dossier was
previously required, and he may require the Licensee to submit for his
approval a new service dossier for a service regarding which a service
dossier was approved in the past.
|
67C.7
|
The
service dossier will be submitted to the Director in the format and at the
time specified by the Director and will include,
inter alia,
the
following: the name of the service; a detailed description of the service
and the manner in which it is provided; the service rate, and an
engineering description, all as set out in the First Schedule; The
Director may give instructions on additional matters which are to be
included in the service dossier.
|
67C.8
|
If
the service dossier is approved, the Licensee will provide the service
according to the terms of the approved dossier, and the approved service
dossier will be deemed an integral part of the
license.
|
67C.9
|
The
Licensee will advertise an approved service dossier, with details and in
the manner specified by the Director, and the Director may advertise it
himself, provided he does not do so until after the Licensee has begun
providing the service. The advertising will not include information
comprising a trade secret, which was identified as such by the Licensee
and attached to the service dossier as a separate addendum marked as a
trade secret.
|
67C.10
|
Any
new service which the Licensee begins to provide pursuant to this section
will be deemed a part of the First Schedule; The Director will update the
First Schedule from time to time.
|
67C.11
|
The
provisions of this section will apply,
mutatis mutandis,
to a
trial using the Licensee’s network.
|
|
An
erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in
accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second
Schedule.
|
|
As
regards this section –
|
|
"Erotic
service" – as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second
Schedule.
|
|
In
this part –
|
|
"Disconnection
of service" – Temporary discontinuation of cellular system service to a
subscriber;
|
|
"Termination
of service" – Absolute discontinuation of cellular system services to a
subscriber.
|
|
The
Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and
other services, which the Licensee must provide under this license, unless
that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section
48.
|
70.1
|
A
subscriber may ask the Licensee for a temporary disconnection of service
for a period no less than thirty days and no longer than ninety days
(hereinafter – disconnection period). The subscriber's request will be
made in writing, and may be done through the cellular system end-user
equipment in his possession, provided that the Licensee has verified the
request's credibility by a return call to the subscriber's cellular system
end-user equipment or by any other reliable
way.
|
70.2
|
The
Licensee will effect the disconnection of service no later than the
workday following the day of the request's
submittal.
|
70.3
|
The
Licensee will resume the cellular system services to the cellular system
end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession at the end of the
disconnection period. If the subscriber requests, in a written notice, to
resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user
equipment in his possession before the end of the disconnection period,
the Licensee will resume the services no later than the workday following
the day on which the subscriber's notice was
submitted.
|
71.
|
Discontinuation
of Service at a Subscriber's
Request
|
71.1
|
A
subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue service to the cellular
end-user equipment in his possession. For this purpose, a subscriber may
communicate with the Licensee in writing, including by fax or by
email
T
48)
.
|
71.2
|
The
Licensee will discontinue the provision of cellular services to the
cellular end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession not later than
the workday after the date specified by the subscriber in his notice. If
the subscriber did not
|
71.3
T
48)
|
The
Licensee will publish on its website, and in the bill sent by it to the
subscriber, the fax number and the email address through which the
subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue a
service.
|
(A)
|
The
subscriber did not pay for the third time during the same year the bill in
respect of the payments he was charged for cellular system services on the
date set therefor in the payment notice. In this section, "year" denotes
the period from January 1 to December
31;
|
(B)
|
There
is reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the
subscriber's end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user
equipment;
|
(C)
|
the
Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular system services in an
unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensee's
service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the
end-user equipment in his possession, and the subscriber did not give a
reasonable explanation for said anomaly. As regards this paragraph,
consumption will not be deemed unusual when less than threefold the
average consumption for the same type of
subscribers.
|
71A.
T
48)
|
Blocking
of Cellular End-User Equipment
|
71A.1
|
The
Licensee will register the identification number of a subscriber's
cellular end-user equipment, excluding cellular end-user equipment
operating by the IDEN technology (hereinafter in this section
"cellular end-user
equipment"
):
|
|
(a)
|
On
the date of delivery of the cellular end-user equipment to the subscriber,
on the date of contracting with the subscriber or on the date of renewal
of the contract, including on the date of replacement, upgrading or repair
of the cellular end-user equipment.
|
|
(b)
|
In
the case of cellular end-user equipment that was not provided to the
subscriber by the Licensee, the Licensee will make reasonable efforts to
bring to the subscriber's attention the possibility available to him of
registering with the Licensee the identification number of such aforesaid
cellular end-user equipment.
|
|
(c)
|
At
the subscriber's request from the Licensee; the subscriber's request may
be via the telephone, after the Licensee has verified the reliability of
the request.
|
71A.2
|
If
a subscriber notifies the Licensee that his end-user equipment has been
stolen or lost, the Licensee will block the end-user equipment of a
subscriber who was registered as stated in Section 71A.1, free of charge,
not later than thirty (30) days after it has verified the reliability of
the subscriber's request. For purposes of this section,
"blocking"
– elimination
of the possibility that the cellular end-user equipment will receive
cellular services.
|
71A.3
|
The
Licensee will provide details of end-user equipment that was blocked by it
to any other cellular licensee, not later than the workday after
implementing that stated in Section
71A.2.
|
71A.4
|
(a)
T
50)
|
The
Licensee may not provide cellular services to end-user equipment that was
blocked by it or by another cellular
licensee.
|
|
(b)
T
50)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 71A.2 and Subsection (a), if it is found that
blocking the identification number will cause the discontinuation of
service to other end-user equipment having the same identification number,
the Licensee may abstain from implementing the block as
stated.
|
71A.5
|
The
Licensee will remove the block on end-user equipment that was blocked by
it, after receiving a request
T
50)
from the subscriber. Removal of the block will be done not later than one
workday after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request,
unless the subscriber has specified a later date in his request
T
50)
.
|
71A.6
|
The
Licensee will publish to all its subscribers its obligations with respect
to the possibility of blocking cellular end-user equipment, the procedure
for registration of the identification number of cellular end-user
equipment with the Licensee and the ways of communicating with it for the
purpose of implementing the block. The publication will be made in at
least the following ways:
|
(a)
|
In
the contract;
|
(b)
|
On
the Licensee's website;
|
|
(c)
|
In
a separate information sheet to be enclosed with the bill submitted to the
subscriber, by January 30, 2009
T
50)
.
|
71A.7
T
50)
|
The
Licensee will detail, in a half yearly report, the number of
identification numbers that were blocked and the number of identification
numbers in respect of which such block was removed, as well as the number
of
|
72.1
|
The
Licensee
A16)
may terminate or disconnect the service to a subscriber if one of the
following is fulfilled:
|
|
(A)
|
The
subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he
received, on the date set for its defrayal in his contract with the
Licensee;
|
|
(B)
|
The
subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the
Licensee, which was established as a material
condition;
|
|
(C)
|
The
subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the
end-user equipment in his
possession.
|
72.2
|
Service
to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases
detailed in Section 72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the
subscriber a notice in writing at least 10 days prior to the expected
termination or disconnection date. The notice will state that the
subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the
notice, to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service
will be terminated or disconnected.
|
72.3
T
2)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Section 72.2, the Licensee may disconnect service to a
subscriber without prior notice, if one of the following is
fulfilled:
|
|
(a)
|
The
subscriber did not pay, for the third time during the same year, the bill
in respect of the payments he was charged for cellular services, on the
date set therefor in the payment notice. In this paragraph, "year" – the
period from January 1 to December
31;
|
|
(b)
|
There
is a reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the
subscriber's end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user
equipment;
|
|
(c)
|
The
Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular services in an
unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensee's
service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the
end-user equipment.
|
72A.4
T
2)
|
The
Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber if it has found that the
end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession, through which the
subscriber receives cellular services, causes interference with the
provision of cellular services to other subscribers or interference with
the cellular system activity, provided that the Licensee gave the
subscriber notice in writing at least 21 days prior to the expected
disconnection date. The notice will specify the reason for the expected
disconnection and state that the subscriber is being given an
|
72A.
T
48)
|
Discontinuation of Service to a
Dormant Subscriber
|
72A.1
|
If
the Licensee wishes to discontinue service to a dormant subscriber, it
must give the dormant subscriber prior notice of such intention, in the
manner set out below (hereinafter in this section
"the notice"
). The time
of discontinuation of the service may not be less than thirty (30) days
after the date of sending of the
notice.
|
72A.2
|
The
Licensee will specify in the notice the telephone number in respect of
which it intends to discontinue the
service.
|
72A.3
|
The
sending of a notice to a dormant subscriber will be
done:
|
|
(a)
|
With
respect to a subscriber whose name and address are known to the Licensee,
in each of the following ways:
|
|
(1)
|
By
a letter via regular post;
|
|
(2)
|
By
two SMS messages to be sent to the dormant subscriber at a difference of
at least two weeks between the
messages.
|
|
(b)
|
With
respect to a subscriber whose name and address are not known to the
Licensee – by four SMS messages to be sent at a difference of at least one
week between the messages.
|
|
(c)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Subsections (a)(2) and (b), if the subscriber's end-user
equipment does not support the receipt of SMS messages, the Licensee will
send the subscriber voice messages instead of SMS messages, insofar as the
subscriber's end-user equipment supports the receipt of voice
messages.
|
72A.4
|
The
Licensee may not discontinue service to a dormant subscriber to whom a
notice was sent, where the dormant subscriber has notified the Licensee
that he does not wish the service to be discontinued. The subscriber may
deliver such a message via the telephone or in writing, including by fax
or by email.
|
|
Notwithstanding
the aforesaid, the Licensee may discontinue service to a dormant
subscriber who has notified it that he does not wish the service to be
discontinued, after the subscriber was sent at least two notices, as
stated in Section 72A.3 and 72A.5, and where in the second notice the
Licensee has notified the subscriber that if within one year from the date
of the second notice the subscriber does not make use of the cellular
service, the subscription to the service will be discontinued, without
delivery of further notice to the
subscriber.
|
72A.5
|
The
Licensee may not send the subscriber further notice concerning its wish to
discontinue the service after one year has passed from the date on which
the subscriber was sent the previous notice in that
regard.
|
72A.6
|
The
Licensee will keep the telephone number of a dormant subscriber to whom
service was discontinued, during at least three months from the date of
discontinuation of the service, before the number is returned to the pool
of telephone numbers of the Licensee itself or to another cellular
licensee who originally allocated the number to the dormant subscriber. If
during this period a written request is received from the subscriber to
renew the service, the Licensee will renew the service upon the same terms
as those that applied prior to the discontinuation of the service, free of
charge.
|
72A.7
|
Where
service was discontinued to a dormant prepaid subscriber who has a balance
of the payment remaining to his credit, the Licensee will refund the
appropriate balance within 30 days after receiving a written request from
the subscriber who has proven that he is the owner of the line to which
the service was discontinued, provided such request is received by the
Licensee not later than six months after the date of discontinuation of
the service.
|
73.1
|
The
Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is
obligated to provide (hereinafter – disconnection due to maintenance), if
the need to carry out vital cellular system maintenance or setup
operations necessitates this, provided the following are
fulfilled:
|
(A)
|
The
duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve
(12) consecutive hours;
|
(B)
|
The
number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during
a single year;
|
(C)
|
Void.
A2)
|
73.2
|
The
Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the
circumstances necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask
the Licensee to postpone said disconnection if he came to the realization,
after considering the Licensee's contentions, that a vital public interest
necessitates such a postponement.
|
73.3
|
If
due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the
cellular system requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the
Licensee will ask in advance for the Director's approval. The request will
specify the maintenance operations required and the actions taken by the
Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch as possible,
the duration of the service
disconnection.
|
73.4
|
Void.
A2)
|
73.5
|
If
disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the
purpose of carrying out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will
notify the Director forthwith, including by phone, cable or fax, regarding
the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee will notify its
subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction, as
early as possible, including via the public address system operating
through the cellular system, insofar as this is possible, as well as
through the public media.
|
73.6
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to
notify the Director or the subscribers about disconnection due to
maintenance, when the following are
fulfilled:
|
(A)
|
The
duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an
hour;
|
(B)
|
Disconnection
due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00
Sunday morning the following day.
|
“Licensee”
|
- |
Anyone
to whom the Minister has granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or
special license;
|
|
“Airtime”
|
- |
Duration
of the time in which a subscriber receives cellular services, whether the
connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone
else;
|
|
“Airtime unit”
A31A31)
|
- |
Time
unit of 12 seconds at the most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January
2009, a time unit of 1 second.
|
|
“Package of
services”
|
- |
Several
services sold to a subscriber as a package, for which a rate has been set
as specified in section 75.2.
|
|
“Public
telecommunications
network”
|
- |
Including
an international telecommunications system.
|
|
“Payment for
completion
of
a call”
|
- |
Payment
made by the initiator of a call which began on end-user equipment
connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another
public telecommunications network, or on end-user equipment connected to
such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the
other public telecommunications
network.
|
|
(a)
|
A
onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user
equipment held by the subscriber to the Cellular system, including
issuance of a smart (SIM) card to the subscriber, or a onetime
registration fee (hereinafter – connection
fee);
|
|
(b)
|
A
fixed payment;
|
|
(c)
|
Payment
for airtime as specified in section
75A;
|
|
(d)
|
Payment
for completion of a call as specified in section
75A;
|
|
(e)
|
Payment
for basic telephone services, related services and value added services,
detailed in the First Schedule to the
License;
|
75.1
|
The
Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services
provided by it to its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of
linkage of the rate to the index. The Licensee shall notify the Director
of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes into
effect.
|
75.2
|
The
Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services
included in the package or time periods or by any other method. The
Licensee may set a separate rate for each of the services included in the
package or set a general rate for the
package.
|
75.3
|
The
Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a
uniform rate according to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this
section, “category of subscribers” –
A16)
a
group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification for
distinguishing it from another
group.
|
75.4
|
The
Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch
from one package of services to another that is being offered by it at the
time. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its
subscribers. In the framework of this provision it may set times when it
is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions, including
payment terms, for implementing the
switch.
|
75.5
T
49)
|
If
the Licensee contracts with the subscriber in regard to a certain service
or package of services, and the contract includes a commitment as defined
in Section 56A.1 (
"commitment period"
),
the following provisions will apply, with the exception of a business
subscriber:
|
|
(a)
|
The
terms of the contract, excluding the contract rates, will be final, known
and fixed in advance for the entire commitment
period.
|
|
(b)
|
The
rate for each service will be fixed on the date of the contract and will
be uniform and specified in shekels for the entire commitment
period.
|
|
For
purposes of this section,
"uniform"
– any rate
before VAT which the subscriber is required to pay, as determined on the
date of the contract, may not be increased during the commitment
period.
|
|
Notwithstanding
the aforesaid, the Licensee may provide its subscriber services at lower
rates than those fixed in advance in the contract, during a limited time
period, to all the subscribers or to a certain type of
subscriber.
|
(c)
|
The
Licensee will include provisions as stated above in the contract with the
subscriber.
|
75.6
|
The
Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscriber’s
switch from one package of service to another on the purchase of value
added services or end-user equipment from the
Licensee.
|
75.7
|
A
package of services in which a payment in installments is set for end-user
equipment or for one of the services, shall include also a payment
arrangement in the event that the subscriber wishes to be released from
that package or to switch from that package to another package of
services, according to the outstanding balance of the payments due from
the subscriber or according to the remainder of the commitment
period.
|
75.8
|
(a)
|
The
Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the
call was not initiated by the subscriber (hereinafter – uninitiated
call).
|
|
(b)
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber
payment for an uninitiated call in the following
cases:
|
|
(1)
|
Call
transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming
service;
|
|
(2)
|
Collect
call to which the subscriber has given his
agreement;
|
|
(3)
|
Call
created by dialing a service number containing the access code 1-800, that
was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with
him;
|
|
(4)
|
Void
A
51
|
|
(c)
|
The
licensee may collect from a subscriber initiating a call by dialing the
following services or access codes, payment not exceeding the tariff
collected by the licensee from a subscriber for a call whose destination
is on a domestic operator network:
A
51
|
|
(2) Short number service for
businesses
2
;
|
|
(a)
|
The
Licensee may collect from a subscriber who initiates a call by means of
access code 1-800, whose destination is on another licensee’s network, a
lower rate than the one applying to the subscriber for a call not
initiated through such an access code, provided it does not exceed the
amount set by agreement between the
|
|
(b)
|
That
stated in subsection (a) shall not apply to calls destined for 1-800
numbers with a special numbering format that were allocated to the
international operators for the purpose of providing international
telecommunication message services, as this term is defined in the
international operator’s license
A
)
.
|
|
(a)
|
The
payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unit
A31)
;
For the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit
shall be deemed the same as a whole airtime
unit.
|
|
(b)
|
Void
A46)
.
|
|
(c)
|
The
duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the
connection is established between the subscriber who initiated the
connection (hereinafter – the calling subscriber) and the subscriber
receiving the call, until the moment when the call is terminated, which is
the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received
from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The
duration of the connection setup time, until the moment the connection is
established, and the duration of the disconnection time, from the moment
the instruction to terminate the connection is received until it is
actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration of the
call.
|
|
In
this regard, subscriber receiving the call – including a voice
mailbox.
|
|
“Voice mailbox”
– an
installation or device forming part of the
cellular
system, designed
to enable the calling subscriber to leave a voice message for the called
subscriber
A40)
.
|
|
(d)
|
A40)
Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee
shall play to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message,
lasting at least 2 seconds (in this subsection –
“message”
), and will
enable the calling subscriber, at his option, to disconnect the call
without any debit, in the course of the message, or within a reasonable
time being not less than one second after the end of the message (
“reasonable time”
). In
such case, the moment of establishing the connection with the subscriber
receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c) above, will be
deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable
time.
|
|
The
wording of the message will be: “The call is being transferred to a voice
mailbox,” and it will be articulated clearly and at a reasonable speed. In
this
|
|
The
payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not
exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications
Regulations (Payments for Interconnection),
2000.
|
|
The
Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is
being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network
to end-user equipment that is connected to a
cellular
system of another
cellular
licensee, a
payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the
subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user
equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is
connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the
transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations
(Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection),
2000.
|
|
For
purposes of this section –
|
|
“SMS”
– telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or
symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the
network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a
cellular
system of
another
cellular
licensee.
|
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and
ending February 9, 2005
A29)
,
the following provisions shall
apply:
|
|
(a)
|
The
Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is
destined for end-user equipment that is connected to a
cellular
system of another
cellular
licensee
(hereinafter – “inter-network SMS”) a payment not exceeding the payment
which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS
which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the
network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a
payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the
Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions)
(Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7%
8
;
|
|
(b)
|
The
Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as
stated in subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber
was not completed.
|
76.1
|
The
Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and
at the call centers, free of charge, full and detailed information
concerning the up-to-date rates for all its services, including the
payment for completion of a call; The Director may instruct the Licensee
concerning the manner and format of publication of the
rates.
|
76.2
|
The
Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package
of services according to which the subscriber is being
debited.
|
76.3
|
The
Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of
the rates charged by it.
|
77A.1
|
The
Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and
shall maintain a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent
possible, that the calls for which the subscriber is being debited were
actually made from end-user equipment connected to the Licensee’s
cellular
system in the
subscriber’s name.
|
77A.2
|
The
Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscriber’s end-user
equipment after receiving at the service offices the subscriber’s
notification that the end-user equipment was lost or stolen, or that there
is a possibility that someone else is making calls through the end-user
equipment without having received permission to do so; The subscriber may
give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax or
email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after
receipt of a written notification, the Licensee shall verify its
reliability and disconnect the
service.
|
77A.3
|
The
Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing
fraud.
|
|
Subject
to that stated in section 75, the Licensee may change the rate that was
set by it for any service or basket of services (in this section –
“service”), provided:
|
|
(a)
|
It
submits to the Director a written notice giving details of the new rate,
before such rate goes into effect;
|
|
(b)
|
It
gave prior written notice to every subscriber who joined the service;
Notwithstanding that stated, notice regarding a reduction may be given to
the subscriber up to one month after the
reduction.
|
|
For
purposes of this section, “change” – any change in a rate resulting in an
increase or reduction in the payment before VAT which a subscriber is
required to pay for
the
Licensee’s
services.
|
|
In
case of an increase or reduction in any rate for
cellular
services
according to the provisions of the license, such increase or reduction
shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting
date of the increase or the reduction; An increase or reduction shall
apply only to
cellular
services provided
to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction; This section
shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section
83(A).
|
80.1
|
The
Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and
collection costs on payments for
cellular
services which
were not paid by a subscriber on their stipulated payment date, in a
payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the contract between
them
A33)
(hereinafter – the payment date).
|
80.2
|
Void
A43)
|
80.3
|
The
amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the
definition of “linkage differences and interest” in section 1 of the
Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences
for the period between the stipulated payment date and the actual payment
date of the specified amount.
|
80.4
|
A33)
The
Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a
service which it provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the
payment date (hereinafter – the amount of the debt), provided at least
fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment date, excluding a case of
nonpayment due to the bank’s or the credit-card company’s refusal to pay a
debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization;
The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall
be reasonable and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions
which the Licensee must take in order to collect it.: In this regard,
“collection costs” – including legal handling by the Licensee or someone
acting on its behalf, of the collection of the amount of the debt before
application is made to the courts.
|
|
If
the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section
74(A), it may debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection
of the subscriber for the first time to the
cellular
network and the
provision of the
cellular
services, or for
a connection after the termination of a service under section 71 or the
termination or disconnection of a service under section
72.
|
|
The
Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for
connection to the
cellular
system in a
number of installments, at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and
in the amount specified in the
contract.
|
|
(a)
|
If
the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment
required to be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the
provisions of the License, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that
regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the
Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under
sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a
written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to
refund the excess amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according
to the rate prior to its
correction.
|
|
(b)
|
If
the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment
required to be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is
liable to harm competition or the consumers, the Minister shall notify the
Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made
and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to
his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the
Minister a written notification setting out the corrected
rate
|
84.1
|
The
Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications
Regulations (Royalties), 2001, or in any other regulations replacing them
(hereinafter –
“the
Royalties Regulations”
).
|
84.2
|
To
every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach
two copies of an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee
and certified by an accountant; The report shall contain a detailed
calculation of the liable income according to the Royalties Regulations,
and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount of the
royalties.
|
84.3
|
Upon
the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the
Licensee’s accountant (hereinafter:
“the audited report”
),
the Licensee shall submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the
adjustment between the income on which it paid royalties, and the income
appearing in the audited report (hereinafter –
“the adjustment
report”
).
|
84.4
|
If
it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the
Licensee, according to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount
paid by it for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the
Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition to interest and
linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties
Regulations.
|
84.5
|
If
it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee
is greater than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which
the audited report relates, the Licensee shall be credited with the amount
of the excess payment; The excess payments to which the Licensee is
entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of the Director,
from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest
shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date
of the offset; In this regard – interest and linkage differences, as
prescribed in the Royalties
Regulations.
|
|
The
Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection
costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties that were
not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the
regulations.
|
|
Royalties
as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in
respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communication’s
accountant by a bank transfer to the ministry’s
account.
|
|
The
royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or
mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay under any
law.
|
|
In
this Part, “use of the license” – setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep
or operation of the cellular system, whether by the Licensee itself or
through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors,
agents or representatives.
|
89.1
|
The
Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or
property of any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or
consequent on the use of the
license.
|
89.2
|
When
using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to
prevent damage or loss to the body or property of any person, and where
such damage or loss was caused due to the use of the license, the Licensee
shall repair the damage at its expense and compensate the aggrieved party,
all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of which the Minister
granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section
90.
|
|
To
avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability
beyond the liability in torts established in the regular law of
torts.
|
90.1
|
The
Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or any of the
immunities enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in
section 90.3.
|
90.2
|
The
Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is
requesting and the reasons
therefor.
|
90.3
|
If
the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the
immunities under Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a
notice in
Reshumot
.
|
91.1
|
The
Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed
insurer according to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance
contract shall be presented to the Director at the time of the grant of
the license.
|
91.2
|
The
Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability
as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third
party due to the use of the license; Any indemnity under this section
shall be insured by the Licensee for liability
insurance.
|
91.3
|
The
Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors,
against any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it
may be held liable at law owing to damage caused to the body or property
of a person from the use of the license, and against any loss or damage
caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the
license, including against third party
risks.
|
91.4
|
The
Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing
in insurance, confirming that the insurance policy covers everything
required in sections
|
92.1
|
The
insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall
stipulate that at the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall
be extended automatically.
|
92.2
|
The
Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurer’s
confirmation that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in
the Licensee’s payments of the premiums and there are no pending notices
concerning the cancellation, suspension, limitation, amendment or
termination of the insurance
contract.
|
92.3
|
The
insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to
cancel the insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must
give the Director prior notice in that regard not less than 90 days before
the contract is actually due to be cancelled (hereinafter in this section
– cancellation notice).
|
92.4
|
If
a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the
Licensee shall act immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation,
or shall act immediately to obtain an alternative insurance contract as
stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the Director of the actions it
took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was nonpayment of
the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the
Licensee’s stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part
thereof to cover amounts which he expended on payment of the premium or
collect them in any other manner.
|
92.5
|
If
the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the
Director in that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually
due to be cancelled.
|
92.6
|
If
the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by
the insurer or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall
make an insurance contract with another licensed insurer, in such manner
that the new insurance contract will come into effect simultaneously with
the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance contract shall be
submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as stated
in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be
subject to the provisions of the sections in this
Part.
|
|
If
the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent
that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled or expired, the
Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead,
and it may exercise the bank guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on
the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing
without derogating from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the
license owing to the Licensee’s failure to effect insurance according to
the terms of this license.
|
94.1
|
A30)
The
Licensee shall present to the Director an unconditional bank guarantee in
favor of the State of Israel, in shekels, equivalent to ten (10) million
US dollars, as security for fulfillment of the terms of the License; The
guarantee is attached to this license as Addendum H to the Second
Schedule.
|
94.2
|
The
guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the
license and for compensation and indemnification of the State for any
damage, payment, loss, detriment or expense caused or liable to be caused
to the State – whether directly or indirectly – due to nonfulfillment of
all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on time, or due to the
cancellation, restriction or suspension of the
license.
|
95.1
|
Without
derogating from the general purport of section 94.2, the Director may
exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to
nonfulfillment of the terms of the license, including in each of the cases
set out below:
|
|
(a)
|
The
State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues
from subscribers’ payments, including by reason
of:
|
|
(1)
|
Failure
to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the
timetable determined by the Director, or as approved by the
Director;
|
|
(2)
|
Discontinuation,
suspension or restriction of
services;
|
|
(3)
|
Restriction
or suspension of the license;
|
|
(b)
|
No
insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was
not paid, or the insurance contract was cancelled or
expired;
|
|
(c)
|
The
Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated
in section 75;
|
|
(d)
|
The
Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality
requirements as stated in Appendix B, or the Licensee consistently stops,
suspends or limits the service contrary to the provisions of the
license;
|
|
(e)
|
The
Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by
the date specified in Appendix B.
|
|
(f)
|
The
Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms
or requirements of the license;
|
|
(g)
|
A
claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of
compensation and damages due to a violation of a condition in the license
or faulty implementation of the license or due to the cancellation of the
license, and where the State incurred expenses due to such claim or
demand; The exercise of the
|
|
(h)
|
Royalties
according to section 74 were not paid fully and on
time;
|
|
(i)
|
The
State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the
license;
|
|
(j)
|
The
Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2
and 79.2.
|
|
(k)
|
A16)
The
Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as
stipulated in section 40.1 of the conditions of Tender No.
1/01.
|
|
(l)
|
A16)
A
monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law,
and the required amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the
amount of the sanction is
collected.
|
95.2
|
The
Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason
of an expected violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the
terms of the license that justify, at his discretion, early exercise of
the guarantee.
|
96.1
|
The
Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount
specified therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not
correct the act or omission the subject of the warning within the period
specified in the warning – the guarantee will be exercised, in whole or in
part.
|
96.2
|
If
the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the
Licensee shall provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the
original amount of the guarantee immediately upon the Director’s demand;
Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee as stated shall constitute
a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director may –
without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the
license – exercise any remaining balance of the
guarantee.
|
96.3
|
The
Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee,
in whole or in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified
of the Director’s decision.
|
97.1
|
The
guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license
and for
A16)
two
years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee
satisfies all its obligations under the license to the Director’s
satisfaction – according to the later of these two
dates.
|
97.2
|
If
the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its
obligations under the license, within 60 days before the expiry of the
term of the guarantee, he may require the Licensee to extend the term of
the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within the period specified
by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date specified
by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Director’s
satisfaction, all its obligations under the licenses – according to the
later of these two dates; If the
|
97.3
|
Where
the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be
extended from time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the
validity of the guarantee before the expected end of its term, for a year,
unless the Director exempted it from this obligation; If the Director did
not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend the validity of the
guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at the
specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety
without advance warning.
|
98.1
|
Exercise
of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the
authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the
license.
|
98.2
|
The
amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the
Licensee’s liability towards the State for payment of the full damages
caused to it, where the Licensee is obligated to make such payment under
the license or by law.
|
98.3
|
The
exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from
the Director’s right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner
payment for damages which it is obligated to cover under this license or
to exercise other reliefs that are available to him by
law.
|
|
The
Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the
Licensee’s activities with respect to the implementation of the license
and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the
Regulations pursuant thereto.
|
|
The
Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee
shall not disclose any information or document coming into their
possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized
to receive such information or document, unless it was already published
in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function
under this license or by law.
|
|
For
the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the
Director may:
|
|
(a)
|
Enter
at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to
provide its services under this
license.
|
|
(b)
|
Carry
out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any
record, document, plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular
or computerized, of the Licensee or of anyone employed by the Licensee in
subjects over which the Director has supervisory power as stated; The
Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems
fit.
|
|
The
Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by
him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its activities as
stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid,
it shall allow them to carry out that stated in sections 100 and 101 and
shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its
possession or control that is required by them for the exercise of the
supervision.
|
103.1
|
The
Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this
license, in the format and at the times stipulated in this
part.
|
103.2
|
Every
report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof,
updated for the period of the
report.
|
103.3
|
A
report shall be submitted in two (2) copies, printed and prepared in an
easily readable form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by
the Licensee or whoever it authorized for this purpose; The report shall
be submitted in a format as directed by the Director, including with
respect to its contents, structure and manner of
submission.
|
103.4
|
The
Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report
which it submitted, if he found it lacking in necessary details or details
which, in the Director’s opinion, should have been included by the
Licensee in the report.
|
|
The
Licensee shall submit to the Director, at his request and at least once a
year, at the end of the calendar year and not later than ninety (90) days
thereafter, annual reports describing its activity in the period from
January to December of the past
year:
|
|
(a)
|
Financial
statement audited and signed by an
accountant;
|
|
(b)
|
Subscribers
report, including the following
data:
|
|
(1)
|
Number
of subscribers broken down according to business and private subscribers
and according to post-paid and
pre-paid;
|
|
(2)
|
Amount
of income broken down according to subsection (1), with each type of
income from interconnection appearing separately, and broken down as well
according to airtime and added-value
services.
|
|
(c)
|
Report
on the use of frequencies according to Chapter D Part
C;
|
|
(d)
|
Addendum
A – “Particulars of Licensee” updated as of the beginning of January, as
detailed in section 20.1.
|
104.2
|
The
Licensee shall submit to the Director once a quarter, not later than a
month after the end of the quarter, the following
reports:
|
|
(a)
|
Unaudited
quarterly financial statement signed by an
accountant;
|
|
(b)
|
Unaudited
quarterly income report signed by an accountant, giving details of income
on which royalties are payable;
|
|
(c)
|
Traffic
report – in a format as directed by the
Director.
|
104.3
|
The
Licensee shall submit a report on any special occurrence, as set out in
regulation 8 of the Control
Regulations.
|
104.4
|
The
Licensee shall submit to the Director the following report, at his
request:
|
|
(a)
|
Report
concerning development works of the
network;
|
|
(b)
|
Malfunctions
report – containing a brief description and discussion of the malfunctions
that occurred in the network, the number of malfunctions and the
cumulative duration of malfunctions of each type, an analysis of the
malfunctions and the steps taken to repair
them;
|
|
(c)
|
Service
quality report – Analysis of the Licensee’s compliance with the
requirements of sections 49 to 51 and Addendum E – Level of Services for
Subscribers, during the period of the
report;
|
|
(d)
|
Complaints
report – detailing the written service complaints that were submitted by
subscribers, including the subject of the complaints, the dates on which
they were received, the written response given, the manner in which they
were dealt with and details of the activity of the Public
Ombudsman;
|
|
(e)
|
List
of the Licensee’s rates;
|
|
(f)
|
Updated
engineering program;
|
|
(g)
|
Encumbrances
report – The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of
imposition of an attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensee’s assets
or any case of an encumbrance on means of control in the Licensee, any
realization of such encumbrances or voidance of any right of the Licensee
in an asset; The Licensee must also submit to the Director, at his
request, a report detailing all such
encumbrances.
|
|
(h)
|
Report
on number of subscribers, income and minutes broken down according to
private and business subscribers, and within each category – broken down
according to subscribers for programs priced according to an “inclusive
standard rate” and subscribers for programs priced separately for payment
in respect of “airtime” and interconnection, in a format as directed by
the Director;
|
|
(i)
|
Nuisance
subscribers report as detailed in section
65A.9;
|
|
(j)
|
Any
other data required for performance of control on the Licensee’s
activities, and any information required by the Ministry for regulating
the telecommunications sector.
|
104.5
|
The
Director may add or remove periodical, annual or quarterly reports, and he
may request the Licensee to submit special reports as directed by
him.
|
105.1
|
Where
the Director finds defects or deficiencies in the Licensee’s activities,
he shall notify the Licensee thereof in
writing.
|
105.2
|
If
the Licensee received a notification as stated, it shall submit to the
Director, within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notification, its
written response detailing the measures taken by it to correct the defects
indicated therein.
|
107.1
|
The
Licensee’s rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup,
maintenance and operation of the cellular system and the provision of
services by means thereof, originate in and derive exclusively from and
according to this license.
|
107.2
|
Void.
A2)
|
108.1
|
The
Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow
the public to inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms
of the license are modified, the Licensee shall attach the modification
wording to said license documents.
|
108.2
|
A16)
If
the license and its documents are made available for public inspection,
the public shall not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which
are included in the Second Schedule to the
License:
|
|
(a)
|
Appendix
A – Details of the Licensee;
|
|
(b)
|
Appendix
B – Engineering program;
|
|
(c)
|
Void
A43)
;
|
|
(d)
|
Appendix
G – Insurance contract;
|
|
(e)
|
Appendix
H – Bank guarantee;
|
|
(f)
|
Appendix
I – Special services for the security
forces;
|
|
(g)
|
Appendix
L – Special services for the security forces – security addendum
(confidential);
|
|
(h)
|
Appendix
M – Security directives;
|
|
(i)
|
Appendix
N – Letters of undertaking.
|
108.3
|
The
license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the
Licensee for the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or
expiry of the license, the Licensee shall return the license with all its
documents to the Director.
|
108.4
|
A16)
The
Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the
Internet; The Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website
of the Ministry of Communications, as long as the Ministry publishes the
license on its website.
|
108.5
|
A16)
The
Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in
section 108.2, at the time and in the manner deemed fit by
it.
|
109.1
|
A
duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance
deadline has been set, must be performed by the Licensee within the
deadline.
|
109.2
|
A2)
The
Director, at the Licensee’s request, may postpone a deadline set as
stated, if it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline
for reasons of force majeure.
|
|
Any
approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the
Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such authority,
shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on
the Licensee, and shall not derogate or detract from or void or diminish
the Licensee’s liability as stated.
|
111.1
|
A
notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing
and shall be delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with
confirmation of delivery; A notice sent by registered post as stated shall
be presumed to have reached its destination by the end of 48 hours from
the time of its delivery for
dispatch.
|
111.2
|
Any
notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through
the Director.
|
111.3
|
The
Licensee’s address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10
Hagavish St., Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall
notify the Director immediately of any changes in this
address.
|
1.
|
General
|
1.1.
|
This
Schedule includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under
the conditions set out in Section B of Chapter E –
“Level of Services for
Subscribers”.
|
1.2.
|
The
services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the
Licensee, unless otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the
License.
|
1.3.
|
Wherever
the term: “
Support in
Various Languages”
is used, this denotes support in at least these
four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and
Russian.
|
1.4.
|
A43)
The Licensee must include in the service dossier at least the
following details:
|
a.
|
Name of the service:
Name of the service, including its trade name and a general description of
the service.
|
b.
|
Detailed description of the
service: A
mong other
things –
|
c.
|
Engineering
description:
|
d.
|
Miscellaneous:
|
2.
|
List of
Services
|
2.1.
|
Basic
Telephone Services
|
2.2.
|
Related
Services
|
4.
|
Selective
Call Forwarding
|
Diversion
of incoming calls according to a list of numbers predefined by the
subscriber, to another destination at the subscriber’s
choice:
·
Always
·
When
call is not answered
·
When
busy
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
5.
|
Call
Transfer
|
Subscriber
may transfer call to another telephone number
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
6.
|
Hunting
Group
|
Determining
a leading number for a subscriber’s group of numbers: dialing the leading
number will refer the call to a free number in the group.
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
7.
|
Caller
ID
|
Caller’s
number will appear on the screen
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Depends
on caller's end device
|
8.
|
Calling
ID Restriction
|
Allows
blocking subscriber’s number from appearing on call receiver’s screen.
Block may be permanent or one-time.
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
9.
|
Caller
Name Announcement
|
Option
of identification of caller by voice signature
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
10.
|
Conference
Call
|
Establishing
a call for a number of subscribers simultaneously
|
Existing
Service
|
98%
availability
|
|
11.
|
Closed
User Group
|
A
group of phone numbers than may establish a call only among
themselves
|
Existing
Service
|
98%
availability
|
GSM
network only
|
12.
|
Voice
Mail
|
Storing
messages of callers to the subscriber in a personal box and allowing
extraction of such
|
Existing
Service
|
99%
availability
|
13.
|
Advanced
Voice Mail
|
Voice
mail system as described in paragraph 12 above, with added “smart”
element, including visual or audio indication of messages waiting,
transfer of messages to other platforms and receiving messages from such
platforms.
|
Existing
Service
|
98%
availability
|
|
14.
|
Voice
Mail Notification
|
When
message received in voice mail box, the mail box will dial or send message
to destinations defined by subscriber
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
15.
|
Voice
Activated Service
|
Allows
operation of telephone and basic services, related services and value
added services by voice
|
Partialy
existing, Future Service expansion.
|
70%
chance of correct identification in regions where signal
strength is better than 85dbm
|
|
16.
|
Call
Tracking
|
Allows
subscriber to send the applicant an indication, while talking, for
purposes of later identification of source of call.
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Subject
to law
|
17.
|
Virtual
Private Network (VPN)
|
Allows
short dialing according to a private numbering program
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
For
subscribers according to relevant types. Currently provided to business
sector.
|
18.
|
Centrex
|
Allows
maintaining a private network while using network
resources
|
Future
Service
|
||
19.
|
Facsimile
Services
|
Allows
receiving, storing and extracting facsimile messages via
phone
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
20.
|
Roaming
|
Allows
receiving, extracting and blocking messages abroad
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Subject
to availability of foreign operator. In GSM network in 3 months of
launching of the network.
|
21.
|
GPRS
Roaming
|
Allows
using certain communications data services while using roaming
services
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Subject
to operator availability
|
22.
|
Toll
Free Call
(1-800)
|
Free
call to caller. Subscriber – call receiver – is charged for cost of
call.
|
Future
Service
|
According
to numbering program and Director’s rules
|
|
23.
|
Void
A
51
|
||||
24.
|
Call
Screening
|
Defining
a list of phone numbers subscriber will receive calls from. Call from
other numbers will be referred to another destination.
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
25.
|
Talk
Two
|
One
number for two end user equipment units.
|
Existing
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
26.
|
One
number for two SIM cards
|
cellular
services for two or more telephones in one number
|
Future
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
27.
|
Two
numbers for one SIM card
|
Defining
two telephone numbers for the same SIM card
|
Future
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
28.
|
Change
of number announcement
|
A
caller to a subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscriber’s
new number, and will be given the option of directing the call to the new
number.
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
GSM
network only
|
29.
|
Wake-up
Service
|
Allows
subscriber to request the system call him at an hour
defined.
|
Future
Service
|
Precision
of service approx. 5 minutes. 99.9% availability
|
30.
|
Camp
on busy line
|
Call
automatically put through to busy number when number frees
up.
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
31.
|
Personal
Number Service
|
Allows
subscriber to define calls to a certain number be forwarded to various
destinations according to parameters set by subscriber.
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
32.
|
Collect
Call
|
Cost
of call to be paid by subscriber receiver, after
confirmation.
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Between
licensed subscribers only
|
33.
|
Message
Distribution
|
Distribution
of messages to a list of addressees, using various
platforms
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
34.
|
Hot
Billing
|
Provides
updated information to subscriber regarding his bill with the applicant
via various platforms
|
Future
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
35.
|
Over
the Air Services (OTA)
|
Update
of data and applications on SIM card via SMS by the applicant. Running
applications from SIM card will be performed by subscriber, using end
device.
|
Future
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
36.
|
Account
Code Billing
|
Splitting
charge for one phone number into separate accounts. Subscriber’s
instructions regarding the account to be billed will be performed by
punching a code at the beginning or during a call.
|
Future
Service
|
99%
availability
|
|
37.
|
Star
Services
|
Allows
establishing a connection by dialing a short access code according to
applicant’s internal numbering program.
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
38.
|
Short
Messages Service (SMS)
|
Allow
receiving and sending written messages via phone
|
Existing
Service
|
99%
availability
|
Depends on
end user equipment
|
39.
|
Circuit
Switch Data (CSD)/High speed circuit switch data (HSCSD)
|
Access
to data service using a dial-up modem on phone or independent dial
modem
|
Existing
Service
|
98%
availability
|
Depends on
end user equipment
|
40.
|
Data
communications in Packet Switch
|
Subscriber
connection via phone or independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP
communications for broadcastung using packet switch
|
Existing
Service
|
98%
availability on best effort basis
|
Depends on
end user equipment
|
41.
|
Discontinuation
of Service
|
Discontinuation
of service upon subscriber's request
|
Existing
Service
|
Will
be performed no later than the next business day after
subscriber's request
|
|
42.
|
POC
(Push to Talk Over Cellular)
|
Call
made by pressing a button on cellular end user equipment
Call
may be private (between subscriber and subscriber) or group on data
communications network
|
Service
Exists (just started)
|
According
to service file
|
According
to temp. provision
|
Temporary
Provision
|
The
Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services
(hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who is a legal entity
(individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of
cellular end user equipment units permitted use of this service,
hereinafter – end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber
does not exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service
begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any considerable
changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the
Ministry will consider a shorter period.
|
|
Application
|
This
service will not begin before Sunday, the 29
th
day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004)
|
|
*
availability of service
is the percentage of time the service is available, not including
availability of basic
services.
|
2.3.
|
Value Added
Services
|
No.
|
Name
of Service
|
Description
of Service
|
Date
provided
|
Measures
for quality of service
|
Remarks
|
1.
|
Speaking
Clock
|
Notice
of time
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
2.
|
Directory
Assistance
|
Allows
receiving information on phone numbers and automatic establishment of
calling number so given.
|
Future
service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
3.
|
Connectivity
to Information and Entertainment Services
|
Allows
subscriber to connect to information, entertainment, applications and
content services, whether interactive or noniteractive, whether by
download, by upload, or by various means of access.
|
Existing
service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Depends
on end user equipment. Subject to Director’s rules
|
4.
|
Access
to Internet Provider Services
|
Allows
subscriber access to internet provider.
|
Future
Service
|
||
5.
|
Location
Based Information & Tracking
|
Receiving
and sending information depending on location of phone, subject to
law.
|
Future
Service
|
||
6.
|
M-Commerce
|
Connection
via end user equipment for performing transactions
|
Existing
Service
|
Depends
on end user equipment. Subject to Director’s rules
|
|
7.
|
Unified
Messaging
|
Allows
subscriber to receive and send voice messages, speaking messages, faxes,
SMS, E-mail messages, application messages and multimedia files, to and
from unified cell, allowing the convertion of the data received from one
format to another, as well as access to data from various means of
access.
|
Future
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
Depends
on end device
|
8.
|
Telemetry
Command and Control
|
Use
of phone or cellular modem for receiving indication and sending orders
concerning various device operation (for example: alarm systems, inventory
systems, traffic lights, controllers, etc.)
|
Existing
Service
|
99.9%
availability
|
|
9.
|
Sponsored
Call
|
Connection
during which subscriber will be exposed to commercial information and
advertisements
|
Future
Service
|
Subject
to law
|
|
10.
|
Video
Conference
|
Allows
visual and audio communication between a number of users.
|
Future
Service
|
Depends
on end device
|
|
11.
|
Instant
Messaging
|
Message
transfer service between “community” participants, organizations, groups
of friends, groups of people with same interests. Subscriber notifies he
is on network and ready to receive messages. Service notifies subscriber
members of group who are in geographic proximity.
|
Future
Service
|
||
12.
|
Surf
& Talk
|
Allows
subscriber to receive an indication of call waiting and reply while
connected to internet
|
Existing
Service
|
99%
availability
|
Depends
on end user equipment. GSM network only
|
13.
|
Personal
Information Management
|
Access
and synchronization via end user equipment to personal data
base.
|
Existing
Service
|
Depends
on end user equipment.
|
·
|
availability
of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not
including availability of basic
services.
|
Appendix
A
|
Particulars
of Licensee – not available to public;
|
Appendix
B
A16
|
Engineering
Plan - not available to public;
|
Appendix
C
|
Maintenance
Scheme - not available to public;
|
Appendix
D
|
Uniform
Engagement Agreement – not attached;
|
Appendix
E
A16
|
Level
of Subscriber Services;
|
Appendix
F
A8
|
Void;
|
Appendix
G
|
Insurance
Contract - not available to public;
|
Appendix
H
A16
|
Bank
Guarantee - not available to public;
|
Appendix
I
t
3t
5
|
Special
Services for security forces - not available to public;
|
Appendix
J
A6
|
Access
to International Communications Services;
|
Appendix
K
A7
|
Discontinuation
of Services for cellular end user equipments of IS-54
type;
|
Appendix
L
A12
|
Special
Services for security forces - not available to public;
|
Appendix
M
A12
|
Security
Instructions - not available to public;
|
Appendix
N
A16
|
Letters
of Undertaking - not available to public;
|
Appendix
O
A24
|
Erotic
Services
|
1.
|
System
Performance
|
1.1.
|
The
system and its services will fulfill performances, qualities and measures
defined in the Engineering Plan – Appendix
B.
|
1.2.
|
The
system performance and services will not fall, in any event, from the
following minimum requirements:
|
1.2.1.
|
Digital Technology:
the
system and the services under the extension of the license will be
operated using digital technologies, according to relevant international
standards.
|
1.2.2.
|
Service Coverage:
|
1.2.3.
|
Quality of
Service
:
|
(A)
|
In
this section:
|
(1)
|
“
Blocked Calls”
: calls
that cannot be established or messages that cannot be sent immediately
upon entering the order to connect because of non-availability of cellular
system resources or resources for connection between the cellular system
and other systems;
|
(2)
|
“
Dropped Calls
” – calls
stopped not by the initiative of the subscriber caller/connector or that
of the receiving subscriber;
|
(B)
|
Quality
of service in cellular system will not be less than the
following:
|
(1)
|
the
amount of blocked calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two
percent (2%);
|
(2)
|
The
amount of dropped calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two
percent (2%);
|
(C)
|
The
system will uphold the requirements set out in sub-sections (A) and (B)
ninety-nine percent (99%) of the time during maximum use
hours;
|
(D)
|
Subject
to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, the system will reach
the level of requirements set out above by no later than twenty four (24)
months from the date of start of provision of such services for pay; from
that time, said quality of service will be upheld in all the system’s
coverage areas;
|
(E)
|
The
number of blocked and dropped calls will be measured as
follows:
|
(1)
|
measure
will relate to the time span of one
hour;
|
(2)
|
the
maximum use hour to which the measure will refer will be the busiest hour
of the system, on the day the measure is
taken;
|
(3)
|
The
measure will be taken at the maximum use hours on each of five (5)
consecutive work days as stated;
|
(4)
|
The
final number indicating the likelihood of blocked and dropped calls will
refer to the average of the five (5) measured over the five (5) said
consecutive work days, and for each type of service provided by the
system;
|
(F)
|
Measurement
and calculation will be performed for each cell separately, for each
switch separately, and for the entire system; notwithstanding the
aforesaid, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may allow
exceptions to the provisions of section 1.2.3, after having been satisfied
that there is a true difficulty in performing the measure and calculations
as stated, provided an alternative measuring and calculation system is
proposed.
|
2.
|
Customer and
Subscriber Services Quality
Measures
|
2.1.
|
Services for provision of
information to customers and subscribers:
will be given by referral
to call centers, at service centers, at the internet site, by e- mail, by
telephone and by facsimile.
|
2.2.
|
Standards for
accessibility and provision of
information:
|
(A)
|
A
call center will be available twenty four (24) hours a day, all days of
the week except on Yom Kippur.
|
(B)
|
The
call center will be manned at least thirteen (13) hours a day Sundays
through Fridays, and five (5) hours a day on Fridays and eves of
holidays.
|
(C)
|
The
reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the
Director observe that the waiting time at the call center is not
reasonable, he may set measures for response
time.
|
(D)
|
A
caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a
message box to leave a message, and will receive a reply on the following
day.
|
(E)
|
The
Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact
it for provision of information and for queries, such
as:
|
-
|
Computerized
voice system IVR;
|
-
|
queries
via post;
|
-
|
queries
via fax;
|
-
|
queries
via e mail.
|
(F)
|
The
Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of
the call center in the following ways, among
others:
|
-
|
In
the engagement agreement with the
subscriber;
|
-
|
In
the bills sent to the subscriber;
|
-
|
In
any document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter
relating to customer services;
|
-
|
In
telephone directories and in telephone information
centers.
|
2.3.
|
Bills to
Subscribers
|
(A)
|
Bills
to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the
following:
|
(1)
|
monthly
charge (fixed charge)
|
(2)
|
duration
of calls or air time (minutes,
seconds)
|
(3)
|
volume
of data use (MB,kB) – if the service provided is charge by volume of data
transmitted.
|
(4)
|
Other
charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic
commerce).
|
(5)
|
Combination
of the above charge methods.
|
(B)
|
Structure of the
Bill
|
(3)
|
The
Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to
the subscriber.
|
(C)
|
Production and
delivery of bills
|
(1)
|
The
Licensee will produce monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other
time with subscriber’s consent.
|
(2)
|
A
subscriber wishing to disengage with the Licensee will receive a final
bill on the closest date possible, and no later than two months from the
date of disengagement.
|
(3)
|
Void
T
52
|
2.4.
|
A43)
Measures for Handling
Public’s Applications
|
(A)
|
Level
of handling a written complaint – The response times for complaints will
be up to 14 workdays; the response for 5% of complaints will be within a
month.
|
(B)
|
Measures
for quality of service of the service centers
–
|
-
|
90%
of applications will be handled directly by the service representatives,
up to completion.
|
-
|
Not
more than 10% of applications, some due to escalation of complaints, will
be referred to more senior levels.
|
(C)
|
Applications
clarified by the senior level – In any case where the Public Ombudsman’s
reply to a complaint does not satisfy the applicant, the application will
be passed on to the managerial level, which will examine the it again and
reply directly to the applicant. In any event, the applicant will receive
a response within 30 days from the day of his
application.
|
1.
|
The
telephone bill (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Bill
”) to be presented
by the licensee to a subscriber shall be clear, legible and
comprehensible; the Bill shall include accurate details about the
components of the charge demanded, as set forth in this
Appendix.
|
2.
|
The
Bill shall include the following
parts:
|
|
A.
|
“Billing
Summary”;
|
|
B.
|
“Billing
Details” including:
|
|
1)
|
Details
of fixed charges, variable charges, one-time charges, credits and
reimbursements, within the meaning in section 8 E of this
Appendix;
|
|
2)
|
Information
on usage patterns;
|
|
C.
|
“Call
Details”.
|
3.
|
The
Bill shall be constructed using a bottom-up method, with its bottom level
being Part C - “Call Details”, above it Part B - “Billing Details” and at
the top level Part A - “Billing
Summary”.
|
4.
|
The
Company name and logo shall be displayed on each page of the Bill,
including on the “Call Details”.
|
5.
|
The
licensee shall issue a “Billing Summary”, “Billing Details” and “Call
Details” for each telephone number separately. The licensee may issue to a
subscriber holding several telephone lines one “Billing Summary” to refer
to all the telephone numbers in the possession of the subscriber, provided
that the “Billing Summary” sets forth each of the telephone numbers to
which the Bill relates (see examples 1 and 2). “Call Details” and “Billing
Details” shall be issued by the licensee for each telephone number
separately. Notwithstanding the above, a subscriber in possession of
several telephone numbers may demand from the licensee to receive a
|
6.
|
Amounts
in the Bill shall be rounded off and shall be set forth according to the
provisions of section 2.2.2 of Israeli Standard 5262 - “Honesty in Billing
and Fair Disclosure in Telephone Bills” (hereinafter referred to in this
Appendix as the “
Standard
”) and the
provisions of the General License on this matter. It should be clarified
that in respect of the manner of calculating the billing amount, in
contrast to the manner of presenting the “Call Details”, and the “Billing
Details”, as determined in the provisions, the licensee must calculate
this pursuant to the tariff provided in the Regulations, with no rounding
off.
|
7.
|
The
Ministry of Communications’ website in the section on “General Licenses”
has examples of telephone bills drawn up pursuant to the detailed
provisions of this Appendix (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as
the “
Examples
”).
The Examples are based on telecommunications agreements and tariff plans
marketed in 2008 by the general licensees. The examples are for the sake
of illustrating the mode of implementation of the provisions only. In the
case of any inconsistency between the provisions and the Examples, the
binding version is that in the
provisions.
|
8.
|
The
following details shall be presented in the “Billing
Summary”:
|
|
A.
|
Subscriber
Details -
|
|
1)
|
First
name;
|
|
2)
|
Surname;
|
|
3)
|
Address;
|
|
4)
|
Customer
number;
|
|
5)
|
Telephone
number and/or PRI line number by means of which the services on account of
which the Bill is presented to the subscriber were
provided;
|
|
B.
|
Licensee
Details -
|
|
1)
|
Company
name;
|
|
2)
|
Company
management address;
|
|
3)
|
Customer
service telephone and facsimile
numbers;
|
|
4)
|
Company
website address.
|
|
C.
|
Dates
-
|
|
1)
|
Billing
date;
|
|
2)
|
Billing
period;
|
|
3)
|
Last
date for payment of Bill - in respect of a Bill not paid by standing order
or by credit card.
|
|
D.
|
Notices
to Subscriber
|
|
1)
|
Notice
on the option of filing a complaint to the licensee’s public complaints
commissioner, about his powers and the ways of contacting him. To the
extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its
license to notify every subscriber about the option of filing a complaint
with the licensee’s public complaints commissioner on the telephone bill,
the licensee shall present a notice on the option of filing a complaint
with the licensee’s telephone call center and about the ways of contacting
it.
|
|
2)
|
The
licensee’s address, telephone number, facsimile number and email address
by means of which the subscriber may request the licensee to stop the
service or deliver the licensee a notice of cancellation, within the
meaning in section 13D of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981. To the
extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its
license to provide for the sending of a request to stop the service by
email, it is not obligated to present such email
address.
|
|
3)
|
Information
on offers and personal notices to the subscriber, at the decision of the
licensee.
|
|
E.
|
Billing
charge exclusive of VAT, as set forth
below:
|
|
1)
|
Fixed
charges - charges applying to the subscriber not dependent on the scope of
usage;
|
|
2)
|
Variable
charges - charges applying to the subscriber dependent on the scope of
usage;
|
|
3)
|
One-time
charges, such as charges for “Exit Fee”, linkage and interest
differentials charge for a monetary debt, charge for collection expenses,
etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “
One-Time
Charges
”);
|
|
4)
|
Credits,
such as credit for return of old terminal equipment, credit for a subsidy
on terminal equipment, etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as
“
Credits
”);
|
|
5)
|
Financial
reimbursements for surplus charges (hereinafter referred to in this
Appendix as “
Reimbursements
”).
|
|
F.
|
Total
payment amount will be presented as set forth
below:
|
|
1)
|
Total
payment amount exclusive of VAT; the amount shall be calculated according
to the charges summary presented in the “Subtotals Summary” and the
“Billing Summary”;
|
|
2)
|
VAT
amount;
|
|
3)
|
Total
payment amount, plus VAT.
|
|
F.
|
All
charges appearing in the “Billing Summary” shall be presented as a decimal
number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after
the decimal point.
|
|
Part
B - “Billing Details”
|
9.
|
Part
1 of the “Billing Details” will include information on fixed charges,
variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements, as set
forth below:
|
|
A.
|
“Billing
Details” will include general information on the tariffs plan according to
the terms of which the subscriber is charged, including details of its
main tariffs, inclusive of VAT. Details of the main tariffs will be
presented exclusive of VAT for business
subscribers.
|
|
B.
|
If
the subscriber’s agreement includes a commitment period the licensee must
note on every bill in the “Billing Details” the following
details:
|
|
1)
|
The
duration of the commitment period and its date of expiration; the
provisions of this subsection shall not apply in respect of a transaction
where there is no obligation to give a collection notice as stated in
section 13A(d)(2)(b) of the Consumer Protection Law,
5741-1981.
|
|
2)
|
The
payment the subscriber will be asked to pay if he requests to terminate
his agreement with the licensee prior to the expiration of the commitment
period to the company or the tariff plan (“
Exit Fee
”) in the course
of the billing period following the present billing period (hereinafter
referred to in this Appendix as the “
Subsequent Billing
Period
”). In the event that the amount of the Exit Fee changes
throughout the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference for
determining the amount of the Exit Fee shall be the middle of the
Subsequent Billing Period (see Example
1).
|
|
3)
|
To
the extent that payment of the Exit Fee also includes payment for
subsidizing terminal equipment, the aforesaid payment shall be presented
separately. In the event that such payment amount is variable throughout
the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference will be the
middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example
1).
|
|
4)
|
The
licensee will present to the subscriber written details in respect of the
mode of calculation of the Exit Fee within 14 days of the date the
subscriber submitted a request to the licensee’s customer service center
or the public complaints
commissioner.
|
|
C.
|
“Billing
Details shall be presented by means of a table composed of columns and
rows, as set forth in the Examples.
|
|
D.
|
Each
service provided to the subscriber in the course of the Billing Period
shall be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate row, with the
following details:
|
|
1)
|
Name
of service; the name of the service shall identify as clearly and as
accurately as possible, the service provided to the subscriber; respecting
a service provided to the subscriber not by means of the licensee, the
licensee shall present the details of the service provider, including its
name and a telephone number by means of which it can be
contacted;
|
|
2)
|
Quantity;
quantity measured in time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes:
seconds). Quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a decimal
number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the
decimal point. The quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will
be presented as a natural number.
|
|
3)
|
Tariff;
the tariff will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels,
to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The
tariff is composed of several payment components, such as one tariff for
the licensee’s services and a second tariff for reciprocal link or for
international phone service, will also be presented as one inclusive
tariff (see Examples 1 and 2). Calls in respect of which the tariff varies
in the course of performance, such as a transition from off-peak to peak
rates and from peak to off-peak rates, a change in tariff in the course of
a conversation, including a conversation started within the scope of a
“pay as you go” plan and exceeding the minutes in the course of
performance, will be presented collectively within the “Calls at Variable
Tariff in the Course of a Call” service; the tariff will be presented
under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated by dividing the
charge amount in the “Subtotal Row”, within the meaning in section 11I of
the Appendix by the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A). To the extent
that a call in the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” is
presented as set forth in the concluding part of section 11L below, the
“Average Tariff” will not be required to be presented and the tariff will
be presented according to each segment separately (see Example 5 - Version
B).
|
|
4)
|
The
charge amount; the charge amount will be calculated by multiplying the
quantity by the tariff and it will be identical to the charge amount
appearing in the “Call Details” in the “Subtotal Row”; the charge in the
“Subtotal Row” in the “Call Details” of each segment of a “Call at a
Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” will be included in the “Account
Details” within the scope of the appropriate category of service (see
Example 5 - Version B).
|
|
5)
|
In
the event that there is also a fixed charge for each individual call, the
number of calls made and the fixed tariff per call shall also be presented
in the same row and the charge amount shall be calculated by multiplying
the number of calls by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity
multiplied by the tariff (see Example
4).
|
|
E.
|
The
“Fixed Charges”, “One-Time charges”, “Credits” and “Reimbursements” shall
each be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate group (see
Examples 3 and 5).
|
|
F.
|
The
licensee shall notify the subscriber in the Bill of his option to request
written details in respect of the mode of calculation of the
“Reimbursement” or the “One-Time Charge”; the licensee will furnish the
subscriber with such written details within 30 days of the date of
submission of a request by the subscriber on the matter to the licensee’s
customer service center or the customer complaints commissioner (see
Examples 3 and 5).
|
|
G.
|
Charges
may also be noted in the “Billing Details” for sale of terminal equipment
and charges for services which are not telecommunication
services.
|
|
H.
|
The
“Billing Details” shall include subtotals of charge amounts exclusive of
VAT, for fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and
Reimbursements (“
Subtotal
Row
”).
|
|
I.
|
The
final charge amount will be presented exclusive of VAT, and alongside such
amount will be presented the charge amount inclusive of
VAT.
|
|
J.
|
The
licensee must note in the “Billing Details” a comment whereby to the
extent that there is a difference between the charge amount and the
subtotal of charge amounts set forth in the Subtotal Rows of the “Billing
Details”, they originate in the fact that the charge amount was calculated
according to tariffs to a higher degree of accuracy than that determined
in the provisions of the license and the
Standard.
|
|
K.
|
All
charge amounts appearing in the “Billing Details” will be presented as a
decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two
digits after the decimal point, unless expressly determined
otherwise.
|
10.
|
In
Part 2 of the “Billing Details” the licensee shall present in graph form
or in any other manner in respect of each telephone number to which the
telephone bill relates information about usage patterns, as set forth
below:
|
|
A.
|
The
rate of utilization of each package of services included in the tariffs
plan to which he is a subscriber, including packages of services granted
to a subscriber within the scope of the fixed
charge;
|
|
B.
|
Details
of charges according to categories of
services;
|
|
C.
|
Distribution
of call minutes and text messages according to categories of licensees on
whose network the call was completed (internal network, external network
according to category of licensee - mobile radio-telephone, internal
domestic fixed line telephony).
|
|
Part
C - “Call Details”
|
11.
|
The
details set forth below shall be presented in the “Call
Details”:
|
|
A.
|
“Call
Details” shall include information about all the services provided to the
subscriber in the period to which the Bill
relates.
|
|
B.
|
Each
“category of service” shall be set forth in a separate group under the
heading of the service name, with each item in the “category of service”
being presented in a separate row, pursuant to the provisions of
subsection 11E. Respecting PTT services, no details are required for each
call separately.
|
|
C.
|
Presentation
of data in relation to each “category of service” appearing in the “Call
Details” will be carried out in ascending chronological
order.
|
|
D.
|
“Call
Details” will be presented in table format pursuant to the details in the
Examples.
|
|
E.
|
In
respect of each item appearing in the “Call Details”, at least the
following data shall be noted:
|
|
1)
|
Date
of performance of call or text message or internet
surfing;
|
|
2)
|
Time
(hh:mm:ss);
|
|
3)
|
Call
destination (if any);
|
|
4)
|
Quantity;
|
|
5)
|
Tariff
exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree
of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal
point.
|
|
6)
|
Charge
amount exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a
degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal
point.
|
|
F.
|
The
tariff presented shall be the tariff according to which the subscriber is
charged,
viz.
,
for example, after a discount, if any, the cheaper tariff offered to the
subscriber within the scope of any offer,
etc.
|
|
G.
|
The
quantity, tariff and charge amount will be presented in adjacent columns
if possible, so that the quantity multiplied by the tariff will give the
charge amount. If there is also a fixed charge per call the quantity of
calls made and the fixed charge per call shall be presented and the charge
amount will be calculated by the quantity of calls multiplied by the fixed
charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see
Example 4).
|
|
H.
|
Quantity
measured by time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes:
seconds); quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a digital
number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the
decimal point; the quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will
be presented as a natural number.
|
|
I.
|
Any
“Category of Service” appearing in the “Call Details” will include a
summary row in which will be set forth the total quantity for which the
subscriber is charged and the total charge amount in respect of such
“Category of Service” exclusive of VAT (hereinafter referred to in this
Appendix as the “
Subtotal
Row
”).
|
|
J.
|
Any
charge amount appearing in the “Subtotal Row” will be presented in the
“Billing Details” as a decimal number to a degree of accuracy of two
digits after the decimal point, with the quantity presented
alongside.
|
|
K.
|
The
presentation of each Subtotal Row shall be made in a prominent
manner.
|
|
L.
|
A
call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof, such
as a transition from off-peak to peak rate or from peak to off-peak rate,
a change in tariff in the course of the conversation, including a
conversation starting within the scope of a “pay as you go” program and
exceeding the minutes in the course of performance thereof, will be
presented within the scope of “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a
Call”; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and
will be calculated by dividing the charge amount into the quantity (see
Example 5 - Version A). A call whose tariff is variable in the course of
performance thereof may also be presented in another form in which the
charge tariff, the quantity and the
|
|
M.
|
The
licensee may provide a subscriber making an express request, with Call
Details in chronological order in which the calls were provided with no
separation between categories of services, provided that it notifies the
subscriber within the scope of the “Call Details” that he may receive
“Call Details” also pursuant to the format determined in section
11(b).
|
1.
|
Definitions
|
1.1
|
In
this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions
noted at their sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or
context:
|
Bezeq
International -
|
The
Bezeq International Company Ltd. ;
|
|
Barak
-
|
Barak
I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications
Services;
|
|
Chance
caller -
|
A
Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international operator, using
a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2;
|
|
Subscriber
number (or telephone number) -
|
A
group of numbers in a certain order, including area code, the dialing of
which should create a telecommunication’s connection between the reading
subscriber’s end user equipment and the reader subscriber’s end user
equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a
number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call
answering center of a licensee
2
|
|
International
operator -
|
Anyone
providing international telecommunications services to the public in
Israel under a general license from the Director;
|
|
Chosen
operator -
|
An
international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions of
section 4
3
|
|
Access
code -
|
A
group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which allows access to
a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing
additional codes, as needed, and the subscriber number, should create a
telecommunication connection to the subscriber’s end user equipment
4
; if the access
code is a manned call center, the service is given via the
operator.
|
Short
dialing code -
|
“00”
” and “188” access code, designated to receive international
telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as
explained in section 2;
|
|
Golden
Lines -
|
The
Golden Lines International Communications Services Company;
|
|
Subscriber
ascription
|
The
technically defining action an internal operator performs in his switch so
that his subscriber’s calls, performed through a shortened dialing code,
are channeled into the chosen operator’s switch;
|
|
Outgoing
ITMS calls -
|
Transferring
a verbal message or facsimile message via an international
telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee
subscriber;
|
|
Ingoing
ITMS calls -
|
Transferring
a verbal message or facsimile message via an international
telecommunications service, initiated by an international
caller;
|
|
International
Telecommunications Services -
|
Telecommunications
services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director,
via an international operator’s international telecommunication
services;
|
|
ITMS
service
|
International
telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous
transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile messages, in an
international telecommunications system.
|
1.2
|
Words
and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning
as defined in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the
Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set out in the appropriate places
in the Licensee’s general license and in the International Operators’
licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the language or
context.
|
2.
|
Allocation of Access
Code
|
2.1
|
A
Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators’
switches, for access to international telecommunications’ services, using
the following codes:
|
(A)
|
double-digit access code
– the ‘00’ access code, which will serve as short access code for
international telecommunications services provided by
a
|
(B)
|
triple-digit access code
– an access code of ‘01X’ type, which will serve as an access code
for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user;
the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix ‘01X’ code to
the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the
international operator’s code, according to the
following:
|
1.
|
‘2’
– code for Golden Lines’ services;
|
2.
|
‘3’
– code for Barak services;
|
3.
|
‘4’
– code for Bezeq International
services;
|
(C)
|
‘188’ access code
– that
will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber dialing
‘188’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operator’s operator
services;
|
(D)
|
four
-
digit access code
–
numbers of the ‘18XY’ type, that will serve as an access code for various
international telecommunications services of any and all international
operators; any subscriber dialing ‘18XY’ will be channeled by the Licensee
to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the
code of the international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is
any number from 1 to 9 and the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be
determined by the Director, under advisement with the international
operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition; each
international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/
these numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operator’s
subscribers and for chance callers.
|
2.2
|
If
the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code
(such as +), instead of the “00” dial code (hereinafter: a special code),
all the provisions and rules applicable to the short “00” dial code will
apply to the special code as well.
|
2.3
|
Dial
by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for
outgoing ITMS calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes
of the 01X type, and four-digit access codes of the 18XY type; upon
dialing a short access code or a special access code, a voice announcement
will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes
available to him.
|
2A.1
|
The
Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing
ITMS calls:
|
(D)
|
as
an ascribed subscriber.
|
(E)
|
As
blocked
|
(F)
|
As
a chance caller only.
|
3.
|
Blocking Outgoing
International Calls and Removal of the
Blocking
|
3.1
|
The
Licensee will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect
incoming ITMS calls for any subscriber requesting to block access to
international services or subscribers for whom the international service
for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance with
the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS
calls except collect calls.
|
3.2
|
If
a block for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscriber’s
request, the Licensee will remove the block as follows:
A23
|
(A)
|
If
the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice
international operator who shall serve as his “chosen operator”, by his
signature on the appropriate form; notice given by means of
facsimile will be deemed notice in writing given to by the
subscriber in this matter.
|
(B)
|
If
the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the
Licensee of such; if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the
requesting party’s identity.
|
3.3
|
The
Licensee will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in
accordance with the subscriber’s request, according to the
following:
|
(A)
|
70%
- Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after
1500 hours will be deemed having been received on the following work
day;
|
(B)
|
20%
- within two working days of receipt of
notice;
|
(C)
|
the
rest – within 5 working days.
|
3.4
|
The
Licensee will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS
calls cannot make outgoing calls using ‘00’ dialing code, ‘01X’ dialing
code, ‘188’ or ‘18XY’ dialing codes, or using any other code that may come
in place thereof
A23
.
|
3.5
|
The
Licensee may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for
outgoing ITMS calls or for removal of the
block.
|
3.6
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to
block outgoing ITMS calls before initiation of services for such
subscriber, free of charge.
|
3.7
|
The
Licensee will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS
calls has been blocked receive appropriate voice message when dialing
access codes or telephone numbers for international
services.
|
3.8
|
If
a subscriber who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS
calls, the Licensee shall notify such to the chosen operator, within seven
(7) working days of the date of performance of the
block.
|
4.
|
Choosing a Chosen
Operator
|
4.1
|
A
Licensee’s subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on
a signed form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen
operator through whom such wishes to receive international
telecommunications services using ‘00’ or ‘188’ access codes; the form
will including the particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name
or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address
and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international
operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when
instruction regarding the appointment was given. The form will explain
that any phone number may have one chosen operator only, and such will
fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international
operator’s license
7
(hereinafter: the
ascription form).
|
4.2
|
Subscribers
may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the
ascription form; for initial ascription made at the subscriber’s request,
the subscriber will not be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber
may be charged a reasonable fee for any change in the
ascription.
|
4.3
|
The
chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscriber’s
having chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice);
ascription notice will include the subscriber’s particulars - first name
and last name, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to
define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date
and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed; the chosen
operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with
the ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via
magnetic media files, or in any other manner agreed upon between the
Licensee and the international operators. If two or more ascription
notices are given to the Licensee, relating to the same telephone number,
the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later
date and hour.
|
4.4
|
If
a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note,
in the request to the international operator of his choice to engage with
as a chosen operator; the Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose
a chosen operator for himself or to block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will
allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services as a chance caller only;
ascription services to a chosen operator or
|
4.5
|
In
order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the
aforesaid, the Licensee will act as
follows:
|
(A)
|
the
Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to
choose one chosen operator will be for certain subscriber
lines, and another for other subscriber
lines;
|
(B)
|
Void
A2A23
.
|
(C)
|
the
Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of
receipt of ascription notice form the chosen operator
A2A23
.
|
(D)
|
The
Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of
said subscriber ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including
change of ascription at the time and under such plan as agreed upon
between the Licensee and the international operator; the report will
include particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of
corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe
to the international operator.
|
(E)
|
A20
The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription
to all international operators (hereinafter: the modification file),
containing the particulars of the subscribers who ascribed to the
international operator or who unsubscribed on that day. The modification
file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure as shall be
agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file
will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the
first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of
the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to
define the international operator as the chosen operator for.
e
ffect
|
(F)
|
The
Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the
prescription of rules and limitations on the matter
of subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out the
technical or operational reasons on which such request is based; if the
Director consents to the Licensee’s said request, at his professional
discretion, the Director will prescribe the time frame for the
applicability of said rules and
limitation;
|
(G)
|
The
Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the
15
th
of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the
report will be correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter
preceding the date of the report, and will include the
following:
|
(1)
|
The
number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications
services;
|
(2)
|
The
number of subscriber engaged for international services using short
dialing codes or using special codes, for each of the international
operators;
|
(3)
|
A23
The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance
dialers only.
|
(H)
|
If
there should be any disputes between the international operator or between
the Licensee and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers
choosing a chosen operator, the matter will resolved by the Director, or
resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed by the Director, at his
exclusive discretion.
|
4.6
|
The
Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the ‘00’ prefix or any
other special prefix for access to international telecommunications
services, or channeling a call to a Licensee’s subscriber located abroad
using an international operator (follow-me subscriber service) to the
chosen operator.
|
5.
|
Void
A23
|
6.
|
Block for short
dialing code
|
6.1
|
Subject
to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for
short dialing code for any subscriber so requesting
A23
.
|
6.2
|
The
Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the
Licensee will channel the subscriber’s calls using the double-digit ‘00’
prefix and the ‘188’ prefix to an announcer playing a recorded
announcement stating the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian:
“This service is blocked, for further details please dial ___ (a telephone
number of the announcer under the provisions of section 6.7)
A23
.
|
6.3
|
Void
A23
|
6.4
|
Void
A23
|
6.5
|
Void
A23
|
6.6
|
Void
A23
|
6.7
|
The
Licensee will operate the voice announcement 24 hours a day,
including Saturdays and holidays, using such method and wording allowing a
subscriber to receive an explanation regarding the ascription and overseas
dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian; the explanation will
include the following matters:
|
(A)
|
Performance
of ascription – the ascription process and where to call in order to
request the ascription form;
|
(B)
|
How
one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for
short dialing codes;
|
(C)
|
The
option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such
block;
|
(D)
|
Where
one may call in order to find out about additional matters – telephone
numbers of international operators.
|
7.
|
Interconnection
|
7.1
|
The
Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications
system, directly or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in
a manner allowing provision of international telecommunications services
to all subscribers through the international telecommunications services
of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming ITMS
calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (‘188’ service, as
stated in section 2.2(A)), “Direct Israel” services, collect service (from
abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service
(incoming and outgoing), calling card services, from any destination
abroad and to any destination
abroad.
|
7.2
|
The
technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee
and any international operator will allow the provision of the following
to all subscribers:
|
(A)
|
Quality
service, including service quality control and means for investigating and
dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding quality of
service;
|
(B)
|
Accurate
and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and
means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding
incorrect billing and tools and means of identification and prevention of
fraud and deception;
|
(C)
|
Consumer
response to subscriber’s queries and questions, including tools and means
of providing an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating
subscriber’s queries in all matters related to receipt of international
services.
|
7.3
|
In
order to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act,
inter alia, as follows:
|
(A)
|
Allow
any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to
make international calls at any time via his chosen international operator
or as a chance caller, using dialing methods set out in section
2;
|
(B)
|
Allow
all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be
given in return for a reasonable
charge,
|
(C)
|
Take
reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator
without his knowledge or against the subscriber’s wishes (“slamming”);
these measures will include identification of the subscriber and
verification of the subscriber’s right to receive
service;
|
(D)
|
Give
all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the
name of their chosen operators;
|
(E)
|
The
Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international
operators, including in all matters regarding the commercial conditions,
billing and collections arrangements, availability of connection
installations and quality of service; without derogating from the
generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all
international operators under equal conditions including in the matter of
interconnection, provision of infrastructure installations and connection
services to the network, performance of changes in switching, in
installations, protocols and network
interface;
|
(F)
|
The
conditions for interconnection between the Licensee’s system and the
international operator’s international telecommunications system will be
reasonable and non-discriminatory; if the parties have not reached any
agreement, the Minister will determine matters between
them;
|
(G)
|
A
copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in
the matter of interconnection will be delivered to the
Director;
|
(H)
|
Any
international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing
to make payments to the Licensee designated for the international operator
for services used via the international operator’s international
telecommunications system will be given over, whether such subscriber was
an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will
include the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID
number of the corporation, address and telephone
number.
|
(I)
|
A22
Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services
from subscribers ascribed to such international operator,
and who have chosen to receive billing and collections services directly;
the Licensee will have any vital information required by
the international operator at his disposal allowing the international
operator to provide billing and collection services for such aforesaid
ascribed subscribers;
|
(J)
|
A22
Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for
such charge not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has
chosen to receive billing and collection services from the international
operator.
|
7.4
|
The
international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the
interconnection including the process of survey and blocking short dialing
codes, and, if so required, for a subscriber’s initial ascription to a
chosen operator; the rate of payments, as stated, will be determined under
negotiation between the Licensee and the international operator; the
Licensee’s shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular
international operator will be divided equally between all international
operators; if the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister
will prescribe instructions in these matters, after giving the parties a
fair opportunity to argue their claims before
him.
|
“Old
technology phone” –
|
A
cellular phone operating on IS-54 format;
|
|
“New
technology phone” -
|
A
cellular phone operating on IS-136 format;
|
|
“Upgradeable
telephone” -
|
An
old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology
phone;
|
|
“Date
of cessation of service” -
|
The
date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old
technology phone owner.
|
|
“Eligible
customer” -
|
The
Licensee’s subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old
technology telephone and has not exchanged or upgraded it to a new
technology phone;
|
|
“Telephone
Number” -
|
The
number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who
lawfully purchased an old technology phone and connected to the Licensee’s
network;
|
|
“Upgrade”
-
|
Exchanging
the software version of the telephone upgrades the telephone,
wherein it becomes a new technology
phone.
|
Discontinuation
of service
|
2.
|
Notwithstanding
the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the
Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services to eligible
customers, provided all the following provisions apply:
|
Publication
|
3.
|
(A)
The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these
provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is
published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the
date of cessation of service.
(B)
The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these
provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of
|
which
is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier
than the end of six months from the date of cessation of
service.
|
||
Exchange
of telephone
|
4.
|
The
Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all
accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for a new technology
telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer,
on the basis of accessory for accessory, including the installation
thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features
than the new technology telephone’s features, free of any direct or
indirect charge to the customer.
|
Upgrade
|
5.
|
The
Licensee will upgrade an eligible customer’s upgradeable telephone, free
of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.
|
Telephone
number
|
6.
|
The
Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer
before the date of cessation of service for a period of six months from
the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may
exchange the telephone number of an eligible customer who did not exchange
the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did not
upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period.
|
Notice
of Application
|
7.
|
The
Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing of the day of
Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in
sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and shall furnish the Director with copies
of the notices as published.
|
Period
|
8.
|
The
Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on
the date of publication prescribed in sub-section 3(A) above for a period
of 7 years from the date of cessation of service.
|
Conditions
of service
|
9.
|
The
provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition of service,
as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications
Law.
|
Licensee
-
|
One
who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO
or cellular services;
|
|
Telephone
bill -
|
A
bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services
provided;
|
|
Writing
-
|
Including
via facsimile or electronic mail;
|
|
Service
number -
|
A
number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee,
given by dialing a telephone number, subject to the provisions of the
numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the
dialing of which, following a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access
to the service;
|
|
Services
provider -
|
One
who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service
is made through the telephone bill; in the matter of erotic services
provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is
achieved through a service number;
|
|
Erotic
promo
|
Broadcast
or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content,
including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications facility,
directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide
information on a service following or to encourage the use thereof,
provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without
additional charge beyond the charge for a telephone call collected via the
telephone bill;
In
this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from
the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic
promo.
|
|
Area
code
|
A
national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic
services;
|
|
The
network -
|
The
Licensee’s public telecommunications network.
|
|
Erotic
services -
|
Audio
broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual
content, including recorded messages, given via a telecommunications
facility, directly or indirectly, including services
for dating, chats, or sending messages between chance callers,
designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes,
|
which
are any of the following:
(1)
A
service provided through the dialing of a telephone number given by a
service provider;
(2)
An
access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia
files, held by the Licensee or by another provider of the service with the
Licensee’s consent (hereinafter: the “
cellular
portal”
).
In
this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from
the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the
service or for charging for it;
|
||
Payment
regulations -
|
The
Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Payment for
Telecommunications’ Services), 5765 – 2005;
|
|
Special
payment -
|
A
price fixed as stated in section 6, which the subscriber is required to
pay for erotic services in addition to the regular payment;
|
|
Payment
Per time -
|
A
special payment, the rate of which is determined by the amount of time the
subscriber used the erotic service;
|
|
Regular
payment -
|
One
of the following:
(A)
For
a call within the network – a payment that does not exceed the fixed
charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the
Licensee regarding a call to another subscriber in the same
network;
(B)
For
a call from one cellular network to another cellular network or to a
NDONDO network – payment as set out in sub-section (A) plus a payment that
does not exceed NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);
(C)
For
a call from the Bezeq company network to a cellular network – a charge
that does not exceed that prescribed by the letter D in table A in the
First Schedule of the Payment Regulations, plus NIS 0.50 per minute
(including VAT);
(D)
For
a call from a NDONDO network, except the Bezeq company network, to a
cellular network – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge
according to the rate agreement between NDO subscribers and NDO, with
respect to another subscriber number within the same network, plus NIS
0.50 per minute.
(E)
For
erotic services given via the cellular portal – a charge that does not
exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the
subscriber and the Licensee with regard to access service to the cellular
portal.
|
|
2.1
|
Subject
to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through
dial-up will be made available to subscribers via an area code and service
number.
|
3.
|
Allocation of Service
Number
|
3.1.
|
In
the matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may
allocate a service number to a service provider; in such case, the
Licensee will allow the service provider to provide services to both the
Licensee’s subscribers as well as subscriber to other
licensees.
|
4.
|
Blocking
Access
|
4.1.
|
A.
A38
A Licensee will block access to erotic services from all end-user
equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the
aforesaid, for the purpose of blocking access to erotic services given
though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use of a means of
blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently
block access to said service.
|
|
B.
A38
Should the Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that an erotic
promo is being given through the Licensee’s telephone line or network,
without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said
line, or block the line from receiving incoming
calls;
|
4.2
|
A
subscriber 18 years of age or more may request the Licensee remove a block
imposed as described in section 4.1A
A38
from his end user equipment.
|
4.3
|
A
request for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally,
provided the Licensee has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate
identification of the requesting
subscriber.
|
4.4
|
If
a subscriber has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove
the block within a reasonable time, in a manner allowing the subscriber
access to erotic services via the end user equipment in his
possession.
|
4.5
|
If
a block has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber
requests that his end user equipment again be blocked for such services,
the Licensee shall perform the block at the soonest possible opportunity,
and by no later than 2 work days from the date of receipt of the
subscriber’s request.
|
4.6
|
The
first removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscriber’s
request as stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the
Licensee may charge the subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional
blocking access to erotic services or for additional removal of such
block, made at the subscriber’s
request.
|
5.
|
Early
Registration
|
5.1
|
Notwithstanding
that stated in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early
subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission of which
will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of
this section do not derogate from the provisions of
sections 4.2 and 4.3
above.
|
6.
|
Special
Payment
|
6.1
|
If
special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed
by the Licensee or in agreement between the Licensee and the services
provider.
|
7.
|
Charging the
Subscriber
|
7.1.
|
If
special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the Licensee’s phone
bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the
Licensee’s other services, unless the subscriber has requested
otherwise.
|
7.2.
|
The
Licensee shall provide the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10)
working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as
follows:
|
(A)
|
The
service number the service
allocated;
|
(B)
|
The
date and time service was provided;
|
(C)
|
Billing
time units – when charging per time – the number of time units charged or
the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according
to traffic volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units
transferred;
|
(D)
|
The
sum charged for the service.
|
8.
|
Mandatory
Tender
|
8.1
|
If
a special payment has been fixed for erotic services provided through the
network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will
play a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the
following details:
|
A.
|
The
essence of the service;
|
B.
|
Rate
of special payment for the service, according to payment per time or per
traffic volume, as the case may be;
|
C.
|
The
option to discontinue the service, without charge, before the signal is
heard, as stated in section 8.4.
|
8.2
|
The
recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic
service is provided, in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and
without recording defects.
|
8.3
|
At
the start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message
will be played announcing the language in which the service is provided,
and after, the recorded message will be played, as stated in sections 8.1
and 8.2, in the language in which the service is
provided.
|
8.4
|
Upon
completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller
will have a 5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the
start of the erotic services; if the caller disconnected the call before
the signal was heard, he will not be charged the special payment.
Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on his end
user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service,
and will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so
acts.
|
8.5
|
If
a special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the
cellular portal, the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price
of the service in an obvious and clear manner, providing the subscriber
the option to disconnect from the service without being charged the
special payment.
|
9.
|
Licensee –Services
Provider Relations
|
9.1
|
The
Licensee may allow a services provider to perform
telecommunications operations via its installations in order to
provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt from the
duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the
provisions of section 3(5) of the
Law.
|
9.2
|
The
Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis,
in the agreement between the Licensee and the services provider, in such
manner that the services provider will be obligated to fulfill said
provisions.
|
9.3
|
The
Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a
services provider, upon demand.
|
10.
|
Interconnection
|
10.1
|
The
conditions for interconnection between the network and the Licensee’s
public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of
billing and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for
purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network to another
licensee’s subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the
Licensee and the other licensee; if the parties cannot reach an agreement,
the Minister will decide on the
matter.
|
10.2
|
The
Licensee will, upon demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all
agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said
interconnection.
|
11.
|
General
|
11.1
|
The
Licensee will be responsible to handle all erotic services customer
complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service,
and problems of billing and collection in connection with the service, and
will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such
purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber
complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee himself provides
the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic
services customer complaints regarding the service content as
well.
|
11.2
|
The
Licensee may not disconnect, stop or harm the basic telephone services of
a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such,
however, the Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of
the erotic services.
|
11.3
|
The
Licensee may not provide a subscriber’s particulars to another services
provider or to others, without the subscriber’s written consent , and only
after verification of the authenticity of such
consent.
|
11.4
|
A
Licensee shall, within three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so
requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider,
without charge:
|
A.
|
The
name and address of the provider;
|
B.
|
The
telephone number at which such provider may be
reached.
|
11.5
|
The
provisions of this appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of
erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensee’s
subscribers only.
|
11.6
|
The
Licensee may himself provide erotic services, and the provisions of this
appendix will apply thereto, mutatis
mutandis.
|
1.
|
I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Cellcom Israel
Ltd;
|
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The
company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the company and have:
|
(a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the company, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
||
(b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
||
(c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
|
||
(d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
|
5.
|
The
company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
||
(a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
||
(b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date: March 2, 2010 | |||
|
|
/s/ Amos Shapira | |
Amos Shapira | |||
Chief Executive Officer | |||
1.
|
I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Cellcom Israel
Ltd;
|
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The
company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the company and have:
|
(a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the company, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
||
(b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
||
(c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
|
||
(d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
|
5.
|
The
company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
||
(a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
||
(b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date: March 2, 2010 | |||
|
|
/s/ Yaacov Heen | |
Yaacov Heen | |||
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|||
1.
|
the
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act; and
|
|
|
||
2.
|
the
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cellcom
Israel Ltd..
|
Date: March 2, 2010 | |||
|
|
/s/ Amos Shapira | |
Amos Shapira | |||
Chief Executive Officer | |||
|
|
/s/ Yaacov Heen | |
Yaacov Heen | |||
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|||
Somekh
Chaikin
|
Certified
Public Accountants (lsr.)
|
Member
Firm of KPMG International
|